Copyright of this book is reserved by Gujarat Secondary and Higher Secondary Education

Board, Gandhinagar. No reproduction of this book in whole or in part, or in any form is

permitted without written permission of the Secretary, Gujarat Secondary and Higher
Secondary Education Board, Gandhinagar.

Gujarat Secondary and Higher

Secondary Education Board,
Gandhinagar

QUESTION BANK
CHEMISTRY

Price

: ` 60.00

Published by :
Secretary
Gujarat Secondary and Higher Secondary Education Board,
Gandhinagar

Contribution
1

Dr. Hasmukh Adhiya (IAS)

Principal Secretary , Education Department Gandhinagar

Shri R. R. Varsani (IAS)

Chairman , G.S&H.S.E. Bord, Gandhinagar

Shri H. K. Patel (G.A.S)

Dy. Chairman, G.S&H.S.E. Bord, Gandhinagar

Shri M. I. Joshi (G.E.S)

Secretary , G.S&H.S.E. Bord, Gandhinagar

Coordination
1

Shri B. K. Patel

O.S.D., G.S&H.S.E. Bord, Gandhinagar

Shri D. A.Vankar

Assistant Secretary (Retd.), G.S&H.S.E. Bord, Gandhinagar

Shri M. P. Parmar

Assistant Secretary, G.S&H.S.E. Bord, Gandhinagar

Expert Teachers
1.

Shri C. I. Patel (Convenor)

Shri Vidyanagar High School, Ahmedabad

2.

Shri S. B. Gor (Co-Convenor) Ghyanda Girls High School, Ahmedabad

3.

Shri A. I. Patel

4.

Shri V. R. Patel

5.

Shri B. R. Patel

Muktjeevan Vidhyalaya, Ahmedabad

6.

Shri K. K. Purohit

M. K. Higher Sec. School, Ahmedabad

7.

Shri M. B. Patel

New Vidhyavihar for Girls, Ahmedabad

8.

Shri B. A. Nayak

Swaminarayan High School, Ahmedabad

9.

Shri H. M. Patel

Navchetan High School, Ahmedabad

10. Shri S. B. Suthar

R.P.T.P. Science School, Vallabh Vidhyanagar

11. Shri R. N. Patel

R.P.T.P. Science School, Vallabh Vidhyanagar

12. Shri N. N. Shah

Best High School, Ahmedabad

13. Shri J. Y. Mehta

14. Shri I. B. Amlani
15. Smt. M. N. Shethiya
16. Smt. H. N. Nayak
17. Smt. P. S. Thakar

R.P.T.P. Science School, Vallabh Vidhyanagar

18. Shri G. S. Patel

19. Shri M. L. Sharma
20. Shri H. K. Patel

II

P R E FA C E
Uptil now , the Students had to appear in various entrance examinations for
engineering and medical courses after std-12. The burden of examinations on the side of the
students was increasing day-by-day. For alleviating this difficulty faced by the students,
from the current year, the Ministry of Human Resource Development , Government of India,
has Introduced a system of examination covering whole country. For entrance to engineering
colleges, JEE(Main) and JEE(Advanced) examinations will be held by the CBSE. The
Government of Gujarat has except the new system and has decided to follow the examinations
to be held by the CBSE.
Necessary information pertaining to the proposed JEE (Main) and
JEE(Advanced) examination is available on CBSE website www.cbse.nic.in and it is requested
that the parents and students may visit this website and obtain latest information guidance
and prepare for the proposed examination accordingly. The detailed information about the
syllabus of the proposed examination, method of entrances in the examination /centers/
places/cities of the examinations etc. is available on the said website. You are requested to
go through the same carefully. The information booklet in Gujarati for JEE( Main) examination
booklet has been brought out by the Board for Students and the beneficieries and a copy of
this has been already sent to all the schools of the state. You are requested to take full
advantage of the same also However, it is very essential to visit the above CBSE website
from time to time for the latest information guidance . An humble effort has been made by
the Gujarat secondary and Higher Secondary Education Boards, Gandhinagar for JEE and
NEET examinations considering the demands of the students and parents , a question bank
has been prepared by the expert teachers of the science stream in the state. The MCQ type
Objective questions in this Question Bank will provide best guidance to the students and we
hope that it will be helpful for the JEE and NEET examinations.
It may please be noted that this Question Bank is only for the guidance of the
Students and it is not a necessary to believe that questions given in it will be asked in the
examinations. This Question Bank is only for the guidance and practice of the Students. We
hope that this Question Bank will be useful and guiding for the Students appearing in JEE and
NEET entrance examinations. We have taken all the care to make this Question Bank error
free, however, if any error or omission is found, you are requested to refer to the text
books.

Date: 02/ 01/ 2013

M.I. Joshi
Secretary

III

R.R. Varsani (IAS)

Chairman

INDEX
UNIT 15 P - BLOCK ELEMENTS

UNIT 16 D & F BLOCK ELEMENTS

48

UNIT 17 CO-ORDINATION COMPOUNDS

63

UNIT 18 ENVIROMENTAL CHEMISTRY

76

UNIT 19 PURIFICIATION AND CHARACTERISATION

OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS

82

UNIT 20 BASIC PRINCIPLES OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

94

UNIT 21 HYDROCARBONS

128

UNIT 22 ORGANIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING HALOGENS

154

UNIT 23 ORGANIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING OXYGEN

173

UNIT 24 ORGANIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING NITROGEN

190

UNIT 25 POLYMER

209

UNIT 26 BIOMOLECULES

220

UNIT 27 CHEMISTRY IN EVERY DAY LIFE

234

UNIT 28 CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL

241

IV

UNIT : 15 P - BLOCK ELEMENTS

Important Points
The elements (except He atom) having outermost valence shell electronic configuration ns2
np1 to ns2 np6 are called p-block elements. Since p-orbital can accommodate six maximum
electrons, six groups 13 to 18 are there in p-block elements. We shall study group 13 and
14 i.e. Boron and carbon group elements in this unit. Generally in a row or period
eletrongativity, ionisation enthalpy and oxidising power are increasing as the atomic number
increases while in group it decreases as the atomic number increases. Generally, in group
covalent radius, van der Waals radius and metallic character increases as the atomic number
increases. It is a characteristic of the p-block elements that metal, non-metal and metalloid
are included in the same group.
The group 13 includes elements, Boron, Aluminium, Gallium, Indium and Thalium. Aluminium is the third most abundant element found in earth's crust. The important ores of
aluminium are bauxite and cryolite. Variation in some properties of group 13 elements are
like atomic radii and ionic radii, ionisation enthalphy, metallic character, electronegativity,
melting point and boiling point, density, character as reducing and nature of compound are
observed in elements of boron group i.e. Group 13 elements having electronic configuration
ns2 np1. Hence, they possess +3 oxidation state and their stability goes on decreasing as
the atomic number increases. These elements also possess +1 oxidation state and the stability goes on increasing as the atomic number increases.
The chemical reactivity of group 13 elements are as given below. Group 13 elements do
not combine directly with hydrogen but they combine indirectly to form hydride compounds. Boron forms a number of hydrides having molecular formula B n Hn+4 and Bn
Hn+6 which are known as boranes. The other elements of this group form polymeric hydrides. Group 13 elements form MX3 type trihalides, where X = F, Cl, Br and I is unknown.
AlCl3 exists in dimer form. The group 13 elements form oxides and hydroxides having
fomula M2 O3 and M(OH)3 respectively. As the atomic number of elements goes on
increasing, the acidic character of oxide and hydroxide goes on dcereasing. Elements of
these group form octahedral complexes. Aluminium sulphate reacts and forms double salts
with sulphate of NH +4 and alkali metal ions having fomula M2SO4 A2(SO4)3.24H2O or
MAl(SO4)2.12H2O where M = Na+, K+, Rb+ and NH +4 . The first element (Boron) of group
13 shows anomalous behaviour. Boron is chemically less reactive and almost inert with
normal chemical reagents at normal temperature but reacts with strong oxidising agents and
with some typical reagents like non-metal, acid alkali and metals. Some important compounds of boron are borax powder, boric acid and boron hydride. The properties and uses
of aluminium are as given in the text. Aluminium reacts with acid and base so it is amphoteric in nature.
The group 14 includes elements carbon, silicon, germanium, tin and lead. The first element
1

of this group is carbon, so it is also known as carbon group elements. Carbon shows
catenation property due to its small size, high electronegativity and very high carbon-carbon
bond energy. Due to typical characteristic of catenation it forms number of compounds
which are studied in organic chemistry. It also forms compounds with metals and nonmetals. Group 14 elements have variation in properties like atomic radii, ionisation enthalpy
electropositive character, electronegativity, melting points and boiling points density, catenation and allotropy. The oxidation state of group 14 elements are +2 and +4. The trends in
chemical reactivity are as given in the text. The carbon shows anomalous behaviour. The
crystalline allotropes of carbon are diamond, graphite and fullerenes. The physical properties and chemical properties are as given in the text. Some important compounds of carbon
are halides of carbon, carbon disulphide, carbide compounds, carbon monoxide and carbon
dioxide, and the method of preparation and uses are as given in the text. The important
compounds of silicon are silicon hydrides having general formula
Si n H2n+2. The
1
value of bond enthalpy for silicon-silicon is 297 kJmol hence catenation character is observed in silicon and it forms limited hydride compounds, having formula Si n H2n+2 where
n = 1 to 8, and these compounds are also known as silanes. The stability of silane compounds are less compared to hydrides of carbon and hence reducing power is more. Silicon
also forms silicon dioxide known as silica and more than 22 allotropic structures are known
in which some are crystalline and some are amorphous. Silica is acidic and hence it dissolves in liquid alkali or alkaline carbonate to form silicate compounds. Silicon reacts with
only F2 and form SiF4 while reacts with Cl2 and form SiCl4. The hydrolysis of SiCl4 gives
silicic acid and the mechanism for hydrolysis are in two steps. The silicones are synthetic
materials containing Si O Si bond linkage. These compounds are polymeric substances
containing R2SiO reapeating unit. The general formula is (R2SiO)n, where R is methyl or
phenyl group. The empirical formula is R2SiO which is similar to that of organic compound,
ketone, so it is called silicone. The prepartion, properties and uses are as given in the text.
Approximately 95% of earth's crust consists of silicates and silica compounds, containing
independent SiO 44 having tetrahedral structure. The types of silicates depending upon the
number of corners (0, 1, 2, 3 and 4) of the SiO 44 tetrahedron are shared with other
tetrahedrons and based on that they are classified as given in the text. In a three dimensional
structure of SiO2, its Si4+ partially substituted by Al3+ gives aluminosilicate are called
feldspar and zeolites. In zeolites the SiO 44 and AlO54 . tetrahedron joined together in simple
way to form three dimensional network. The uses of silicates are as a molecular sieves and
shape selectives catalyst. One important catalyst of silicate is ZSM-5 used in petrochemical
industry which converts alcohol directly into gasoline.

The elements of groups 13 to 18 in the periodic table are known as p-block elementes.
The general electronic configuration of these elements is ns2np16. We have studied about the
elements of groups 15, 16 ,17 and 18 in this unit.
General introduction of elements of groups 15, 16, 17, 18
group 15

group 16

group 17

group 18

Nitrogen

Chalogens or

Halogen Group

Noble Gas

Identification

group

Oxygen group

Electronic configuration

ns2np3

ns2np4

ns2np5

ns2np6

Ne

3, to +5

2, 1, +1, +2

P, As

S, Se, Te

Cl, Br, I

Xe

3, +3, +5

2, +2, +4, +6

1, +1, +3, +5, +7

+2, +4, +6, +8

Sb, Bi
+3, +5

Po
+2, +4

Common name/

Group

of valence shell

Oxidation state

18
15

16

17

He

2p

Ne

3p

Cl

Ar

4p

As

Se

Br

Kr

5p

Sb

Te

Xe

6p

Bi

Po

At

Rn

Atomic radius, metallic character

Electronegativity, Ionisation enthalpy

Atomic radius, metallic character

The periodicity in properties of elements of groups 15,16,17,18.

The first element of group 15, differs in many aspects from the other elements in the group. The reason for which is its smaller size, the capacity of
formation of pp triple bond between, nitrogen atoms
and the nonavailability of dorbitals. As we go down
from above in the group, variations are found
in properties. Dinitrogen (N2) can be
prepared in
the laboratory as well as on commercial level. The
oxides of nitrogen element are N2O, NO, N2O3,
N2O4 and N2O5 which possess resonance forms.
Ammonia and nitric acid are compounds of nitrogen.
Phosphorus element exists as P 4 molecule. It has
many allotropes. It forms hydrides, halides and
oxoacid compounds.

Polonium element of group 16 is radioactive. Oxygen forms metal oxides with metals. Ozone is a strong
oxidising agent. Sulphur element possessess different allotropes. Out of these and allotropes are very
important. Sulphur element combines with oxygen and forms oxide compounds like SO2 and SO3. Out
of the different oxoacids of sulphur, sulphuric acid is very important. It is called 'King of Chemicals.'
Astatine element of group 17 is radioactaive. As these elements require one electron to have stable
electronic configuration, they are very reactive. As a result of this, the elements of this group are not
available in free state, but are availalbe in the combined state as negative ions. The elements of this
group form oxides, hydrogen halides, interhalogen compounds and oxoacid compounds.
Radon element of group 18 is radioactive. As the octet structure is complete in all the elements of this
group they are chemically inert. Xenon element of this group, under specific reaction conditions combine
with fluorine and oxygen elements and form fluoride and oxide compounds.

M.C.Q.
Boron Family
(1)

(2)

Boron form covalent Compound due to

(a) Higher ionisation enthalpy
(c) Small size
In diborane the Two H-B-H angles are nearly

(b) Lower ionisation enthalpy

(d) Both (a) and (c)

(a) 60 , 120
(b) 95 ,120
(c) 95 ,150
(d) 120 ,180
(3) The stability of +1 oxidation state increases in the sequence
(a) Al<Ga<In<Tl
(b) Tl<In<Ga<Al
(c) In<Tl<Ga<Al
(d)Ga<In<Al<Tl
(4) Which of the following is most acidic
(a) Na2O
(b) Mgo
(c) Al2O3
(d) Cao
(5) Cohen Orthoboric acid (H3BO3) is strongly heated, the residue is
(a) Meta boric acid
(b) Boron
(c) Al2O3, 2H2O
(d) None of above
(6)
Bauxite has the composition
(a) Al2O3
(b) Al2O3, H2O
(c) Al2O3 2H2O
(d) None of above
(7) Which one of the following is correct statement
(a) The hydroxide of aluminium is more acidic than that of boron
(b) The hydroxide of boron is basic, while that of aluminium is amphoteric
(c) The hydroxide of boron is acidic, while that of aluminium is amphoteric
(d) The hydroxide of boron & aluminium are amphoteric
(8) AlCl3 is
(a) Anhydrous & covalent
(b) Anhydrous & ionic
(c) covalent & basic
(d) coordinate & acidic
(9) Aluminium (III) chloride forms a dimer because
(a) Higher coordination number can be achieved by aluminium
(b) Aluminium has high ionization energy
(c) Aluminium belongs to III group
(d) It cannot form a trimer
(10) Aluminium has a great affinity for oxygen & its oxidation is an exothermic process. This fact
is used in
(a) Preparing thin foils of aluminium
(b) Making utensils
(c) Preparing duralumin alloy
(d) Thermite welding
(11) Which of the following is an amphoteric oxide.
(a) MgO
(b) Al2O3
(c) Cl2O7
(d) Ti2O2
(12) When Al is added to KOH solution
(a) No action takes place
(b) Oxygen is evolved
(c) Water is produced

(d) Hydrogen is evolved

4

(13) Aluminium is more reactive than iron. But Aluminium is less easily corroded than iron because
(a) Aluminium is noble metal

(b) Oxygen forms a protective oxide layer

(c) Iron undergoes reaction easily with water

(d) Iron forms mono and divalent ions

(14) Aluminium vessels should not be washed with materials containing washing soda since
(a) Washing soda is expensive
(b) Washing soda is easily decomposed
(c) Washing soda reacts with aluminium to form soluble aluminate
(d) Washing soda reats with aluminium to form insoluble aluminium oxide
(15) Which of the statements about anhydrous aluminium chloride is corret
(a) It exists as AlCl3 molecule

(b) It is not easily hydrolysed

(c) It sublimes at 100 C under vaccum

(d) It is a strong lewis base

(16) Number of water molecules in Mohrs salt is

(a) 7

(b) 6

(c) 5

(d) 8

(c) Zn

(d) Ca

(17) The liquid field metal expanding on solidification is

(a) Ga

(b) Al

(18) Aluminium chloride exists as dimer, Al2Cl6 in solid state as well as in solution of non-polar solvents
such as benzene when dissolved in water gives

(a) [Al(OH)6)3- + 3HCl (b) [Al(H2O)6)3- + 3Cl

(c) Al3+ + 3Cl

(d) Al2O3+6HCl

(19) The hardest substance amongst the following is

(a) Be2C

(b) Graphite

(c) Titanium

(d) SiC

(b) B3N3H6

(c) B3O3H6

(d) (BH3)3

(20) Inorganic Benzene is

(a) B2H6

(21) Anhydrous AlCl3 cannot be obtained from which of the following reactions
(a) Heating AlCl3 6H2O
(b) By Passing dry HCl over hot aluminium powder
(c) By Passing dry Cl2 over hot aluminium powder
(d) By passing dry Cl2 over a hot mixture of alumina and coke
(22) Diborane combines with ammonia at 120 C to give
(a) B2H6 NH3
(b) B2H6. 2NH3 (c) B2H6.3NH3

(d) B2H6 . 4 NH3

(23) Which metal burn in air at high temperature with the evolution of much heat.
(a) Cu

(b) Hg

(c) Pb

(d) Al

(24) Aluminium hydroxide is soluble in excess of sodium hydroxide forming the ion
(a) AlO 23

(c) AlO 2

(b) AlO23
5

(d) AlO3

(25) Moissan boron is ________

(a) Amorphous boron of ultra purity

(b) Crystaline boron of ultra purity

(c) Amorphous boron of low purity

(d) Crystalline boron of low purity

(26) Which of the following is only acidic in nature

(a) Be(OH)2

(b) Mg(OH)2

(c) B(OH)3

(d) Al(OH)3

(b) BCl3

(c) BBr3

(d) BH3

(b) Basic

(c) Amphoteric

(d) None of these

(27) Which of the following does not exist in free form

(a) BF3
(28) Alumina is ________
(a) Acidic

(29) Hydrogen gas will not produce

(a) Heated cupric oxide

(b) Heated ferric oxide

(c) Heated stannic oxide

(d) Heated aluminium oxide

(30) Conc.HNO3 ________

(a) Reacts with aluminium vigrously
(b) Reacts with aluminium to form aluminium nitrate.
(c) Doesnt react with aluminium
(d) Reacts with platinum
(31) Anhydrous AlCl3 is obtained from
(a) Dilute HCl & aluminium metal

(b) Aluminium & chlorine gas.

(c) Hydrogen chloride gas & aluminium metal

(d) None of the above

(32) Which is true for an element & present in III group of the periodic table

(33)

(a) It is gas at room temperature

(b) It has oxidation state of +4

(c) It forms R2O3

(d) It forms RX2

An aqueous solution of borax is

(a) neutral

(b) acidic

(c) basic

(d) none

(34) Crystalline metal can be transformed into metallic glass by

(a) alloying

(b) Pressing into thin plates

(c) slow cooling of molten metal

(d) Very rapid cooling of the molten metal

(35) Which metal is protected by a layer of it own oxide

(a) Al

(b) Ag

(c) Au

(d) Fe

(36) B(OH)3 + NaOH NaBO2+Na[B(OH)4] +H2O How can this reaction is made to proceed
in forward direction.
(a) Addition of cis Benzene - 1,2-diol

(b) Addition of Borax

(c) Addition of trans-Benzene 1,2-diol

(d) Addition of Na2HPO4

6

(37) An element A dissolves both in acid and alkali. It is an example of

(a) Allotropie nature of A

(b) Dimorphic nature of A

(c) Amorphous nature of A

(d) Amphoteric nature of A

(38) Which among the following is not a borane.

(a) B2H6

(b) B3H6

(c)B4H10

(d) None of these

(39) In Goldschmidt aluminothermic process, thermite contains

(a) 3 parts of Al2O3 and 4 Parts of Al

(b) 3 parts of Fe2O3 and 2 parts of Al

(c) 3 Parts of Fe2O3 and 1 part of Al

(d) 1 Part of Fe2O3 and 1 Part of Al

(40) Aluminium oxide is not reduced by chemical reactions since

(a) Aluminium oxide is reative

(b) Reducing agents contaminate

(c) Aluminium oxide is highly stable

(d) The process pollutes the environment

(41) Aluminium is not used

(a) In silvery paints

(b) For making utensils

(c) As a reducing agent

(d) As oxidizer in metalurgy

(42) Bauxite containing impurities of iron oxide is purified by

(a) Hoops Process

(b) Serpecks Process (c) Bayers Process (d) Electrolytic process

(43) In the purification of Bauxite by Halls process

(a) Bauxite ore is heated with NaOH solution at 500C
(b) Bauxite ore is heated with NaHCO3
(c) Bauxite ore is fused with coke and heated at 1800 C in a current of nitrogen
(d) Bauxite ore is heated with NaHCO3
(44) The molecular formula of feldspar is
(a) K2O. Al2O3. 6SiO2

(b) K2O. 3Al2O3. 6SiO2

(c) Na3AlF6

(d) CaSO4 . 2H2O

(45) Common alum is

(a) K2SO4. Al2(SO4)3. 24H2O

(b) K2SO4. Cr2(SO4)3. 24H2O

(c) K2SO4. Fe2(SO4)3. 24H2O

(d) (NH4)2SO4. FeSO4. 6H2O

(46) Which of the following is not true about potash Alum

(a) Its empirical formula is KAl(SO4)2. 12H2O

(b) Its aqeous solution is basic

(c) It is Used in dyeing industries

(d) On heating it melts in its water of crystallization
(47) Which of the following statements about H3BO3 is not correct.
(a) It is a strong tribasic acid
(b) It is prepared by acidifying an aqeous solution of Borax.
(c) It has a layer structure in which planar BO33 Units are joined by hydrogen bonds.
(d) It doesnt act as proton donar but acts as a lewis acid by accepting hydroxyl ion.
7

(48) The type of hybridization of boron in diborane is.

(a) Sp- hybridization (b) Sp2 - hybridization (c) Sp3 - hybridization (d) Sp3d2 - hybridization
(49) Identify the statement that is not correct as far as structure of diborane is concerned.
(a) There are two bridging hydrogen atoms in diborane
(b) Each boron atom forms four bonds in diborane
(c) The hydrogen atoms are not in the same plane in diborane
(d) All B-H bonds in diborane are similar
(50) Soft heavy metal melts at 30 C and is used in making heat sensitive thermometers, the metal is
(a) Gallium
(b) Sodium
(c) Potassium
(d) cesium
(51) In the reaction B2 O3 + C + Cl 2 A + CO . The A is
(a) BCl3

(b) BCl2

(c) B2Cl2

(d) CCl2

(c) B2O3

(d) As2O3

(52) The most acidic of the following compound is

(a) P2O3

(b) Sb2O3

(53) Heating an aqeous solution of aluminium chloride to dryness will give

(a) AlCl3

(b) Al2Cl6

(c) Al2O3

(d) Al(OH)Cl2

(54) Which of the following is the electron deficient molecule

(a) B2H6

(b) C2H6

(c) PH3

(d) SiH4

(55) The structure of diborane Contains

(a) four 2c - 2e bonds and two 3c - 2e bonds
(b) Two 2c - 2e bonds and Four 3c - 2e bonds
(c) Two 2c - 2e bonds and two 3c - 3e bonds
(d) Four 2c - 2e bonds and four 3c - 2e bonds
(56) In Hall Heroult's process, the main reagent is mixed with
(a) B2 H6

(b) C2 H6

(c) Na3AlF6

(d) SiH4

(57) Which of the following statement in incorrect

(a) Al react with excess NaOH to give Al (OH)3
(b) NaHCO3 on hating gives Na2CO3
(c) Pure sodium metal dissolves in liquid ammonia to give blue solution
(d) NaOH reats with glass to give sodium silicate
(58) Which of the following is nonmetal
(a) Ga

(b) In

(c) Th

(59) Which one of the following statements about diborane is not true
(a) The B atoms in it are SP3 hybridised
(b) It contains two 3-centre-2-electron bonds
(c) All B-H bond lengths in it are equal due to resonance
(d) The molecule contains 12 valence electrons
8

(d) B

(60) Boron shows single oxidation state due to absence of

(a) Inert pair effect

(b) Screening effect

(c) Isotope effect

(d) None

(61) Which of the following is non - existent

(b) COF63

(a) AlF3-6

(c) BF62

(d) SiF62

(62) Which of the processes is used in thermite welding

(a) TiO2 + 4Na Ti + 2Na2O
(c) SnO2 + 2C Sn + 2CO

(b) 2Al + Fe2O3 Al2O3+ 2Fe

(d) Cr2O3 + 2Al Al2O3+ 2Cr

(63) In which of the following molecules is hydrogen bond absent

(a) Water

(b) Inorganic benzene

(c) Diborane

(d) Methanol

(64) The tendency of BF3 , BCl3 & BBr3 to behave as lewis acid decreases in the sequence
(a) BF3 > BCl3 >BBr3

(b) BCl3 > BF3 > BBr3

(c) BBr3 > BCl3 > BF3

(d) BBr3 > BF3 > BCl3

(65) Which one of the following molecular hydrides acts a a lewis acid
(a) CH4

(b) NH3

(c) H2O

(d) B2H6

ANSWER KEY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

d
b
a
c
a
c
c
a
a
d
b
d
b
c
c

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

b
a
b
c
b
a
b
d
c
c
c
d
c
d
c

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45

c
c
c
d
a
a
d
b
c
c
d
c
b
a
a

46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

d
a
c
d
a
a
c
c
a
a
c
a
d
c
a

61
62
63
64
65

c
b
c
c
d

HINTS
(2)

122

97
H

(3)

H
0

B
H

The Order is due to inert pair effect

(5) 2H3 BO3

B2O3 + 3H2O
(7) B(OH)3 H3 BO3 (Boricacid), Al(OH)3 amphoteric
(11) Al2O3 is an amphoteric Oxide
(12) 2KOH + 2Al + 2H2O 2KAIO2 +3H2
(14) Na2CO3 + H2O 2NaOH + CO2
2NaOH+2Al + 6H2O 2Na [Al(OH)4] + 3H2
(16) FesO4 (NH4)2SO4.6H2O
(17) Liquified Ga expand on solidification Ga is less electropositive in nature. It has the weak
metallic bond. so it expand on solidification

(18) Al2Cl6 + 12H2O 2[Al(H2O)6]3+ + 6Cl

(19) B4C is the hardest substance along with diamond

(20) AlCl3-6H2O
Al(OH)3 + 3HCl + 3H2O

Thus AlCl3 cannot be obtained by this method

(21) AlCl3 6H2O

Al (OH)3 + 3HCl + 3H2O

(26)
(27)
(28)
(31)
(32)
(36)
(39)
(40)
(49)

Thus AlCl3 cannot be obtained by this method.

Except B(OH)3 all other hydroxides are of metallic hydroxide having the basic nature
B(OH)3 are the hydroxides of non metal showing the acidic nature.
Boro form different hydrides of general formula BnHn + 4 and BnHn+6 but BH3 is unknown.
Alumina is amphoteric oxide which reacts with acid as well as base
2Al + 6HCl 2AlCl3 + 3H2
Al III group form Al2O3
Due to formation of chelated complex, the reaction moves in forword direction.
In aluminothermic process, Thermite contains 3 parts of Fe2O3 and one part of Al.
Aluminium oxide is highly stable therefore it is not reduced by chemical reactions
B2H6 has two types of B - H bonds.
H

(55)

B
H

3C - 2e : BHB
2C 2e : HBH
(57) 2Al(s) + 2NaOH(aq) + 6H2O(l) 2Na+ [Al(OH)4]-(aq) + 3H2(g)
sodium tetra hydroxo aluminate (III)
10

CARBON FAMILY
(1)

The compound which does not possess a peroxide linkage is

(A) Na2O2

(B) CrO5

(C) H2SO5

(D) PbO2

(2) Soldiers of Napolean army while at Alps during freezing winter suffered a serious problem as
regards To the tin buttons of their uniforms. white metallic tin buttons got converted to grey
powder. This Transformation is related to
(A) A change in the partial pressure of oxygen in the air
(B) A change in the crystalline structure of tin
(C) An interaction with nitrogen of air at very low to temperatures
(D) An interaction with water vapour contained in the humid air.
(3)

Which one of the following statements about the zeolites is false

(A) Zeolites are aluminosilicates having 3D network
(B) Some of the SiO44 units are replaced by AlO45 and AlO69 ions in zeolites
(C) They are used as cation exchangers
(D) They have open structure which enables them to take up small molecules.

(4)

Which of the following acts UV rays

(A) Soda glass

(5)

(B) Crook's glass

(D) PbX2 SnX2 Gex2 SiX2

(B) CO2 Only

(C) CO and CO2

(D) SO2 and SO3

(C)H2SiO3

(D) Na3AlF6

Glass reacts with HF to produce

(A) SiF4

(8)

(B) SiX2 Gex2 PbX2 SnX2

Sodium oxalate on heating with cone H2SO4 gives

(A) CO Only

(7)

(D) None

The Stability of dihalides of Si, Ge, Sn and Pb increases steadily in the sequence
(A) Gex2 SiX2 SnX2 PbX2
(C) SiX2 GeX2 SnX2 PbX2

(6)

(C) Pyrex

(B) H2SiF6

Extraction of lead by reduction methods done by

(A) adding more galena into reverberatory furnace
(B) Adding more lead sulphate in reverberatory furnace
(C) Adding more galena and coke into the reverberatory furnace
(D) Self reduction of oxide form sulphide present in the furnace.

(9)

Which is used to produce smoke screen

(A) Calcium phosphide

(B) Zinc sulphide

(C) Sodium carbonate (D) Zinc phosphide

(10) When tin is treated with concentrated nitric acid

(A) It is converted in to stannous nitrate

(B) It is converted in to stannic nitrate

(C) It is converted in to metastannic acid

(D) It becomes passive

11

(11) In lll A group Tl (thallium) shows +1 Oxidation state while other members show +3
oxidation state. Why?
(A) Presence of lone pair of electron in Tl.

(B) Inert pair effect

(C) Large Ionic redius of Tl ion

(D) None

(12) Carbon suboxide C3O2 has

(A) Linear structure

(B) Bent structure

(C) Trigonal planar structure

(D) Distorted tetrahedral structure.

(13) Which of the following is a mixed oxide

(A) Fe2O3

(B) PbO2

(C) Pb3O4

(D) BaO2

(C) Conc, H2SO4

(D) Coconut

(14) Noble gases are absorbed in

(A) Anhydrous CaCl2

(B) Charcoal

(15) Solid CO2 is known as dry ice because

(A) it melts as 0oC

(B) it evaporates at 40oC

(C) it evaporates at - 78oC without melting

(D) its boiling point is more than 199oC

(16) Carborundum is
(A) SiC

(B) AlCl3

(C)Al2(SO4)3

(D) Al2O3. 9H2O

(C) PbO2

(D) PbHSO4

(17) H2O2 on reaction with PbS gives

(A) PbO

(B) PbSO4

(18) Which of the following statements is incorrect

(A) Silicon is extensively used as a semiconductor (B) Carborandum is SiC
(C) Silicon occurs in free state in nature

(D) Mica contains the element silicon

(19) SiF4 gets hydrolysed gives

(A) SiO2

(B) Si(OH)2F2

(C) H2SiF6

(D)Si(OH)4

(C) Chlorophyll

(D) Haemoglobin

(C) 3

(D) 4

(20) Silicon is an important constituent of

(A) Rocks

(B) Amalgams

(21) The number of unpaired electrons in carbon atom is

(A) 1

(B) 2

(22) Colour is imparted to glass by mixing

(A) Synthetic gas

(B) Metal oxide

(C) Oxide of non - metal

(D) Coloured Salt

(23) Which of the following glass is used in making wind screen of automobiles.
(A) Crook's Glass

(B) Jena Glass

(C) Safety Glass

(D) Pyrex Glass

(C) ZnCO3

(D) Al2(CO3)3

(24) Which of the following is insoluble in water

(A) Na2CO3

(B) CaCO3

(25) In which of the following the inert pair effect is most prominent
(A) C

(B) Si

(C) Ge
12

(D) pb

(26) Plumbosoluancy implies dissolution of lead in

(A) Bases

(B) Acids

(C) Ordinary Water

(D) CuSO4

(27) Which of the following glass is used to make lenses and prisms
(A) Flint

(B) Jena

(C) Pyrex

(D) Quartz

(28) N2gas is absorbed by

(A) Calcium hydroxide

(B) Ferrous sulphate

(C) Calcium Carbide

(D) Aluminium Carbide

(29) White lead is

(A) PbCO3

(B) PbCO3. PbO

(C) 2PbCO3.Pb(OH)2 (D) 2PbSO4. PbO.

(B) PbO

(C) PbO2

(30) Red lead is

(A) Pb3O4

(D) Pb4O3

(31) Name of the structure of silicates in which three oxygen atoms of [SiO4]4 are shared is
(A) pyrosilicate

(B) Sheet Silicate

(C) Linear chain Silicates

(D) Three dimensional Silicate

(32) A metal used in storage battries is

(A) Copper

(B) Lead

(C) Tin

(D) Nickel

(B) Pb+Zn

(C) Pb+Sn

(D) Sn+Zn

(33) Solder is an alloys of

(A) Pb+Zn+Sn

(34) Which of the following statement is correct with respect ot the property of elements in the
carbon Family with an increase in atomic number their.
(A) Atomic size decreases

(B) Ionization energy increases

(C) Metallic character decreases

(D) Stability of +2 oxidation state increases

(35) Lapis lazuli is

(A) Ferrous sulphate

(B) Copper Sulphate

(C) Sodium Alumino Silicate

(D) Zinc Sulphate

(36) 'Lead pencil' contains

(A) PbS

(B) Graphite

(C) FeS

(D) Pb

(B) Mg2C3

(C)B4C

(D) La4C3

(B) TiC

(C)SiC

(D) CaC2

(37) Which of the following gives propyne on hydrolysis

(A) Al4C3
(38) The ionic carbide is
(A) ZnC

(39) Which of the following is not iso structural with SiCl4

(A) PO43-

(B) NH+4

(C) SCl4

(D) SO42

(40) For prevention of rusting of iron which is used in paints.

(A) PbO

(B) PbO2

(C) Pb3O4
13

(D)PbSO4

(41) Diamond is harder than graphite because

(A) Graphite is planar

(B) Diamond has free electron

(C) Graphite is sp3 hybridized

(D) None

(42) Supercritical CO2 is used as

(A) Dry ice

(B) Fire fighting

(C) A Solvent for extraction of organic compound from natural sources

(D) A highly inert medium for carrying out various reactions.
(43) Products formed on heating Pb(NO3)2 are
(A) PbO, N2, O2

(B) Pb(NO2)2, O2

(C) PbO, NO2, O2

(D) Pb, N2, O2

(C) Pb2O3

(D) Pb3O4

(C) 80

(D) 70

(C)N2O5

(d) NO2

(44) Which of the following lead oxide is 'Sindhur'

(A) PbO

(B) PbO2

(45) Percentage of lead in lead pencil is

(A) O

(B) 20

(46) Pb reacts with dilute HNO3 gives

(A) NO

(B) NH4NO3

(47) In silicon dioxide

(A) Each Si atom is surrounded by four oxygen atoms and each oxygen atom is bonded to
two Si Atoms
(B) Each Si atom is surrounded by four O2 atoms and each O2 by 2Si atom
(C) Si atom is bonded to two oxygen atoms
(D) None of above
(48) Litharge is chemically
(A) PbO

(B) PbO2

(C) Pb3O4

(D) Pb(CH3COO)2

(C) B

(D) Pb

(C) Mixed

(D) Amphoteric

(49) Which of the following has most density

(A) Fe

(B) Ca

(50) Red lead is an example of an ______ Oxide

(A) Basic

(B) Super

(51) Element showing the phenomenon of allotropy is ______

(A) Alluminium

(B) Lead

(C) Tin

(D) Copper

(C) Ge

(D) C

(C) C2H6

(D) CO2

(C) HI

(D) HBr

(52) Which of the following is a metalloid

(A) Bi

(B) Sn

(53) Which gas is liberated when Al4C3 is hydrolysed

(A) CH4

(B) C2H2

(54) Which of the following attacks glass

(A) HCl

(B) HF
14

(55) Dry ice is

(A) Solid CO2

(B) Solid NO2

(C) Solid SO2

(D) None

(56) SiCl4 on hydrolysis forms 'X' & HCl Compound 'X' loses water at 1000oC & gives 'Y'. Compound
'X' & 'Y' are respectively.
(A) H2SiCl6, SiO2

(B) H2SiO4, Si

(C) SiO2, Si

(D) H4SiO4, SiO2

(B) PbNO3 + NO

(C) Pb(NO3)4 + NO3 (D) Pb(NO3)3 +

(57) Pb + Conc, HNO3 gives

(A) Pb(NO3)2 + NO2
N 2O

(58) Which of the following has least tendency to undergo catenation

(A) C

(B) Si

(C) Ge

(D) Sn

(59) The products of the following reaction are SiO2 + C

(A) SiC & CO2

(B) SiO & CO

(C) SiC & CO

(D) Si & CO2

(B) Acidic

(C) Neutral

(D) Amphoteric

(60) PbO2 is
(A) Basic

(61) On controlled hydrolysis and condensation R3SiCl yields

(A) R3SiOSiR3

(B) [ R3Si - O - SiR3]n (C) R3SiOH

(D) R3Si4O4

(62) Hydrolysis of which of the following does not occur?

(A) VCl4

(B) TiCl4

(C) SiCl4

(D) CCl4

(63) Pure silicon doped with phosphorous is a

(A) Metallic conductor

(B) Insulator

(C) n - type semiconductor

(D) P - type semiconductor

(64) Carbogen is a mixture of

(A) CO + N2

(B) CO + O2

(C) CO2+ O2

(D) C + H2 + N2

(65) The element evolving two different gases on reaction with conc. H2SO4 is ______.
(A) P

(B) C

(C) Hg

(D) S

(66) Carborundum is obtained when silica is heated at high temperature with

(A) C

(B) CO

(C) CO2

(D) CaCo3

(C) Acetic Acid

(D) Water

(C)+3, +4

(D) +4

(67) Lead pipes are corroded quickly by

(A) DiL H2SO4

(B) Conc.H2SO4

(68) Which is the correct oxidation state of lead

(A) +2, +4

(B) +1, +2

(69) Quartz is an example of

(A) Chain Silicate

(B) Sheet Silicate

(C) Cyclic Silicate

(D) 3D network Silicate

15

Answer Key

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

D
B
B
B
C
C
B
A
A
C
B
A
C
B
C

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

A
B
C
D
A
B
B
c
D
D
C
A
C
C
A

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45

D
B
C
D
C
B
B
D
C
C
D
C
C
D
A

16

46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

A
A
A
D
C
C
C
A
B
A
D
A
D
C
D

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

A
D
C
C
B
A
C
A
D

HINTS
(2)

Grey tin is very brittle & easily crumbles down to a powder in very cold climates
Grey Tin

White Tin

(Cubic)

(Tetragonal)

The change of white tin to grey is accompanied by increase in volume. This is called disease
or tin Plague.
(3)

Zeolite have SiO4 & AlO4 tetrahadrones linked together in a three dimensional open structure
in which four or six member ring predominate. Due to open chain structure they have cavities
& can take up water & other small molecules.

(4)

Crook's glass is a special type of glass containain cerium oxide. It does not allow the passage
of ultraviolate rays & is used for making lense.

(5)

Due to inert pair effect, stability of +2 oxidation state increases as we move down this
groupSiX2 GeX2 SnX2 pbX2

(6)

Sodium oxalate react with conc. H2SO4 to form CO & CO2 gas

(10) tin is oxidized to meta stannic acid when it is treated with nitricacid
Sn + 4 HNO3 H2SnO3 + 4NO2 + H2O
(11) Inert pair effect become significant for 6th & 7th period of p- block element.
(12) Carbon Suboxide has linear structure with C - C bond lenth equal to 130 Ao & C - O
bond length equal to 120Ao O = C = C = C = O O C C C O+
(13) Pb3O4 is mixed oxide. It can be represented as 2PbO PbO2
(14) Noble gas are found in very minute amount in atmosphers. These are separated from each other
by using coconut char coal. Which absorb different gas at different tempera tures.
(15) SolidCO2 is known as dry ice because it evaporate at -18oC without changing in Liquid state.
(17) When hydrogen peroxide reacts with PbS then they forms PbSO4
(18) Silicon occurs in combined state in nature as silica, SiO2

1s2

2s2

(21)

(19) It is hydrolysed with water to form a Si(OH)4

2p2

No of unpaired e- in p = 2.
(22) Metal oxides or some salts are fused with glass to imparted colour of glass.
(24) Al2(CO3)3 is less soluble in water than Na2CO3, ZnCO3
(25) inert pair effect is most prominent in Pb because from top to bottom due to increase in number
of shells.
17

(29) White lead 2PbCO3. Pb(OH)2.

(30) Pb3O4 Red Lead (Sindhur)
(31) Three dimensional sheet structure are formed when three oxygen atom of each
[SiO4]4- Tetrahedrdls are formed
(33) Pb + Sn
(34) In carbon family stability +2 oxidation state increases on moving down the group in the periodic
table with an increase in atomic number due to screening effect.
(37) Propyne can be prepared by hydrolysis of magnesium carbide.
Mg2 C3 + 4H2O CH3C CH + 2Mg(OH)2.
(41) In crystalline lattice of diamond, each crbon atom is linked to four other carbon atoms
tetrahedrally by using sp3 - hydbrid orbitals giving rise to a rigid there dimensional network of
carbon atom for this reason, diamond is very hard.Graphite, has hexagonal layer structure in which
each carbon atom is linked to three other carbon atoms by using sp2 hybrid orbitals. The hexagonal
layer in graphite are held together by weak Van-der waal's forces. So graphite is soft.
(42) Supercritical CO2 is used as a solvent for the extraction of organic compound from their natural
sources.
(43) 2Pb(NO3)2 2PbO + 4NO2 + O2
(46) Pb reacts with dilute HNO3 to produce NO gas
3Pb + 8HNO3 3Pb(NO3)2 + 2NO + 4H2O

(47)

O
O
O Si O Si O
O
O

(49) Pb 11.34 g/ml heaviest.

(50) Pb3O4 is a mixed oxide of 2PbO + PbO2
(52) Boron (B),Si,Ge,As,Sb & At are metalloid elements. Bismuth (Bi) & tin (Sn) are metal while
carbon (C) is non - metal.
(53) Al4C3 + 12H2O 3CH4 + 4 Al(OH)3
(54) Glass being a mixture of sodium & calcium silicates react with hydro fluoric acid forming sodium
& calcium flurosillicates respectively.
Na2SiO3 + 3H2F2 Na2SiF6 + 3H2O
CaSiO3 + 3H2F2 CaSiF6 + 3H2O
The etching of glass is based on these reactions

18

(55) Solid CO2 is called dry ice because it changes to vapour state directly without changing to liquid
state.
(57) HNO3 is best solvent for lead

Pb + 4HNO3
Pb (NO3)2 + 2NO2 +2H2O

(59) SiO2 + 3C SiC + 2CO

(60) It reacts with alkali as well as acid.
(61) R3SiCl on hydrolysis form only a dimer
R3SiOH + HOSiR3 R3Si - O - SiR3.
(62) CCl4 + H2O No reaction d - orbital absent in carbon atom
(63) excess of one valence electron in P atom over Si will form n type conductor.
(64) Calbogen is mixture of 90% O2 & 10% CO2
(65) C + 2H2SO4 CO2 + 2H2O + 2SO2
Here carbon is oxidized to CO2 & H2SO4 is reduced to SO2
(66) Silica on heating with carbon at elevated temp gives carborandum (Silicon Carbide)

SiO2 + 3C
SiC + 2CO2

Carborandum is very hard substance

(67) Organic acids dissolve lead in presence of oxygen
Pb + 2CH3COOH +

1
O Pb (CH3 COO)2 + H2O.
2 2

19

NITROGEN FAMILY : 15
(1)

Which of the following elements does not form stable diatomic molecules
(A) Iodine

(2)

(C) HNO3

(d) NO2

(B) NO

(C) N2O5

(D) NO2 and O2

(B) Zn

(C) Cu

(D) Ag

(B) NCl3

(C)NBr3

(D) NI3

(B) H4P2O7

(C)HPO3

(D) H3PO4

(C) As

(D) Bi

Which does not form complex

(A) N

(9)

(B) N2O

P4O6 reacts with water to give

(A) H3PO3

(8)

(D) H3PO3, N2O5

Which Nitrogen trihalides is least basic

(A) NF3

(7)

(C) HPO3, N2O5

Which of the following metal produces nitrous oxide with dil HNO3
(A) Fe

(6)

(B) HPO3, N2O3

When concentrated nitric acid is heated it decomposes to give

(A) O2 and N2

(5)

(D) Oxygen

When heated NH3 is passed over CuO gas evolved is

(A) N2

(4)

(C)Nitrogen

HNO3 + P2O5 A + B, A is an Oxyacid of phosphorous and B is an oxide of N. A and

B respectively are
(A) H3PO4, N2O3

(3)

(B) Phosphorous

(B) P

Nitrogen is relatively inactive element because

(A) it atom has a stable Electronic Configuration
(B) it has low atomic radius
(C) Its electro negativity is fairly high
(D) Dissociation energy of 15 molecule is fairly high

(10) Nitrogen dioxide is released by heating

(A) Pb(NO3)2

(B) KNO3

(C) NaNO2

(D) NaNO3

(11) Concentrated nitric acid oxidizes cane sugar to

(A) CO2 and H2O

(B) CO and H2O

(C) CO, CO2 and H2O

(D) Oxalicacid and water

(12) Red P can be obtained from white P by

(A) Heating it with a catalyst in an inest atmosphere
(B) Distilling it in an inert atmosphere
(C) Dissolving it in carbon disulphide and crystalising
(D) Melting it an pouring the liquid into water
20

(13) When aluminium phosphide is reacted with dil H2SO4

(A) SO2 is liberated

(B) PH3 is evolved

(C) H2S is evolved

(D) H2 is evolved

(14) Cyanamide process is used in the formation of

(A) N2

(B) HNO3

(C) NH3

(D) PH3

(15) Which statement is wrong for NO

(A) It is anhydride of nitrous acid

(B) It dipole moment in 0.22D

(C) It forms dimer

(D) It is paramagnetic

(16) Solid PCl5 exists as

(A) PCl5

(B) PCl4+

(C) PCl6-

(D) PCl4+ and PCl6-

(17) How can you synthesise nitric oxide in the lab

(A) Zinc with cold and dilute HNO3

(B) Zinc with Conc. HNO3

(C) Cu with cold and dil HNO3

(D) Heating NH4 NO3

(18) Which of the following is a cyclic phosphate

(A) H5P3O10

(B) H6P4O13

(C) H5P5O15

(D) H7P5O16

(19) Which catalyst is used in the haber process for the manufacture of NH3
(A) Pt

(B) Fe+Mo

(C) CuO

(D) Al2O3

(20) Which of the following has the highest dipole moment

(A) NH3

(B) PH3

(C) SbH3

(D) ASH3

(C) Pb(OH)Cl

(D) Na2HPO4

(21) Which salt can be classified as an acid salt

(A) Na2SO4

(B) BiOCl

(22) Which of the following is manufactured from the molecular nitrogen by bacteria
(A) NO3

(B) NO2

(C) Amino acids

(D) Ammonia

(23) Which of the following Tendencies remains unchanged on going down in the nitrogen family
(A) Highest Oxi. State

(B) Non - metallic character

(C) Stability of hydrides

(D) Physical state

(24) (NH4)2 Cr2O7 on heating liberates a gas. The same gas will be obtained by
(A) heating NH4NO2

(B) Heating NH4NO3

(C) Treating H2O2 and NaNO2

(D) Treating MF3N2 with H2O

(25) When plants and animals decay, the organic N is converted in to inorganic N. The inorganic
N is in the form is
(A) NH3

(B) Elements of N
21

(C) Nitrates

(D) Nitrides

(26) In an organic compound , phosphorous in estimated as

(A) Mg2P2O7

(B) Mg3(PO4)2

(C) H3PO4

(D) P2O5

(27) Producer gas is a mixture of

(A) CO and N2

(B) CO2 amd H2

(C) CO and H2

(D) CO2 and N2

(28) Ammonium nitrate decomposes on heating in to

(A) NH3 and HNO3

(B) Nitrous oxide and H2O

(C) N, H, O3

(D) Nitric Oxide, NO2, H2

(29) Non - Combustible hydride is

(A) NH3

(B) PH3

(C) ASH3

(D) SbH3

(30) The element which catches fire in air at 30oC and is stored under water is
(A) Calcium

(B) Sodium

(C) Phosphorous

(D) Zinc

(C) H3PO4

(D) None

(C) H3PO2

(D) NF3

(B) PF3

(C) SbCl3

(D) NF3

(B) PH3

(C) AsH3

(D) SbH3

(31) Which of the following acid exist in polymeric form

(A) HPO3

(B) H4P2O7

(32) Dehydrated phosphorous trichloride in H2O gives

(A) HPO3

(B) H3PO4

(33) Which of the following is not hydrolysed

(A) AsCl3
(34) The strongest base is
(A) NH3

(35) The cyaide ion, CN, N2 are iso electronic. But in contrast to CN, N2 is chemically inert because
of
(A) Low bond energy

(B) Absence of bond polarity

(C) Unsymmetrical electron distribution

(D) Presence of more number of electron in bonding orbilats
(36) When lighting flash is produced, which gas may form
(A) Nitrous Oxide

(B) Nitric Oxide

(C) Dinitrogen in oxide

(D) Nitrogen pentoxide

(37) A mixture of ammonia and air at about 800oC in the presence of Pt gauze forms
(A) N2O

(B) NO

(C) NH2OH

(D) N2O3

(C) Al2O3

(D) Sb2O3

(38) Which of the following is the most basic oxide

(A) Bi2O2

(B) SeO2

(39) Ammonia gas can be collected by the displacemet of

(A) Conc. H2SO4

(B) Brine

(C) Water
22

(D) Mercury

(40) The chemical used for cooling in refrigeration is

(A) CO2

(B) NH4OH

(C) NH4Cl

(D) Liquid NH3

(41) Reaction of PCl3 and PhMgBr. Would give

(A) Bromobanzene

(B) Chlorobenzene

(C) Triphenyl phosphine

(D) Dichlorobenzene

(42) Which of the following P is most stable

(A) Red

(B) White

(C) Black

(D) All stable

(C) AsH3

(D) BiH3

(B) CO2

(C) Cl2

(D) CCl3NO2

(B) NH3

(C) P4O6

(D) P4O10

(B) NaH2PO2

(C) Na3HP2O6

(D) Na4P2O7

(43) The least stable hydride of 75th group elements in

(A) NH3

(B) PH3

(44) The chemical formula of Tear gas is

(A) COCl2
(45) PH4I + NaOH forms
(A) PH3
(46) Which is not an acid salt
(A) NaH2PO3

(47) The number of hydroxyl group in pyrophosphoric acid is

(A) 3

(B) 4

(C) 5

(D) 7

(48) Which of the following has the highest proton affinity

(A) Stilbine

(B) Arsine

(C) Phosphine

(D) Ammonia

(C) AsH3

(D) SbH3

(49) Which of the following has highest B.P

(A) NH3

(B) PH3

(50) Which of the following exihibits highest solubility in H2O

(A) NH3

(B) PH3

(C) AsH3

(D) SbH3

(51) HNO3 in aqueous solution yields

(A) NO3 and H+

(B) NO3 and H3O+

(C) NO 2 and OH

(D) N2O5 and H2O

(52) The three important oxidation state of P are

(A) -3, +3, +5

(B) -3, +3, -5

(C) -3, +4, -4

(D) -3,+3,+4

(C) Sb

(D) Bi

(53) Which show maximum valency

(A) P

(B) Tin
23

(54) Which oxide of N is obtained on heating ammonium nitrate at 250oC

(A) Nitric oxide

(B) Nitrous oxide

(C) Nitrogen dioxide

(D) Dinitrogen oxide

(55) The number of P-O-P bonds in cyclic metaphos phoric acid is

(A) 0

(B) 2

(C) 3

(D) 4

(56) The product oblained by heating (NH4)2SO4 and KCNO is

(A) Hydrocyanic acid

(B) Ammonia

(C) Ammonium cyanide

(D) Urea

(57) Which compound is related to habers process

(A) CO2

(B) H2

(C)NO2

(D) NH3

(58) The carbonate which does not leave a residue on heating is

(A) Na2CO3

(B) PH3

(C) SbH3

(D) AsH3

(59) Aquaregia is
(A) 1:3 conc. HNO3 and conc. HCl

(B) 1:2 conc. HNO3 and conc. HCl

(C) 3:1 conc. HNO3 and conc. HCl

(D) 2:1 conc. HNO3 and conc. HCl

(60) Which of the following hydrides is least stable

(A) AsH3

(B) SbH3

(C) NH3

(D) PH3

(C) AsH3

(D) SbH3

(C) AsH3

(D) SbH3

(B) PCl3

(C) AsCl3

(D) All

(B) P2O3

(C) Sb2O3

(D) Bi2O3

(B) As2O3

(C) SbCl2

(D) As2H3

(C) N2O + Ca

(D) (NH4)2Cr2O7

(C) NH4NO2

(D) Ba(NO3)2

(C) NaNO2

(D) NaNO3

(61) The most stable hydride is

(A) NH3

(B) PH3

(62) Which has the lowest boiling point

(A) NH3

(B) PH3

(63) Which is the most explosive

(A) NCl3
(64) The most acidic is
(A) AS2O3
(65) Non-existing compound is
(A) PH4I

(66) Pure N2 gas is obtained from

(A) NH3 + NaNO2

(B) NH4Cl + NaNO2

(67) Pure nitrogen can be prepared from

(A) NH4OH

(B) Ca3N2

(68) NO2 is released by heating

(A) Pb(NO3)2

(B) KNO3
24

(69) Which of the following is neutral

(A) N2O5

(B) N2O3

(C) N2O4

(D) N2O

(C)N2H2

(D) N3H

(70) Which of the following is acidic

(A) NH3

(B) N2H4

(71) Laughing gas is prepared by heating

(A) NH4Cl

(B) (NH4)2SO4

(C) NH4Cl + NaNO3 (D) NH4NO3

(72) P4O6 reacts with water to give

(A) H3PO3

(B) H4P2O7

(C) HPO3

(D) H3PO4

(C) PH3

(D) SbH3

(C) SbCl3

(D)

(73) Electrolysis temperature is maximum

(A) AsH3

(B) NH3

(74) Which of the following is not hydrolysed

(A) AsCl3

(B) PF3

NF3

(75) On adding H2O to BiCl3 solution in HCl, the compound produced is

(A) Bi2O3

(B) Bi(OH)3

(C) BiOCl

(D) BiOCl2

(C) VII A Group

(D) Hg(OH)2

(76) N, P , As, Sb , Bi elements belong to

(A) VA Group

(B) IV A Group

(77) Which of the following elements occur free in nature

(A) Nitrogen

(B) Phosphorus

(C) Arsenic

(D) Antimony

(78) Which of the following elements of group VA does not show allotropy
(A) N

(B) Bi

(C) P

(D) As

ANSWER KEY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

B
C
A
D
B
A
A
A
D
A
D
A
B
C
A

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

D
C
C
B
A
D
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
C

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45

A
D
D
A
D
D
B
A
D
D
C
A
D
D
A

46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

25

D
B
D
D
A
B
A
A
B
C
D
D
D
A
B

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75

A
B
A
B
C
B
C
A
D
D
D
A
B
D
C

76
77
78

A
A
B

HINTS
(4)
(5)

4HNO3 4NO2 + O2 + 2H2O

4Zn + 10HNO3 4Zn(NO3)2 + 5H2O + 3N2O

(6)

NF3
It is least basic bacause of high electronegativity of 3F atoms. The lone pair present on
nitrogen atom is not easily available for donation.

(7)
(8)
(9)

P4O6 + 6H2O 4H3PO3

Nitrogen does not form complex because of the absence of d - orbitals.
N N bond energy is very high 945KJ mole1

(10) 2Pb(NO3)2 2PbO + 4NO2 + O2

CONC

COOH

|
(11) C12 H22O11
HNO 3

COOH

+ H2O

(14) CaCN2 + 3H2O CaCO3 + 2NH3

(15) Anhydride of Nitrous acid is N2O3.

(16) Solid PCl5, exists as PtCl 4 & PtCl6

(17) 3Ca + 8NHO3 3Ca(NO3)2 + 4H2O + 2NO

(21) Na2HPO4 Na2PO4- + H+ it can give H+ ion in solution.
(23) Highest oxidation state is +5 which remains unchanged.

(24) (NH4)2Cr2O7
N2 + Cr2O3+4H2O

NH4NO2
N2+2H2O

(28) NH4NO3
2H2O + N2O

(30) because of its very low ignition temp (303K) it is always kept under water.
(32) 3H2O + PCl3 H3PO3 + 3HCl
(33) Due to absence of d - orbital in N - atom, it can't accept e from H2O for hydrolysis of NF3
Pt
4NO + 6H O
(37) 4NH3 + 5O2
2
800 C

(41) Reaction between PCl3 & Ph MgBr gives triphenyl phosphine.

3C6 H5 MgBr PCl3 (C6H5)3 P 3 Mg Cl Br
(42) Due to less reactivity
(46) Na4P2O7 salt of strong acid & strong base.
(49)

NH3
BP 238.5

PH3
185.5

AsH3

SbH3

210.6

254.6

(53) P Shows + 5 valancy.

(56) (NH4)2SO4 + KCNO NH4CNO + K2SO4 NH2CONH2 urea
(57) Ammonia generally prepared by Haber's process
(59) One part conc. HNO3 & 3parts conc. HCl forms aquaregia.
26

OXYGEN FAMILY
(1)

Which is not easily soluble in water

(A) H2

(2)

(9)

(B) Matalloids

(C) Radioactive

(D) Plymorphic

(B) Polyzone

(C) Trizone

(D) Ozone

(B) HCl

(C) H2SO4

(D) HNO2

(B) Na2SO4

(C) CaCl2

(D) P4O10

The catalyst used in manufacture of by contact process

(A) Al2O3

(8)

(D) S8

Which of the following is no suitable for use in dasiccator to dry substance

(A) conc H2SO4

(7)

(C)S4

Which of the following acts as pickling agent

(A) HNO3

(6)

(B) S2

The triatomic species of element oxygen is known as

(A) Azone

(5)

(D) CO2

All the elements of oxygen family are

(A) Non - metal

(4)

(C) SO2

The molecular formula of sulphur is

(A) S

(3)

(B) O2

(B) Cr2O3

(C) V2O3

(D) MnO2

Which of the following is the best scientific method to test presence of water in a liquid
(A)Taste

(B) Smell

(C) use of litmus paper

(D) use of onhydrous CaSO4

Which of the following sulphate is insoluble in water

(A) CaSO4

(B) CdSO4

(C) PbSO4

(D) Bi2(SO4)3

(10) When sulphur is boiled with Na2SO3 solution, the compound formed is
(A) Sodium Sulphide

(B) Sodium Sulphate

(C) Sodium persulphate

(D) Sodium thiosulphate

(11) Number of unpaired electrons in sulphur is

(A) 2

(B) 6

(C) 8

(D) 1

(12) H2S reacts with O2 in restricted supply of O2 to form

(A) H2O + S

(B) H2O + SO2

(C) H2O + SO3

(D) H2SO4 + S

(13) Which of the following mixlure is chromic acid

(A) K2Cr2O7 and Con. H2SO4

(B) K2Cr2O7 and HCl

(C) K2SO4 and Con. H2SO4

(D) H2SO4 and HCl

(14) Among KO2, NO 2 , BaO2 and NO 2 unpaired electron is present in

(A) NO 2 and BaO2

(B) KO2 and BaO2

(C) KO2

(D) BaO2

(15) Which of the element of the oxygen family is most poisonous to human race
(A) O

(B) S

(C) Se
27

(D) None

(16) Super phosphate is the mixture of

(A) Calcium phosphate and H2SO4

(B) Sodium phosphate and H2SO4

(C) Potassium phosphate and H2SO4

(D) None
+

(17) Which of the following dissociates to give H easily

(A) H2O

(B) H2S

(C)H2Te

(D) H2Se

(18) H2SO4 reacts with PCl5 to give

(A) Thoinyl chloride

(B) Sulphur monochloride

(C) Sulphur chloride

(D) Sulphur utrachloride

(19) Among H2O, H2S, H2Se and H2Te the one with highest boiling point
(A) H2O

(B) H2Te

(C) H2S

(D)H2Se

(20) Which of the following is used in artificial respiration

(A) O2 + CO2

(B) O2 + CO

(C) O2 + H2

(D) All of these

(21) Carbogen is
(A) Pureform of C

(B) COCl2

(C) Mixture of CO and CO2

(D) O2 & CO2

(22) The products of the chemical reaction between Na2S2O3, Cl2 and H2O are
(A) S+ HCl + Na2S

(B) S + HCl + Na2SO4

(C) S + HCl + Na2SO3

(D) S + NaCCO3 + H2O

(23) The incorrect statement among the following is

(A) C60 is an allotropic form of carbon
(B) O3 is an allotropic form of oxygen
(C) S8 is only allotropic form of sulphur
(D) Red phosphorous is more stable in air than while phosphorous
(24) Hypo is used in photography because of its
(A) Reducing behavior

(B) Oxidising behavior

(C)Complex forming behavior

(D) Reaction with light

(25) Aqueous solutions of H2S and SO2 when mixed together yield
(A) Sulphur and water

(B) Sulphur trioxide and water

(C)Hydrogen peroxide and sulphur

(D) Hydrogen and sulphurous acid

(26) An example of a neutral oxide is

(A) No

(B) CO2

(C)CaO

(D) ZnO

(27) Which of the following is used to absorb sulphur dioxide

(A) conc H2SO4

(B) KOH Solution

(C)Water

(D) Anhydrous CaCl2

(28) When SO2 is passed through acidified K2Cr2O7 solution

(A) Solution turns blue

(B) Solution decolourizes

(C) SO2 is reduced

(D) Green Cr2(SO4)3 is formed

28

(29) Which of the following is oxidized by SO2

(A) Mg

(B) K2Cr2O7

(C)KMnO4

(D) All

(C) Sulphite

(D) Sulphid

(30) A salt of sulphurous acid is called

(A) Sulphate

(B) Sulphurate

(31) The final acid obtained during the manufacture of H2SO4 by contact process
(A) H2SO4(conc.)

(B) H2SO4(dil)

(C) H2SO4

(D) H2S2O7

(32) Which compound acts as an oxidizing as well as reducing agent

(A) SO2

(B) MnO2

(C) Al2O3

(D) CrO3

(C) Hydrolysis

(D) Acidic nature

(33) Bleaching action of SO2 is due to

(A) Reduction

(B) Oxidisation(oxide)

(34) About H2SO4 which is incorrect

(A) Reducing agent

(B) Dehydrating agent

(C) sulphonating agent (D) Highly Viscous

(35) In the reaction

2Ag + 2H2SO4 Ag2 SO4 + 2H2O + SO2, H2SO4 acts as
(A) Reducing agent
(B) Oxidising agent
(C) Catalytic agent

(D) Dehydrating agent

(36) In the reaction

H 2SO 4
HCOOH
CO + H2O, H2SO4 acts as

(A) Dehydrating agent

(B) Oxidising agent

(C) Reducing agent

(D) All of these

(37) When conc.H2SO4 comes in contact with sugar it becomes black due to
(A) Hydrolysis

(B) Hydration

(C) Decolourisation

(D) Dehydration

(C) H2S2O7

(D) H2S2O8

(38) Which one is known as oil of vitriol

(A) H2SO3

(B) H2SO4

(39) Ozone deplete due to the formation of following compound in Antartica

(A) Acrolien

(B) Peroxy Acetyl Nitrate

(C) SO2 & SO3

(D) chlorine nitrate

(40) The acid used in lead storage cells is

(A) Phosphoric acid

(B) Nitric acid

(C) Sulphuric acid

(D) Hydrochloric acid

(41) Which one of the gas dissolves in H2SO4 to give oleum

(A) SO2

(B) H2S

(C) S2O

(D) SO3

(B) Oil of Vitriol

(C) Fuming H2SO4

(D) None

(C) S2 O32

(D) S2 O 72

(C) Ur

(D) Ag

(42) Oleum is
(A) Castor oil

(43) There is no S - S bond in

(A) S2 O 42

(B) S2 O52

(44) Which element is found in free state

(A) I

(B) S
29

(45) Which of the following hydrides ha s the lowest boiling point

(A) H2O
(B) H2S
(C) H2Se
(D) H2Te
(46) In the preparation of sulphuric acid, V2O5 is used is the reaction, which is
(A) S + O2 SO2
(B) 2SO2 + O2 2SO3
(C) SO2 + H2O H2SO4
(D) N2 + 3H2 2NH3
(47) Point out of in which of the following properties of oxygen differs from the rest of the members
of its family (Group - VIA)
(A) High value of ionization energy
(B) Oxydation state (2,4,6)
(C) Polymorphism
(D) Formation of hydrides
(48) Ozone turns trimethyl paper
(A) Green
(B) Violet
(C) Red
(D) Black
(49) No of atoms in one molecules of sulphur is
(A) 8
(B) 4
(C) 3
(D) None of these
(50) Bond angle is minimum for
(A) H2O
(B) H2S
(C) H2Se
(D) H2Te
(51) A solution of SO2 in water reacts with H2S precipating sulphur. Here SO2 acts as
(A) Oxidising agent
(B) Reducing agent
(C) Acid
(D) Catalyst
(52) Whe SO2 is passed through cupric chloride solution
(A) White precipitate is obtained
(B) Solution becomes colouless
(C) Solution becomes colourless & White ppt is obtained of Cu2Cl2
(D) No Change
(53) Which of the following is acidic
(A) SO3
(B) N2O
(C) BeO
(D) HgO
(54) Which of the elements listed below occurs in allotropic forms
(A) Iodine
(B) Copper
(C) Sulphur
(D) Silver
(55) Oxygen was discovered by
(A) Priestly
(B) Scheele
(C) Boyle
(D) Cavendish
(56) Shape of O2F2 is similar to that of
(A) C2F2
(B) H2O2
(C) H2F2
(D) C2H2
(57) Which of the following is not a chalcogen
(A) O
(B) S
(C) Se
(D) Na
(58) Which of the following is a suboxide
(A) Ba2O
(B) Pb2O
(C) C3O2
(D) ZnO
(59) KO2 + CO2 ? (gas)
(A) H2
(B) N2
(C) O2
(D) CO
(60) H2SO4 acts as dehydrating agent in its reaction with
(A) H2C2O4

(B) Ba(OH)2

(C) KOH
30

(D) Zn

(61) A gas that can not be collected over water is

(A) N2
(B) O2
(C) SO2
(62) The molecular formula of dithionic acid is
(A) H2S2O4
(B) H2S2O6
(C) H2S2O5
(63) Oxygen is not evolved on reaction of ozone with
(A) H2O2
(B) SO2
(C) Hg
(64) and form of sulphur both are stable at
(A) 369oC
(B) 369K
(C) 4oC
(65) SO2 + H2S X The final product is
(A) H2O + S
(B) H2SO4
(C) H2SO3
(66) Sulphur in +3 oxidation state is present in
(A) Sulphurous acid
(B) Pyrosulphuric acid
(C) Dithionous acid
(D) Thiosulphuric acid
(67) H2S is not a/an
(A) Reducing agent
(B) Acidic
(C) Oxidising agent
(68) Which one of the following is non-reducing
(A) H2S
(B) H2Te
(C) H2Se
(69) When PbO2 reacts with conc. HNO3 the gas evolved is
(A) NO2
(B) O2
(C) N2
(70) The most efficient agent
(A) 80% H2SO4
(71) In presence of moisture
(A) Act as oxidant

(D) PH3
(D) H2S2O7
(D) KI
(D) 0oC
(D) H2S2O3

(D) None
(D) H2O
(D) N2O

for the absorption of SO3 is

(B) 98% H2SO4
(C) 50% H2SO4
(D)20% H2S2O7
, SO2 can
(B) Lose electron
(C) Gain electron (D) Not act as reductant
ANSWER KEY

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

C
D
D
D
C
A
C
D
C
D
A
A
A
C
C

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

A
C
C
A
A
D
B
C
C
A
A
B
D
A
C

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45

D
A
A
A
B
A
D
B
D
C
D
C
D
B
B

31

46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

B
B
B
A
D
A
C
A
C
A
B
D
C
C
A

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71

C
B
B
B
A
C
C
D
B
B
B

Hints
(7)

V2O5 catalyst are used for manufacture of H2SO4 by contanct process.

(10) Na2SO3 + S Na2S2O3

(11) The electronic configuration of sulphure is
S(Z=16) = 1S2 2S2 2P6 3S2 3P4
3P

Hence it has two unpaired electrons

(12) 2H2S + O2 2H2O + 2S
If the O2 is not restricted
2H2S+ 3O2 2H2O+2SO2
(13) Mixture of K2Cr2O7 and conc. H2SO4 known as chromic acid
(14) KO2 because in O 2 (superoxide ion)
(17)
(18)
(19)
(21)
(22)
(25)
(28)
(29)
(31)
(39)
(41)

One unpaired electron is present in the antibonding orbital.

The bond between (H2Te) is weakest hence it gives H+ ion easily.
HO - SO2 - OH + PCl5 Cl - SO2 - OH + POCl3 + HCl
HO - SO2 - OH + 2PCl5 Cl - SO2 - Cl + 2POCl3 + 2HCl
H2O containing hydrogen bond,
Mixture of O2 and CO2
Na2S2O3 + Cl2 + H2O Na2SO4 + 2HCl + S
SO2 + 2H2S 3S + 2H2O
K2Cr2O7 + H2SO4 + 3SO2 K2SO4 + Cr2(SO4)3 + 3H2O
SO2 + 2Mg 2MgO + S
H2SO4 + SO3 H2S2O7
Fromation of chlorine nitrate is the main cause of ozone depletion
H2SO4 + SO3 H2S2O7 oleum.

O
O
||
||
(43) S2O 72- O S O S O
||
||
O
O
(54) Sulphur -

(1) monoclinic

(2) Rhombic

(3) Plastic

(56) O2F2 is similar to that of H2O2

O
F

97

1.48A

F
O

O
F
32

HALOGENS FAMILY
(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

The correct order of thermal stability of hydrogen halide.

(A) HI > HBr > HCl > HI

(B) HF > HCl > HBr > HI

(C) HCI < HF < HBr < HI

(D) HI > HCl > HF > HBr

Phosgene is common name of

(A) Carbonyl chloride

(B) Phosphine

(C) Phosphorus Oxychloride

(D) Phosphorus trichloried

The solubility of iodine in water increases in presence of

(A) Alcohol

(B) Chloroform

(C) Sodium hydroxide

(D) Potassium trichloride

On boiling an aqueous solution of KClO3 with iodine the following is obtained

(A) KClO3

(B) KClO4

(C) KClO2

(D) KIO3

(5) Colour of iodine is disappeared by shaking it with aqueous solution of

(A) H2SO4
(6)

(7)

(D) Na2SO4

(A) IF3 > UF3 > BrF3

(B) BrF3 > IF3 > ClF3

(C) IF3 > BrF3 > ClF3

(D) ClF3 > IF3 > BrF3

Bromine is obtained on commercial scale from

(B) Carnellite

(C) Common Salt

(D) Cryolite

(C) Ratherlford

(D) Sheele

Chlorine was discovered by

(A) Davy

(9)

(C) Na2S

The stability of interhalogen compound is in order

(A) Caliche
(8)

(B) Na2S2O3

(B) Priestley

Bromine is liberated when aqueous solution of potassium bromide is treated with

(A) Cl

(B) I2

(C) Dilute H2SO4

(D) SO2

(10) Chlorine reacts under various conditions with sodium hydroxide to give
(A) Sodium Chloride

(B) Sodium hypochlorite

(C) Sodium chlorate

(D) All of these

(11) Br2 gas turns starch iodide paper

(A) Blue

(B) Red

(C) Colourless

(D) Yellow

(C) HBr

(D) HI

(C) Nitric acid

(D) Chlorine

(12) Which of following is weakest acid?

(A) HF

(B) HCl

(13) Deacons process is used in manufacture of

(A) Bleaching powder

(B) Sulphonic acid

(15) Which of following is correct?

(A) Iodine is solid

(B) Chlorine is insoluble in water

(C) Iodine is more reactive than bromine

(D) Bromine is more reactive than chlorine

33

(16) Sea water is employed as a source of manufacture of

(A) F

(B) I

(C) Br

(D) Cl

(C) I2

(D) F2

(17) Which is most reactive halogen

(A) Cl2

(B) Br2

(18) Which of following represents clear electro positive properties

(A) F

(B) Cl

(C) Br

(D) I

(19) Which of following represents outermost shell of halogens

(A) S2P3

(B) S2P6

(C) S2P4

(D) S2P5

(20) Most activeness of fluorine is due to

(A) F-F bond has less energy

(B) F2 is gas at normal temp

(C) Its e - affinity is max

(D) None of above

(21) Which of following after reacting with KI do not remove Iodine

(A) CaSO4

(B) K2Cr2O7

(C) HNO3

(D) HCl

(22) Aqueous solution of which of following acid can not be kept in bottle of glass
(A) HF

(B) HCl

(C) HBr

(D) HI

(23) Which of following pair is not correctly matched

(A) Halogen which is liquid at room temp. - Bromine
(B) Most electronegative element - Fluorine
(C) Most reactive halogen - Flouorine
(D) The Strorgest oxidizing halogen - Iodine
(24) Mark element that shows oxidation state only one
(A) F

(B) Cl

(C) Br

(D) I

(C) HBr

(D) HI

(25) Which of following has lowest boiling point

(A) HF

(B) HCl

(26) Fluorine is stronger oxidizing agent than chlorine in aqueous solution. This is attributed to
many factors except.
(A) Heat of dissociation

(B) e-affinity

(C) Heat of Hydration

(D) Ionisation Potential

(27) Mark the element that displaces 3 halogens from their compound
(A) F

(B) Cl

(C) Br

(D) I

(B) Cl

(C) Br

(D) I

(28) Mark smallest atom

(A) F

(29) Which of following arrangement for 3 halogens Cl, Br, I when placed in order of
increasing e-affinity
(A) Cl, Br, I

(B) I, Br, Cl

(C) Br, Cl , I
34

(D) I , Cl , Br

(30) Fluorine is better oxidizing agent than Br2 , It is due to

(A) small size of F.

(B) More e - repulsion in F.

(C) More e neg. in F.

(D) Non - Metallic nature of F.

(31) Which statement is correct about halogens?

(A) They are all diatomic(B) They are forming universal solvents
(C) They can mutually displace each other from solution of their compound with metals.
(D) None of above
(32) Which of following is most basic?
(A) I

(B) Br

(C) Cl

(D) F

(C) O3

(D) N2X

(33) Which of following is not a green house gas?

(A) CO2

(B) CH4

(34) Inisolation of F., a number of difficulties were encounted. Which statement is correct?
(A) Potential required for discharge of F. ions is the lowest.
(B) F. reacts with most glass vessel
(C) F has great affinity for H.
(D) Electrolysis of aqueous HF gives ozonised O2
(35) Chlorin gas is dried over
(A) CaO

(B) NaOH

(C) KOH

(D) Conc. H2SO4

(36) Chlorine is used in water for

(A) Killing germs

(B) Prevention of pollution

(C) Cleansing

(D) Removing dirt.

(37) Chlorine can not be used

(A) as bleaching agent

(B) Sterilisation

(C) Preparation of antiseptic

(D) Extraction of silver & copper

(38) Euchlorine is mixture of

(A) Cl2 & SO2

(B) Cl2 & ClO2

(C) Cl2 & CO

(D) None of these

(C) KIO3 & HI

(D) HI & KI

(C) I2O5

(D) I4O9

(C) Highly Covalent

(D) H - bonding

(39) Which two salts are used in preparing iodised salt.

(A) KIO3 & I2

(B) KI & I2

(40) Which of following halogen oxides is ionic?

(A) ClO2

(B) BrO2

(41) Type of bonding in HCl is

(A) Pure Covalent

(B) Polar Covalent

(42) Tincture of iodine is

(A) Aq. Sol. of I2

(B) Solution of I2 in Aq. KI

(C) alc. Sol. in I2

(D) Aq. Sol. of KI

35

(43) HBr & HI reduce Sulphuric acid, HCl can reduce KMnO4 & HI can reduce
(A) H2SO4

(B) KMnO4

(C) K2Cr2O7

(D) None

(C) HBr

(D) HI

(44) Hydrogen bonding is present in

(A) HF

(B) HCl

(45) Which one of following orders is not proper

(A) F2 > Cl2 > Br2 > I2 : Electronegativity
(B) ) F2 > Cl2 > Br2 > I2 : Bond dissociation energy
(C) F2 > Cl2 > Br2 > I2 : Oxidising power
(D) HI > HBr > HCl > HF : Acidic property in water.
(46) Which of following chemicals contains chlorine?
(A) Fisc her salt

(B) Epsom salt

(C) Fremy's salt

(D) Spirit of salt

(47) The halide NaF has high melting point than NaCl , NaBr, & NaI because
(A) Minimum ionic character

(B) Maximum ionic character

(C) Highest oxidizing power

(D) Lowest polarity

(48) Effective component of bleaching powder is (A) Cl

(B) Br

(C) Al

(D) Ca

(49) Which of following is prepared by electrolytic method?

(A) Ca

(B) Sn

(C) S

(D) F2

(50) Chlorine dioxide is best prepared by passing dry

(A) Cl . gas over hot HgO

(B) Cl & O2 gas overhot pt . catalyst

(C) Chlorine over hot silver chromate

(D) None of above

(51) Which one of following in aqueous solution gives a white precipitate with per chloric acid
(A) NaCl

(B) KCl

(C) MgCl2

(D) FeCl3

(52) NOCl is used as a bleaching agent & storilisng agent It can be synthesized by action of
(A) NaCl with H2O

(B) NH4 Cl with NaOH

(C) Cl2 with cold & dilute NaOH

(D) Cl2 with hot & Conc. NaOH

(53) A one litre flask is full of brown bromine vapour intensity of brown colour of vapour will not
decrease a appriciable on adding to flask some of
(A) Pieces of marble

(B) Carbon disulphide

(C) Carbon tetrachloride

(D) Animal Charcoal Powder

(54) Which of following statement is correct?

(A) Only Cl & Br forms Oxyacids

(B) all halogen form oxyacid

(C) All halogen except F. form oxyacid

(D) Only iodine form oxyacid

(55) A mixture of ZnCl2 & PbCl2 can be separated by

(A) Distillation

(B) Crystallization
36

(C) Sublimation

(D) adding aceticacid

(56) Hydrogen has a tendency to gain one e to acquire helium configuration. In this respect
it resembles.
(A) Halogens

(B) Actinides

(C) Transition metals (D) Alkali metals

(57) The compound added to table salt for maintaining proper health is
(A) KCl

(B) KBr

(C) NaI

(D) MgBr2

(58) Which of following halogen can be purified by sublimation?

(A) F2

(B) Cl2

(C) Br2

(D) I2

(59) Which statement is not true ?

(A) Ni(CO)4 is diamagnetic
(B) BI3 is strong Lewis acid than BF3
(C) Graphite conducts electricity where as diamond does not
(D) CCl4 is hydrolysed where as BCl3 is inert
(60) Bleaching Powder loser its power On keeping for long time because
(A) It changes to calcium hypochlorate
(B) It changes to calcium chloride & calicium hydroxide
(C) It absorbs moisture
(D) It changes to CaCl2 & calcium chlorate.
(61) Compound that forms dative bond with ammonia
(A) CCl4

(B) BCl3

(C)MgCl2

(D) NaCl

(62) Concentrated H2SO4 can not be used to prepare HBr from NaBr because it
(A) reduces HBr

(B) Oxidises HBr

(C) Reacts slowly

(D) None of above

(63) When Fluoride is heated with conc. H2SO4 & MnO2 the gas evolved is
(A) F2

(B) SF

(C) HF

(D) None

(64) Unlike other halogens Fluorine does not show higher oxidation states because
(A) It is highly electionegative

(B) It has no d - orbital

(C) atomic radius is very small

(D) None of Above

(65) Which of following molecule is theoratically not possible

(A) OF4

(B) OF2

(C) SF4

(D) O2F2

(C) FeSO4

(D) NH4SO4

(66) I is released when potassium iodie reacts with

(A) ZnSO4

(B) CaSO4

(67) Among Cl, Br, I correct order for being oxidized to dihalogen is
(A) I Cl Br

(B) CI Br I

(C) I Br CI

(D) Br I CI

(68) Correct order of increasing bond angles in following species is

(A) ClO Cl2 O ClO 2

(B) Cl2O ClO ClO2

(C) ClO 2 Cl 2 O ClO

(D) None of above

37

(69) When thiosulphate ion is oxidized by iodine , which one of following ion is produced?
(A) SO 32

(B) SO 24

(C) S4 O 62

(D) S2 O 62

(C) HBr

(D) HI

(70) Which one of halogen acids is liquid ?

(A) HF

(B) HCl

(71) When Cl2 is passed through hot & Conc. Solution of KOH following compound is formed.
(A) KCl

(B) KClO3

(C) KClO2

(D) KClO4

(72) Chlorine can remove

(A) Br from NaBr Sol.

(B) F from NaF Sol.

(C) Cl from NaCl Sol.

(D) F from CaF2 Sol.

(73) Which one of following acid is weakest?

(A) HClO

(B) HBr

(C) HClO3

(D) HCl

(74) Which of following will displace halogen from solution of halide?

(A) Br2 added to NaCl

(B) Cl2 added to KCl

(C) KCl added to NaF

(D) Br2 added to KI

(75) Chlorine can be manufactured from

(A) Electrolysis of NaCl

(B) Electrolysis of brine

(C) Electrolysis of bleaching powder

(D) All above

(76) Nitric acid converts iodine to

(A) Iodic acid

(B) Hydro iodic acid

(C) Iodine Nitrate

(D) Iodine pentoxide

(77) In preparation of chlorine from HCl, MnO2 acts as

(A) Oxidising agent

(B) Reducing agent

(C) Catalytic agent

(D) Dehydration agent

(78) In KI solution I2 readily dissolves & forms

(A ) I

(C) KI2

(B) KI2

(D) KI3

(79) When Cl is passed over dry slaked lime at room temperature, main reaction product is,
(A) Ca(ClO2)2

(B) CaCl2

(C) CaOCl2

(D) Ca(OCl2)2

(C) HBr

(D) H2S

(80) Br is converted to Br2by,

(A) Cl2

(B) Conc. HCl

(81) Which reaction can't be used for production of halogen acid.

(A) 2KBr + H2SO4 K2 SO4 + 2 HBr

(B) NaHSO4 + NaCl Na2SO4 + HCl

(C) NaCl + H2SO4 NaHSO4 + HCl

(D) CaF2 + H2SO4 CaSO4 + 2HF..

(82) When cold NaOH reacts with Cl2 it forms

(A) NaClO

(B) NaClO2

(C) NaClO3
38

(D) None

(83) Which one is anhydride of HClO4

(A) Cl2O

(B) ClO2

(C) Cl2O6

(D) Cl2O7

(C) I2

(D) Cl2

(84) In dark, which of following reacts with Hydrogen?

(A) Br2

(B) F2

(85) Electrolysis of a liquid resulted in formation of Hydrogen at cathode & Cl2 at anode.
Liquid is
(A) Pure water

(B) H2SO4 Solution

(C) NaCl Solution (D) CaCl2 Solution

(86) Concentrated HNO3 reacts with I2 to give

(A) HI

(B) HOI

(C) HOIO2

(D) HOIO3

(87) Manufacture of Bromine from sea water, the mother liquor containing bromides is treated
with
(A) CO2

(B) Cl2

(C) I2

(D) SO2

(88) Formula of some fluorides are given. Which of them will combine with fluorine?
(A) IF5

(B) NaF

(C) CaF2

(D) SF5

(C) Br

(D) I

(89) Which of following oxidizes H2O to oxygen.

(A) Cl

(B) F

(90) A solution of HCl in water is good conductor while gaseous Hydrogen chloride is not .
This is because
(A) Water is good conductor of electricity

(B) HCl in water ionises

(C) Gas can not conduct electricity but water can (D) None of these
(91) Bleaching action of bleaching powder is due to liberation of
(A) Chlorine

(B) Molecular oxygen

(C) Nascent oxygen

(D) Calcium carbonate

(92) What products are expected from disproportion reaction of hypochlorous acid.
(A) HClO3 & Cl2O

(B) HClO2 & HClO4

(C) HCl & Cl2O

(D) HCl & HClO3

(93) Mixture of conc. HCl & HNO3 made in 3:1 ratio contains
(A) ClO2

(B) NOCl

(C) NCl3

(D) N2O4

(C) Brain tumours

(D) Kidney stones

(C) Br

(D) F

(C) Hydrolysis

(D) Its acidic nature

(C) P

(D) S.

(94) I|3| is used for treatment of

(A) Thyroid disorders

(B) Skin disorders

(95) Least reactive halogen with hydrogen is

(A) Cl

(B) I

(96) Bleaching action of chlorine is due to

(A) Oxidation

(B) Reduction

(97) Which among following non metals is liq at 25oC

(A) Br

(B) C
39

(98) Element that librates oxygen gas from water is

(A) P

(B) Na

(C) F

(D) I.

(C) Cl

(D) All

(99) On exciting Cl2 molecule by UV Light , we get

(A) Cl

(B) Cl+

(100) Which of following sequence is correct with refrence to oxidation number of iodine
(A) I2 < ICl < HI < HIO4

(B) HIO4 < ICl < I2 < HI

(C) I2 < HI < ICl < HIO4.

(D) HI < I2 < IC < HIO4

(101) What is obtained on reacting HgCl2 & Hg(CN)2.

(A) (CN)2.

(B) addition compound HgCl2. Hg(CN)2

(C) Hg(CN) Cl

(D) Hg [Hg(CN)2Cl2]

(102) Chlorine is liberated when we heat

(A) KMnO4 + NaCl

(B) K2 Cr2O7 + MnO2

(C) ) Pb2 (NO3)4 + MnO2

(D) K2 Cr2O7 + HCl

(103) Metal halide, insoluble in water is

(A) AgI

(B) KBr

(C) CaCl2

(D) AgF

(104) Which of following oxides is expected exhibit paramagnetic behaviour

(A) CO2

(B) SO2

(C) ClO2

(D) SiO2

(B) Potassium iodide

(C) CCl4

(D) Alcohol

(B) CCl4

(C) C2H5Cl

(D) C2H6

(B) CaO

(C) CaO(Cl).

(D) CaCl(OCl)

(105) Iodine dissolver readily in

(A) Water

(106) Cl2 reacts with CS2 in presence of I2 to form

(A) CHCl3
(107) Bleaching powder is
(A) CaOCl2

(108) Bleaching powder is obtained by treating chlorine with

(A) CaO

(B) CaCO3

(C) CaSO4

(D) Ca(OH)2

(109) Which is formed when F reacts with hot & conc. Sodium Hydroxide.
(A) O2

(B) O3

(C) NaO

(D) HF.

(C) HBr & S

(D) S & H2O

(110) Bromine water reacts with SO2 to form

(A) H2O & HBr

(B) H2SO4 & HBr

(111) On heating NaCl + K2 Cr2O7 + Conc. H2SO4, we get

(A) O2

(B) Cl2

(C) CrOCl2

(D) CrO2Cl2

(112) Amongst LiCl , RbCl , BeCl2 & MgCl2 , max. & min. ionic character will be shown by
(A) LiCl , MgCl2.
BeCl2

(B) RbCl , BeCl2

(C) RbCl , MgCl2

(D) MgCl2,

(113) Which of following chloride is water insoluble

(A) HCl

(B) AgCl

(C) both 'a' & b

40

(D) None

(114) The alkali metal halide are soluble in water but LiF is insoluble because
(A) It's Amphoteric

(B) Li -F is highly ionic

(C) It's Lattice energy is high

(D) Li+ ion is least hydrated.

(115) Which of following is present as an active ingredient in bleaching powder for bleaching action
(A) CaCl2

(B) CaOCl2

(C) Ca(OCl)2

(D) CaO2Cl

(C) Cl2O6

(D) ClO4

(C) HBr

(D) HI

(116) ClO2 reacts with O3 to give

(A) Cl2O4

(B) Cl2O

(117) Bad conductor Of electricity is

(A) H2F2

(B) HCl

(118) When KBr is treated with concentrated H2SO4 redish brown gas evolved, gas is
(A) Mixture of Br & HBr

(B) Bromine & HNO3

(C) Bromine

(D) None of these.

Answer Key
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

B
A
D
A
C
B
B
A
A
D
A
A
D
C
A
B
D
D
D
A

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

D
A
D
A
B
B
A
A
B
C
C
A
D
A
D
A
D
B
B
D

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

B
C
D
A
B
D
B
A
D
C
B
C
A
C
B
A
C
D
D
D

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80

41

B
B
C
B
A
B
C
A
C
A
B
A
A
D
B
A
A
D
C
A

81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100

A
A
D
B
C
C
B
A
B
B
C
D
B
A
B
A
A
C
A
D

101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118

B
D
A
C
B
B
D
D
A
B
D
B
B
C
C
C
A
C

HINTS
(1)

HF > HCl > HBr > HI thermal stability

(2)

CHCl3 + O2 COCl2 + HCl

Phosgene or carbonyl chloride

(3)

Iodine has the least affinity for water and is only slightly soluble in it . However it is dissolved

in 10% aq. Solution of KI due to formation of complex ion ie . I3

I2 + KI KI3 or

I2 + I

I3 (Complex)

(4)

2KClO3 + I2 2KIO3

+ Cl2

(5)

2Na2S2O3 + I2 2NaI + Na2S4O6

(6)

The acidic strength of oxy acids decreases down wards in a group. The correct order of acidic
C strength of oxy - acids of Halogens is HClO4 > HBrO4 > HIO4

(7)

Carnellite is KCl. Mg Cl2.6H2O. The mother liquor remain after crystallisation of KCl from carnellite
contains about 0.25% of Bromine as MgBr2 or KBr.

(9)

Cl2 + 2KBr 2KCl + Br2

A more electronegative halogen can displace less acid because of lowest bond dissociation Energy.

Cold
(10) 2NaOH(dil) + Cl2
NaCl + NaClO + H2O. Sod. Hypochlorite.
heat
6NaOH(conc) + 3Cl2
5NaCl + NaClO3 + 3H2O Sodium chlorate.

(12) HF is weakest acid. Since it is on able to give H + ions which are trapped in H - Bonding.
(69) 2Na2S2O3 + I2 2NaI + Na2S4O6
(70) HF is liq. Because of int . molec. H - Bond
(71) 6KOH + 3Cl2 5KCl + KClO3 + 3H2O
(72) Cl2 + 2NaBr 2NaCl + Br2
(73) HClO H+ + ClO(74) Br2 + 2KI I2 + 2KBr
(75) 2NaCl + 2H2O 2 NaOH(aq) + Cl2(g) + H2(g)
(76) I2 + 10HNO3 2HIO3 + 10NO2 + 4H2O
(77) MnO 2 + 4HCl MnCl2 + 2H 2 O + Cl2
(4 )

(2 )

| _____ Reduction ___|

42

(78) KI + I2 KI3
(79) Ca(OH)2 + Cl2 CaOCl2 + H2O
(80) Cl2 + 2Br 2Cl + Br2.
(81) 2KBr + H2SO4 K2SO4 + 2HBr
(82) 2NaOH + Cl2 NaClO + NaCl + H2O
(83) 2HClO4 H2O + Cl2O7
(84) H2 + F2 2HF (anode)
(85) 2NaCl + 2H2O 2NaOH + Cl2 + H2 (cathode)
(86) I2 + 10HNO3 2HIO3 + 10NO2 + 4H2O
(87) Mg Br2 + Cl2 MgCl2 + Br2
(88) IF5 + F2 IF7
(89) 2F2 + 2H2O 4HF + O2

H2O
(90) HCl
H (ag ) Cl

(91) CaOCl2 CaCl2 + [O]

(92) 3HOCl(+1) 2HCl(-1) + HCl(+5)O3
(93) 3HCl + HNO3 NOCl + 2H2O + Cl2
(94) I - 131 is used for treatment of thyroid disorders.
(95) As electronegativity decreases reactivity also decreases
(96) Cl2 + H2O 2HCl + [O]
(97) Br. Is a liquid at room temp.
(98) 2H2O + 2F2 4HF + O2
UV
(99) Cl-Cl
Cl + Cl (Free fadical)

< I 2 < ICl < HIO 4

(100) HI
( 1)
( 1)
(0)
( 7)
(101) HgCl2 + Hg(CN)2 HgCl2.Hg(CN)2.
(102) K2Cr2O7 + 14HCl 2KCl + 2 CrCl3 + 7H2O + 3Cl2.
(103) AgI is covalent compound.
(104) Due to unpaired e - ClO2 is paramagnetic.
(105) KI +I2 KI3
(106) CS2 + 3Cl2 CCl4 + S2Cl2

43

Cl
(107) CaCl(OCl)

Ca
O

Cl

(108) Ca(OH)2 + Cl2 CaOCl2 + H2O

(109) 2F2 + 4NaOH

4NaF + 2H2O + O2

(110) Br2 + 2H2O + SO2 H2SO4 + 2HBr

(111) CrO2Cl2 is a orange red gas
(112) Acc to Fajan's rule , largest cation & smallest an ion
(113) AgCl is water insoluble chloride.
(114) Small atomic size of Li & F , lattice energy highest
(115) Fact.
(116) Cl2O6 is formed by reaction of ClO2 & O3.
(117) due to H - bonding free ions are not present in aq sol. Hence bad condc.
(118) 2KBr + 3H2SO4 + MnO2

2KHSO4 + MnSO4 + 2H2O + Br2

44

NOBLE GASES FAMILY

(1)

Which of following outter electronic configuration represents Ar?

(A) ns2

(2)

(4)

(C) Rectile

(D) Haematite

(B) Chemically inert

(C) Complete filled shells

(D) Is diatomic

Argon was discovered by

(B) Frankland & Lockyer (C) Jansen

(D) Ramsay

The colour discharge tubes for advertisement mainly contain

(B) Neon

(C) Helium

(D) Xenon

(C) Methane

(D) Xenon

Least chemical activity is shown by

(A) Nitrogen.

(7)

(B) Pitch blende

(A) Monoatomic

(A) Argon.
(6)

(D) ns2 np4

Molecules of noble gas do not posses vibrational energy bec. Noble gas is

(A) Rayleigh
(5)

(C) ns2 np5

Which mineral was used in isolation of radium?

(A) Lime stone

(3)

(B) ns2 np6

(B) Argon

Noble gases do not react with other elements because

(A) They have completely paired up & stable e - configuration
(B) Their size is very small
(C) Are monoatomic
(D) None of these

(8)

Monazite is source of
(A) He

(9)

(B) Kr

(C) Ar

(D) Ne.

He is added to oxygen supply used by deep sea divers because

(A) It's less soluble in blood than Nitrogen at high pressure
(B) It is Lighter than Nitrogen
(C) It is readily miscible in oxygen
(D) It is less poisionous than Nitrogen

(10) Which of following is not correct for noblegas?

(A) Ar is used in electric bulbs
(B) Kr is obtained during radioactive disintegration
(C) Half life of Rn is 3.8 days
(D) He is used to produce Low temp.
(11) Which of following represents noble gas configuration.
(A) 1S2, 2S2 2P6, 3S2 3P5

(B) 1S2, 2S2 2P6, 3S2 3P6

(C) 1S2, 2S2 2P6

(D) 1S2 , 2S2

(12) Which of following has zero valency

(A) Sodium

(B) Beryllium

(C) Aluminium .
45

(D) Krypton.

(13) The forces acting between noble gas atoms are

(A) Vander waals forces

(B) Ion - dipole forces

(C) London - dispersion forces

(D) Magnatic forces

(14) Which of following is correct sequence of noble gas in their group ?

(A) Ar, He, Kr , Ne , Xe, Rn

(B) He, Ar, Ne, Kr, Xe, Rn

(C) He, Ne, Ar, Kr, Xe, Rn

(D) He, Ne, Kr, Ar, Xe, Rn

(15) Which of following is noble gas configuration?

(A) 1s2

(B) 1S2, 2S2

(C) 1S2, 2S2 2P6, 3S1

(D) 1S2, 2S2 2P6, 3S2, 3P6, 4S2

(16) Which of following noble gas does not have octate of e - in outer most shell.
(A) Ne

(B) Rn

(C) Ar

(D) He

(17) Low chemical reactivity of rate gases can be attributed to their

(A) Being nonmetal

(B) Having High ioni cation energies

(C) Being gases

(D) Found in nature in small quantities.

(18) % of Ar in air is;

(A) 1%

(B) 2%

(C) 3%

(D) 4%

(19) F. forms chemical compound with

(A) He

(B) Ne

(C) Ar

(D) Xe.

(20) Per Xenate ion is

4

(A) XeO6

(B) H XeO 4

(C)

XeO 4

(D) Xe.

(21) Last member of inert gas element is

(A) Ne

(B) He

(C) Ar.

(D) Rn

(C) N2.

(D) Argon.

(22) Which of following is inert gas

(A) H2

(B) O2

(23) Which inert gas show abnormal behavior on liquefaction

(A) Xe

(B) He

(C) Ar

(D) Kr

(C) Kr & Ne

(D) Ar & Xe

(24) Inert gas producing max. number of compounds

(A) He & Ne

(B) Ar & Ne

(25) Helium was discovered by

(A) Crooks

(B) Rutherford

(C) Frankland & Lockyer

(D) Dorn

(26) XeF4 & XeF6 are expected to be

(A) Oxidising

(B) Reducing

(C) Un reactive

(D) Strongly basic

(C) Xe

(D) Ne

(27) Noble gas forms max. No. of compounds is

(A) Ar

(B) He
46

(28) Nuclear Fusion Produces

(A) Ar

(B) Duterium .

(C) He

(D) Krypton

(C) SF4

(D) CF4

(C) 18

(D) 8

(C) 1S2, 2S2

(D) 1S2

(B) Ar

(C) Ne

(D) He

(B) XeO

(C) XeO2

(D) Xe

(29) Among fluorides, one that does not exists is

(A) XeF4.

(B) HeF4

(30) Last orbit of argon would have ___ e(A) 6

(B) 2

(31) Electronic configuration of neon is

(A) 1S2, 2S2 2P2

(B) 1S2, 2S2 2P6

(32) Which of following noble gas s is least polarizable

(A) Xe
(33) XeF6 on hydrolysis gives
(A) XeO3

Answer Key
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

B
B
A
D
C
B
A
A
A
B

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

B
D
A
C
A
A
B
A
D
A

Hints
(26) all the xenon fluorides are strongly oxidizing
(27) XeF2, XeOF2, XeF4, XeOF4, XeF6, XeO3
2

(28) 1H 1H 2He

(29) HeF4 does not exists

(30) Ar18 2, 8, 8
(31) Ne10 1S2, 2S2 2P6
(32) He is least polarizable bec. Of small size.
(33) XeF6 + 3H2O XeO3 + 6HF..
47

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

D
D
B
D
C
A
C
C
B
D

31
32
33

B
D
A

UNIT-16 d & f BLOCK ELEMENTS

Important Points
Position in

Blo ck

periodic table
Groups 1 to 2

s-Block

Groups 13 to 18

p-Block

Groups 3 to 12

d-Block

Two horizontal rows at the

f-Block

bottom of the periodic table

d-block elements are in periods 4 to 7.

f-block elements are in periods 6 and 7.

Elements of d-block (Transition metal elements)

The elements which in their ground state or any one of their oxidation states, d-orbital is
incompletely filled are called transition elements.

Amongst the d-block elements Zn, Cd and Hg do not act as transition elements.

All the transition elements are metallic elements.

In the first transition series, atomic radii decrease from Sc to V, while atomic radius remains
same in elements Cr to Cu and the atomic radius of Zn is found increasing instead of
decreasing.

Not much difference is observed in first and second ionization enthalpies of two neighbouring
transition elements but the value of second ionization enthalpy of Cr and Cu are more than
those of their neighbouring elements.

Most of the ionic and covalent compounds of transition elements are coloured.

Compounds of transition elements act as catalysts in certain chemical reactions.

The magnetic moment of transition element compounds,

m=

n (n+2) where m = magnetic moment. n = number of unpaired element

The unit of magnetic moment is BM (Bohr Magneton)

The capacity to form complex compounds is much more than other elements because of
definite characteristics of transition elements.

In the formation of crystals of transition metals, the voids are there in which non-metal
elements (H, C, N, B) arrange and form interstitial compounds.

Scientists Hume and Rothery suggested the rules for the alloys and accordingly alloys having
useful properties are obtained from transition metal elements.

48

The compounds of transition element- KMnO4 and K2Cr2 O7 are very useful in laboratory and
in synthesis of organic compounds.
f-Block elements (Innertransition elements)

f-Block elements are divided in to (1) Lanthanide series and (2) Actinide series.
Lanthanide series

Lanthanide series : In period-6 Ce (Z = 58) to Lu (Z = 71)

Elements of lanthanide series are called lanthanoids which are shown by symbol Ln.

All the lanthanoids possess stable oxidation state (+3).

The general electronic configuration of lanthanoids : [Xe]4f1145d016s 2

Amongst lanthanoids, promethium (Pm) is radioactive.

Actinide series

Actinide series : In perod-7 Th (Z = 90) to Lr (Z = 103).

Elements of actinide series are called actinoids.

The stable oxidation state in actioids is found to be from (+2) to (+6).

The general electronic configuration of actinoids is : [Rn]5f0146d027s 2

All the actinoids are radioactive.

49

MCQ
1.

Whieh groups of elements are called d-block elements in modern periodic table ?
(A)

2.

6.

7.

8.

9.

11.

12.

3 to 12

(D)

13 to 18

(B)

(C)

(D)

(B)

(C)

(D)

(B)

(C)

(D)

In modern periodic table, by which name d-block elements are known ?

(A)

More electropositive elements

(C)

Transition elements

(B)

Less electropositive elements

(D)

Inner transition elements

Which of the following is an electronic configuration at Th ?

(A)

[ Rn ] 5f o 6d 2 7s2

(C)

[ Rn ] 5f 2 6d 2 7so

(B)

[ Rn ] 5f 2 6d 2

(D)

[ Rn ]

7s2

5f 6d 2 7so

By which reason, element -Th is introduce in f-block ?

(A)

According to electronic configuration

(B)

According to physical properties

(C)

According to chemical properties

(D)

According to practical properties

When d-block elements are consider as d-block elements ?

(A)

d-orbital is fully filled in ground state.

(B)

d-orbital is half filled in ground state.

(C)

d-orbital is fully filled in all oxidation states.

(D)

d-orbital is fully filled in only anyone oxidation state.

Which of the following elements are first transition element ?

(A)

10.

(C)

Which elements transist between more electropositive and less electropositive elements ?
(A)

5.

3 to 10

Which block elements are less electropositive in modern periodic table ?

(A)

4.

(B)

Which block elements are more electropositive in modern periodic table ?

(A)

3.

1 to 2

Ac, Rt

(B)

Ac, Re

(C)

Rf, La

(D)

Which of the following is general electron configuration of transition elements ?

(A)

( n - 1) d 1-9

(C)

(n 1)d1-10 ns1

ns1- 2

(B)

(n 1)d 1-10 ns1-2

(D)

(n-1)d1-9 ns2

Which of the following is an electron configuration of Cr ?

(A)

[Ar] 3d 4

4s 2

(B)

[Ar] 3d 5

(C)

[Ar] 3d 5

4s1

(D)

[Ar] 3d 5 3s1

4s 2

Which of the following is an electron configuration of Cu ?

(A)

[Ar] 3d 9

4s 2

(C)

[Ar] 3d10 3s1

(B)

[Ar] 3d 9 3s 2

(D)

[Ar] 3d10

50

4s1

Y, Rf

13.
14.
15.

16.

17.

18.

Which of the following does not considered as transition element ?

(A) Cd
(B) Pd
(C) Ag
(D)
Which of the following does not considered as transition element ?
(A) Au
(B) Hg
(C) La
(D)
Which of the following does not relevant with transition elements ?
(A) Melting points of transition elements are high.
(B) Some ions of transition elements possesses paramagetic properties.
(C) All transition elements dissolves in acid.
(D) Transition elements processes various oxidation state.
Mention correct order of atomic radii.

Ru
Pt

(A)

Ti > M n > C0 > Cu > Zn

(C)

Ti > Mn > Co = Cu < Zn

(B)

Ti < Mn < Co < Ca < Zn

(D)

Ti > Mn = Ca > Co < Zn

Which of the following elements have some atomic radii ?

(A) Mn, Fe, Co, Cu
(B) Cr, Mn, Fe, Cu
(C) Cr, Mn, Fe, Co
(D) Mn, Fe, Cu, Ni
Atomic radii of Zn increases in 3d transition series because
(A) Positive charge of nucleus increases
(B) 3d orbital is fully filled
(C) Shielding effect
Due to repulsion between e - e of 3 -otbital and attraeti on between e - e deueases
In 3d series of transition element atomic radii remains same from Cr to Cu because
(A) Positive charge of nucleus increases.
(B) Sheilding effect increase for electron of 4s orbital.
(C) 3d orbital is fully filled
(D) Expansion of orbit does not occur.
Which elements have low ionisation enthalpy as compare to their neighbour element in first transition
element ?
(A) Cr, Cu
(B) Cr, Zn
(C) Cr, Mn
(D) Cu, Zu
Thermal stability of transition metal elements depends upon which of the following ?
(A) Atomic radii
(B) Magnitude of ionisation enthalpy
(C) On electrode potential
(D) Shielding effect
(D)

19.

20.

21.

2t

22.

What is colour of aqueous solution of Ni ( H 2 o )6

23.

(A) yellow
(B) violet
(C)
What is colour of aqueous solution of [Co(NH3)6]3+
(A) violet
(B) yellowish orange (C)

51

pink

(D)

green

red

(D)

green

24.

25.

Which of the following metal ions have pink colour ?

(A)

Cr 3+ , Mn 2+

(B)

Co 2+ , Mn 3+

(C)

Co 2+ , Mn 2+

(D)

Co 3+ , Mn 2+

(C)

Fe3+

Which of the following metal ion is purple ?

(A)

26.

(B)

Ti3+

Which of the following metal ions is colourless ?

(A) Ti 4+ Cu2 +
(B)
(C)

27.

V4+

Cr 2+ , Cu +

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.

Column-B
colourless
pink
purple
blue
vilot

1.
2.
3.
4.

V
Ti3+
Ti4+
Mn2+

(A)

1 d

2c

3a

4e

(B)

1 d

2c

3a

4b

(C)

1 d

2e

3a

4b

1 e
2c
Match column-A and B.
Column-A
1. NiCl2 . 6H2O
2. Co (NO3)2 . 6H2O
3. FeCl3
4. CuSO4 . 5H2O

3b

4a

4+

Column-B
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.

pink
colourless
blue
green
yellow

(A)

1 e

2c

3b

4a

(B)

1 d

2c

3b

4e

(C)

1 d

2a

3c

4b

(D)

30.

Ti +4, Mn +3

Match column-A and B

(D)

29.

Cu +

Ti4+ Cu+1

(D)

Column-A

28.

(D)

1 d
2a
3e
4c
Which catalyst is used to prepare SO3 from SO2 in contact process of production of H2SO4 ?
(A) NO
(B) V2O 5
(C) Fe
(D) Ni
Which of the following trantion metal ion has magnetic moment 3.87 BM ?
(A) Co2+
(B) Co3+
(C) Fe2+
(D) Fe3+
52

31.
32.

33.

34.

35.

36.

37.

38.

39.

40.

In which of the following compound of trantion metal ion has 4.90 BM magnetic momentum?
(A) KMnO 4
(B) NiCl2
(C) CoCl2
(D) FeSO 4
Which of the following sentence is not suitable for the capacity of transition metal to form complex
compounds ?
(A) Transition metal ions are small in size.
(B) Nuclear charge of trantion metal ion in comparatively more.
(C) Co-ordination covalent bond is not directional.
(D) Transition metal ions possesses different oxidation states.
Which of the following rules to prepare alloys should be obey ?
(A) Difference in atomic radii should be less than 15%.
(B) Valence electron configuration should not be equal.
(C) Atomic volume should not same.
(D) Crystal lattice structure are different.
What is the difference in atomic radii of two metallic elements to prepare alloys ?
(A) 15%
(B) more than 15%
(C) less than 15%
(D) 24.5 %
What is the difference of atomic radii of Au and Cu in 22 carate gold ?
(A) 15%
(B) more than 15%
(C) less than 15%
(D) 24.5%
Mn, Co, Cu metals are generally useful to prepare alloys because
(A) the difference in their atomic volume is more than 15%.
(B) the difference in their atomic volume is less than 2%.
(C) the difference in their atomic volume is 15%.
(D) the difference in their atomic volume is 2%.
Which alloy is used in preparation of coins ?
(A) Brass
(B) Bronze
(C) German-Silver
(D) Nichrome
Which alloy is used in preparation of antic - piece ?
(A) Nitinol
(B) Bronze
(C) Cupronickle
(D) German-Silver
Which alloy possesses facinating property of memory ?
(A) Brass
(B) Nitinol
(C) Nichrom
(D) Cupronicle
Match column-A and column-B properly.
Column-A
Column-B
1. Brass
a. Ni (60%) Cr (40%)
2. Bronze
b. Cu (80%) Sn (20%)
3. Cupronicle
c. Cu (90%) Sn (10%)
4. Nicnrom
d. Cu (70%) Zn (30%)
e. Cu (75-85%) NI (25-15%)
53

(A)

1 d

2c

3e

4a

(B)

1 d

2c

3e

4b

(C)

1 d

2e

3a

4b

1 e
2c
3a
Where amalgum alloy is used ?
(A) In electric heater
(C) To make surgical appliaces
Match Column-A and Column-B properly.

4d

(D)
41.

42.

(B)
(D)

In space reaserch
In filling tooth cavity

1.
2.
3.
4.

Column-A
Stainless steel
Bronze
Nitinol
German silver

Column-B

(A)

1 e

2d

3b

4c

(B)

1 e

2c

3b

4d

(C)

1 e

2c

3a

4b

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.

In reveting
In antic piece
To make coins
To make surgical appliances
Cu (75-85%) NI (25-15%)

(D)
43.

44.

45.

1 e
2c
3a
4d
Which of the following proportion of constituent is present in amalgam alloys ?
(A) Hg (50%) Ag (35%) Sn (12%) Cu (3%)
(B) Hg (50%) Ag (35%) Sn (12%) Cu (3%) Zn (0.2%)
(C) Hg (50%) Ag (12%) Sn (35%) Cu (3%) Zn (0.2%)
(D) Hg (50%) Ag (35%) Sn (3%) Cu (12%)
Fe Cr2 O 4 + Na 2 CO 3 + O 2 mention which product is obtained ts ?

(A)

Na 2 CrO 4 + Fe3O 4 + CO 2

(B)

Na 2CrO 4 + Fe2O3 + CO 2

(C)

Na 2 Cr2 O 7 + Fe 2 O 3 + CO 2

(D)

Na 2 Cr2 O 7 + Fe 2 O 3 + CO

What will be the mole ratio of reactants in the given reation ?

Fe Cr2 O 4 + Na 2 CO 3 + O 2 Na 2 CrO 4 + Fe 2 O 3 + CO 2

46.

(A) 2:4:7
(B) 4:6:6
(C) 4:8:7
What will be mole ratio of product in the following equation ?

(D)

4:8:4

(D)

8:2:6

Fe Cr2 O 4 + Na 2 CO 3 + O 2 Na 2 CrO 4 + Fe 2 O 3 + CO 2
(A)

8:2:8

(B)

8:4:8

(C)

54

4:4:8

47.

X + H + Y + Na + + H 2 O

Y + KCl K 2 Cr2 O 7 + NaCl

Mention X and Y

48.

49.

50.

51.

(A)

X = Na 2 Cr2 O 7

Y = Na 2 Cr O 4

(B)

X = Na 2 Cr2 O 7

Y = Na 2 Cr2 O 7

(C)

X = Na 2 Cr2 O 4

Y = Na 2 Cr2 O 7

(D)

X = Na 2 Cr2 O 4

Y = Na 2 Cr O 4

Fe Cr2 O 4 + Na 2 CO 3 + O 2 X + Y + CO 2 Mention X and Y

(A)

X = Na 2 Cr2 O 7

Y = Fe3 O 4

(B)

X = Na 2 Cr O 4

Y = Fe3 O 4

(C)

X = Na 2 Cr O 4

Y = Fe 2 O 3

(D)

X = Na 2 Cr2 O 7

Y = Fe 2 O 3

Where potasium dicromate is used ?

(A) In leather industry
(B) In textile industry
(C) As germiside
(D) As bleaching agent in cotton cloths.
What is atomic volume of Au and Cu in 22 carrate gold ornaments ?
(A) 134 pm 118 pm
(B) 133 pm 118 pm
(C) 134 pm 117 pm
(D) 135 pm 117 pm

X + KOH + O 2 Y + H 2 O
Y + H 2SO 4 + Z + K 2SO 4 + MnO 2 + H 2 O
What are X, Y and Z in above reactions ?

52.

(A)

X = K 2 MnO 4 , Y = MnO 2 , Z = KMnO 4

(B)

X = K 2 MnO 4 , Y = MnO 4 , Z = KMnO 4

(C)

X = MnO 2 , Y = K 2 MnO4 , Z = KMnO4

(D)

X = MnO 2 , Y = KMnO 4 MnO 4 , Z = K 2 MnO 4

K 2 MnO 4 + H 2 SO 4 KMnO 4 + K 2 SO 4 + MnO 2 + H 2 O

What will be mole ratio of products in above reaction ?
(A) 1:1
(B) 2:1
(C) 1:2

53.

(D)

2:2

(D)

2:2:1:1

K 2 MnO 4 + H 2SO 4 KMnO 4 + K 2SO 4 + MnO 2 + H 2 O

What will be mole ratio of products in above reaction ?
(A) 1:1:1:1
(B) 1:2:2:1
(C) 1:1:2:2
55

54.

55.
56.

57.
58.
59.
60.

61.

62.
63.

64.

65.

Potassium permangnate is used as ...............

(A) As reducing agent
(C) As decolouring agent in textile industry
Which of following is used in dry cell ?

(B)
(D)

(A)

K 2 Cr2 O 7

(B)

KMnO 4

MnO 2

(C)

As corrosion inhibitors
In preparation of azo compound
(D)

Which of alloy is used to fill dental cavities ?

(A) Sodium amalgam
(C) Mercury
Which of following is used as gernlicide

(B)
(D)

Zinc chloride
Mercury Amalgam

(A)

(C)

FeSO 4

(B)

K 2Cr2O7

KMnO 4

(D)

K 2 MnO 2

K 2 MnO 4

Which of following elements are include in Lanthanoide series ?

(A) La to Lu
(B) Ce to Lu
(C) La to yb
(D) Ce to yb
Which of general symbol is used to represent Lanthanoides ?
(A) Ln
(B) La
(C) Le
(D) Li
Which of following elements are include in actinide ?
(A) Th to Lr
(B) Ac to Lr
(C) Ac to No
(D) Th to No
What is general electronic configuration of outer shell of f-block elements ?
(A)

( n - 2 ) f 0-14 ( n - 1) d 0-1 ns2

(B)

( n - 2 ) f 0-14 ( n - 1) d1-2 ns 2

(C)

( n - 1) f 0-14 ( n - 1) d1-2 ns 2

(D)

( n - 1) f 1-14 ( n - 1) d 0-1 ns1

Which of following element has very close similarity with Lanthanoides ?

(A) Lr
(B) Ce
(C) Lu

(D)

What is electronic configuration of Ce ( Z = 58 )

(A)

[ Xe ] 4f 2 5d o

(C)

[ Xe]

6s2

5d 2 6s 2

(B)

[ Xe]

4f 1 5d1 6s 2

(D)

[ Xe]

4f 2 5d1 6s1

Which of following is general electronic configuration of Lanthanoides ?

(A)

[ Xe ] 4f 0-14 5d 0-1 6s 2

(B)

[Xe] 4f 1-14 5d1-2 6s 2

(C)

[Xe] 4f 1-14 5d 0-1 6s 2

(D)

[ Xe ] 4f 1-14 5d 0-1 6s 1-2

Which of following is general electronic configuration of actinides ?

(A)

[Ra ] 5f 0-14

6d 0-1 7s 2

(B)

[Rn ] 5f 1-14

(C)

[Rn ] 5f 0-14 6d1-2 7s 2

(D)

[Rn ] 5f 0-14 6d 0-2 7s 2

56

6d 0 - 2 7s 2

La

66.

67.

68.

Basic properties of hydroxides of lanthanoides is

(A) greater than Al(OH)3 but less than Ca(OH)2.
(B) greater than Ca(OH)2 but less than Al (OH)3.
(C) greater than Ca(OH)2 and Al(OH)3
(D) less than Ca(OH)2 and Al(OH)3
Lanthanoides elements are separated on the basis of their
(A) chemical properties
(B) difference in basicity
(C) physical properties
(D) difference in acidity
Ln

(A)
69.

70.

71.

72.

73.

74.

75.

76.

C om busting in O

What is x

Ln O 3

(B)

X2

(C)

Ln 2 O

Ln 2 O 3

(D)

Ln 2 O 3

Which of following radioactive elements in Lanthanodies.

(A) Promethium (Pm)
(B) Lutetium (Lu)
(C) Yetterbium (Yb
(D) Samarium (Sm)
Which of following is used in gas lighters ?
(A) CeO 2
(B) Pyrophoric Misch metal
(C) Gadolinium sulphate
(D) Ceric compounds
Which of following is used as oxidizing agent in volumetric analysis ?
(A) Ceric compounds
(B) CeO 2
(C) Oxides of lanthanoids
(D) Gadolinium sulphate
Which of following is used in preparation of optical glass of camera having high refractive index ?
(A) ceric compounds
(B) CeO 2
(C) Oxides of lanthanoids
(D) Gadolinium sulphate
Which of following is used to produce very low temperature by magnetic field ?
(A) Pyrophoric misch metal
(B) Uranium
(C) Thorium
(D) Gadolinium sulphate
What is the constitution of metals in pyrophoric misch metal ?
(A) ce-50%, ca-40%, Fe-10%
(B) Ce-50%, La-40%, Fe-7%, other-5%
(C) Ce-40%, La-50%, Fe-5%, other-5%
(D) Ce-40%, La-50%, Fe-10%
What would be emergy order of d-orbitals of tetra hedral complexes when they undergo splitting ?
(A)

d xy @ d y 2 @ d xz < d x 2 - y 2 @ d z 2

(B)

d x 2 - y 2 @ d z 2 < d xy @ d yz @ d xy

(C)

d xy @ d z 2 < d yz @ d xz @ d x 2 - y 2

(D)

d x 2 - y 2 @ d xz < d xy @ d yz @ d z 2

Which of following statement is wrong ?

(A) Atoms of all transition elements are paramagnetic.
(B) All transition elements are metals.
(C) All elements of d-block are transition elements.
(D) d-block elements are present in between s & p block elements in periodic table.
57

77.

78.

79.

Why do theoritical value of magnetic moment differ from their practical value ?
(A) Due to decrease in volume of metal ion.
(B) Due to unsymmetrical arrangement of dipoles in orbital.
(C) Due to rotation-orbital combination.
(D) Both are different methods to calculate magnetic moment.
What is the value of magnetic moment of central metal ion in K2MnO4 ?
(A) 0.0 BM
(B) 1.73 BM
(C) 2.83 BB
(D) 3.87 BM
Which of group of ions has coloured ions ? [PMT-2001]
(1)

80.

81.

Cu 2 +

(2)

(3)

Ti 4+

(4)

Co 2+

Fe 2+

(A) 1, 2, 3, 4
(B) 3, 4
(C) 2, 3
(D) 1, 2
Which of following pair of elements has (n-1)d10 ns2 electronic configuration ? [Pb CET-1996]
(A) Fe, Co, Ni
(B) Cu, Ag, Au
(C) Zn, Cd, Hg
(D) Sc, Y, La
Which is correct increasing order of ionic radii of Ce3+, La3+, Pm3+, Yb3+ ? [AIEEE-2002]
(A)

La 3+ < Ce 3+ < Pm 3+ < Yb 3+

(B)

Yb 3+ < PM 3+ < Ce 3+ < La 3+

(C)

La 3+ = Ce 3+ < Pm 3+ < Yb 3+

(D)

Yb 3+ < PM 3+ < La 3+ < Ce 3+

82.

The atomic no. of V, Cr, Mn and Fe are 23, 24, 25 & 26 respectively. Which of following has
highest value of their second ionization enthalpy ? [AIEEE-2003]
(A) V
(B) Cr
(C) Mn
(D) Fe

83.

If the radius of La3+ is 1.06 A , than what will be the approximate value of radius of Lu3+ from the
following ? [AIEEE-2003]

(A) 1.40A
84.
85.

86.

(B)

(C)

1.40A

0.85 A

(D)

1.60 A

How many d-electrons are their in Fe2+ (Z = 26) [AIEEE-2003]

(A) 4
(B) 5
(C) 6
(D) 3
What will be obtained when managanese dioxide is fused with KOH in presence of oxidizing agent
like KNO3 ? What will be the colour of product ? (AIEEE-2003)
(A) K2 MnO4 Dark green
(B) KMnO4, Violet
(C) Mn2O3, Grey
(D) Mn2O4, Black
Which of following group of transition metal is used to prepare currency coins ?
(A) Cu, Ag, Au
(B) Ru, Rh, Pd
(C) Fe, Co, Ni
(D) Os, Ir, Pt

58

87.

88.

89.

90.

Ce is an important member of Lanthenoid series which of following is wrong statement for Ce ?

[AIEEE-2004]
(A)

The general oxidation state of Ce is +3 and +4.

(B)

+3 oxidation state of Ce is more stable than +4.

(C)

+4 oxidation state of Ce is not available in its aqueous solution.

(D)

Ce (IV) behave as oxidizing agent.

Correct order of theoritical value of magnetic moment [AIEEE-2004]

4-

(A)

[ MnCl 4 ]2- > [CoCl4 ]2-

(B)

[ MnCl4 ]2- > Fe ( CN )6

(C)

[Fe (CN )6 ]4- > [Mn Cl 4 ]2- > [Co Cl 4 ]2-

(D)

[Fe (CN )6 ]4- > [Co Cl 4 ]2- > [Mn Cl 4 ]2-

>
Fe (CN )6
4-

>

[CoCl4 ]2-

The canthanide contraction is responsible for the fact that ................. [AIEEE-2005]
(A)

Zn and Zr have the same oxidation state.

(B)

Zr and Hf have same covalent and ionic radius.

(C)

Zr and Nb have same oxidation state.

(D)

Zr and Yb have same covalent and ionic radius.

In which of following group, all ions have 3d2 configuration ? [PMT-2004]

[Atomic No. Ti = 22,V = 23, Cr = 24, Mn = 25]

91.

92.

(A)

Ti 3+ , V 2+ , Cr 3+ Mn 4+

(B)

Ti + , V 4+ , Cr 6+ Mn 7 +

(C)

Ti 4+ , V 3+ , Cr 2+ Mn 3+

(D)

Ti 2+ , V 3+ , Cr 4+ Mn 5+

Lanthanide contraction is caused due to............ [AIEEE-2006]

(A)

The appreciable shilding on outer electrons by 4f electrons from the nuclear charge.

(B)

The appreciable shilding on outer electrons by 5d electrons from the nuclear charge.

(C)

The same effective nuclear charge from Ce to Lu.

(D)

The poor shilding on outer electrons by 4f electrons from the nucluear charge.

The actinides exhibit more number of oxidation states in general than the lanthanide, because..........
[AIEEE-2007, 2008, PMT-2005, 2006]
(A)

The 5f-orbitals are more spread in place than the 4f orbitals.

(B)

Energy differnce between 5f and 6d orbitals is less than that of 4f and 5d orbitals.

(C)

Energy difference between 5f and 6d orbital is more than that of 4f and 5d orbitals.

(D)

Actinides are more reactive than that of lanthanides.

59

93.

94.

95.

96.

The general oxidation state of Lanthanide elements is +3. Which of following is incorrect statement
for them ? [AIEEE-2009]
(A)

Ln (III) hydroxides are mainly basic in character.

(B)

Because of the large size of the Ln (III) ions, the bonding in its compounds is ionic in character.

(C)

Ln (III) Compounds are generally colourless.

(D)

The ionic sizes of Ln (III) decreases with increase in atomic number.

Which of following statement is wrong for transition element ? [AIEEE-2009]

(A)

Once the d5 configuration nis exceeded the tendency to involve all the 3d electrons in bonding
decreases.

(B)

In addition to the normal oxidation states, the zero oxidation state is also shown by these
elements in complexes.

(C)

In the highest oxidation states, the transition metals show basic.

(D)

In the highest oxidation states of the first five (transition elements (Sc to Mn) all the 4s & 3d
electrons are used for bonding ?

Which of following is wrong statement ?

(A)

La (OH)3 is less basic than Lu(OH)3.

(B)

In lanthanide series, ionic radius decreases while moving Ce3+ to Lu3+ ion.

(C)

La is actually tranusition element.

(D)

Due to Lanthanide contraction atomic radius of Zn and Hf are same.

In which of the following pairs are both the ions coloured in aqueous solution ? [PMT-2006]
[Atomic No. SC=21, Ti=22, Co=27, Ni=28, Cu=29]

97.

(A)

Ni2+, Cu+

(B)

Ni2+, Ti3+

(C)

SC3+, Ti3+

(D)

SC3+, CO2+

Which of the following ion is most stable in aqueous solution ? [PMT-2007]

(A)

98.

22

V 3+

(B)

22

Ti 3+

(C)

25

Mn 3+

(D)

24

Cr 3+

In which of the following outer most orbit will show maximum number of oxidation states ?
[PMT-2009]

99.

(A)

3d5 4s2

(B)

3d2 4s2

(C)

3d3 4s2

(D)

3d5 4s1

Mention the colourless pair from [ Ti F6 ]2- , [Co F6 ]3- , Cu2 Cl2 & [NiCl4 2-]

[PMT-2009]

(A)

[Ti F6 ]2- , and Ca2

Cl2

(B)

[Co F6 ]3-, and [Ni Cl4 2-]

(C)

[Ti Fe ]2- , and [Co F6 3-]

(D)

Ca 2Cl2 and [Ni Cl4

100. German silver is alloy of [AIIMS-2000]

(A)

Fe, Cr, Ni

(B)

Aq, Cu, Au

(C)

Cu, Zn, Ni

(D)

Cu, Zn, Sn

60

]2-

101. What is oxidation no. of Cr in K2 Cr2 O7 [AIIMS-2001]

(A) +2
(B) +4
(C) +6
(D) +7
102. Which of following Lanthanide element has +2 and +3 general oxidation state. [AIIMS-2003]
(A) La
(B) Nd
(C) Ce
(D) Eu
103. Which of following compound is coloured ? [AIIMS-2008]
(A) TiCl3
(B) FeCl3
(C) CoCl2
(D) All above
104. Which of following statement is correct for transition elements ? [AFMC - 2002]
(A) They are very active.
(B) They show variable valencies.
(C) They show lower melting point.
(D) They are stong electropositive elements.
105. A element having atomic no. 56 is included in [AFMC-2003]
(A) Lanthanides
(B) Actindies
(C) Alkaline earth metals
(D) None of above
106. What is percentage proportion of silver in german silver ?
[AFMC-2004]
(A) 0%
(B) 1%
(C) 5%
(D) None of above
107. Which of similarity is seen in Lanthanoids & actinides ?
(A) Electronic configuration
(B) Oxidation states
(C) Ionisation energy
(D) Formation of complexes
108. Which of following is correct order of magnetic moment (In BM) for Mn2+, Cr2+ & V2+
(A)

Mn 2+ > V 2+ > Cr 2+

(B)

V 2+ > Cr 2+ > Mn 2+

(C)

Mn 2+ > Cr 2+ > V 2+

(D)

Cr 2+ > V 2+ > Mn 2+

109. Which of following is proper reason for stability of Gd3+ ion. (Tamilnadu-CET-2002)
(A) 4f orbital is completely filled
(B) 4f orbital is half filled
(C) show electronic configuration similar to inert gas.
(D) 4f orbital is completely vacant
110. Which of ion can not show d-d transition ? (Gujarat-2007)
(A) Ti4+
(B) Cr3+
(C) Mn2+
(D) Cu2+
111. Which of following electronic configuration can show highest oxidation state ? (Gujarat-2007)
(A)

(n - 1) d 5

ns 2

(B)

(n - 1) d 8

ns 2

(C)

(n - 1) d 5

ns1

(D)

(n - 1) d 3

ns 2

112. Which of following is use of potassium dichromate ? [Gujarat-2008]

(A) To oxidise ferrous ions into ferric ions in acidic medium as an oxidizing agent.
(B) As an insecticide
(C) In electroplating
(D) As a reducing agent
61

113. Which of Lanthanide compound is used in pigment ?

(Gujarat-2009)
(A) Tb (OH)
(B) Lu (OH)3 (C) Ce (OH)3
(D) CeO 2
3
114. On which factor, does the stability of an oxidation state in lanthanide elements depend ? [Gujarat-2008]
(A) Combined effect of hyadration energy and ionization energy.
(B) Electronic configuration
(C) Enthalpy
(D) Internal energy
2+
115. What is the atomic number of the element with M ion having electronic configuration [Ar] 3d8
[Gujarat-2009]
(A) 26
(B) 27
(C) 28
(D) 25
116. Which of canthanide element show +2 and +3 oxidation state ?
[AIIMS-2003]
(A) La
(B) Nd
(C) Ce
(D) Eu
117. Which of following is correct order of ionic radii of Y+3, La3+, Eu3+, Lu3+ ? [CBSE-PMT-2003]
(A)

Y 3+ , < La 3+ , < Eu 3+ , > Lu 3+

(B)

Y 3+ , < Lu 3+ , < Eu 3+ , < La 3+

(C)

Lu 3+ , < Eu 3+ , < La 3+ , < Y 3+

(D)

La 3+ , < Eu 3+ , < Lu +3 , < Y 3+

118. Lanthanide contraction is observed due to increase in.............. [Kerala MEE 2003]
(A) Atomic radii
(B) Volume of 4f orbital
(C) Effective nuclear charge
(D) Atomic number
119. In................. elements, atomic volume decrease with increase in atomic number. [AIEEE-2003]
(A) p-Block
(B) f-Block
(C) Radioactive series
(D) Super heavy elements
120. Which of aqueous solution is coloured ?
[IIT-1990]
(A) Zn (NO3)2
(B) LiNO3
(C) Co (NO3)2
(D) Potash Alum

KEY NOTE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

C
A
B
C
C
A
D
B
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
B
D
C
A

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

B
D
B
C
B
B
B
D
B
A
D
C
A
A
D
B
B
D
B
A

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

D
A
B
B
C
A
C
C
A
C
C
A
D
C
B
D
B
B
A
A

62

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80

A
D
B
C
D
A
B
C
A
B
A
C
D
B
D
A
C
B
B
C

81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100

D
B
C
C
A
A
A
A
B
D
D
B
B
C
A
B
D
A
A
C

101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120

C
D
D
B
C
A
B
C
B
A
A
A
D
A
C
D
C
C
B
C

UNIT-17 CO-ORDINATION COMPOUNDS

Important Points

The salt that is obtained when two or more salts having independent existence combine according to
the laws of combination and which maintain the properties of original salts is called double salt e.g.
Alum is a double salt.

Similarly, the compound that is obtained when two or more salts having independent existence combine
according to laws of chemical combination and compound having new properties, formed is called
complex compound. e.g. K3[Fe(CN)6] is a complex salt.

Most of the complex compounds are formed by elements of d-block (transition elements). In the
electronic configuration of these elements, there is successive arrangement of electrons in d-orbitals.
when the atom or ion of transition elements has vacant (n1)d, ns and np or ns, np and nd orbitals,
these transition elements accept negative ions or neutral molecules and they form the compounds
which are called complex compounds. In this type of compounds, the bond that is formed between
metal ions of elements and the negative ion or neutral molecules is called co-ordinate covalent bond.
Around the centre of the metal ions of the molecules of these compounds, the negative ions or neutral
molecules are combined with co-ordinate covalent bond.

Alfred Werner, first of all gave the theory for complex compounds which is known as Werner's coordination theory. Some metals have the secondary valency in addition to their primary valence. By
this the ions of that metal combine strongly with the negative ion or neutral molecules in first attraction
sphere [ ].

According to Werner's theory, the metal ion possesses two types of valencies : Primary valency and
secondary valency.

The primary valency of the metal is equal to its oxidation number or equal to the positive electric
charge of the positive ion, which forms ionic bond, so that it gets ionized. The negative ion combines
with primary valency.

The secondary valency depends on the vacant orbitals in metal ion. The secondary valency is satisfied
by negative ions or neutral molecules. It does not get ionized. The secondary valency mentions its coordination number. The secondary valency is fixed for the metal ion but now, it has been proved that
the transition metal ions possess more than one co-ordination number. As the secondary valence being
directional determines the geometrical shape of complex compound. From the magnetic properties
also the shape of complex can be determined. e.g. In [Cr(NH3)6]Cl3, Cr is metal ion and six molecules
of neutral molecule ammonia (NH3) are combined with it by secondary valency which do not get
ionized. Hence, the co-ordination number is six. Three Cl are combined by primary valency which
gets ionized. Hence the primary valency of Cr is three.

63

Ligand is an ion having negative electric charge or neutral molecule. The classification of ligand is
made on the basis of the number of electron pair donating atoms.

If the negative ion or neutral molecule in the ligand forms one co-ordinate covalent bond by giving one
electron pair to metal ion, then it is called unidentate ligand. Neutral molecules like H2O, NH3, CO,
NO and negative ions like Cl, Br, CN act as unidentate ligands.

The ligand which donates two electron pairs to metal ion, and form two co-ordinate covalent bonds
is called didentate ligand. e.g. ethane 1,2-diamine (en), neutral and SO 24 - , CO32 - negative ions act as
didentate ligands.

The ligand in which three co-ordinate sites are indicated then it is called tridentate. In this type of
ligand the atoms donate three pairs of electrons to metal ion and form three co-ordinate covalent
bonds. e.g. Propane-1, 2, 3-triamine (ptn) neutral and PO34- , AsO34- act as negative tridentate ligand.

Six atoms in EDTA, (ethylene diaminetetracetate) ion, the six atoms donate six electron pairs and form
six co-ordinate covalent bonds, which act as hexadentate ligand.

Generally, the ligand in which two or more than two co-ordination sites are indicated, or the ligand in
which two or more than two atoms form co-ordinate covalent bonds by donating electron pairs to
metal ion is called polydenate ligand, which combines with metal ion and form complex compounds.
They are called chelate compounds which are cyclic and possess higher stablity.

The basic requirements for formation of complex compounds are ligand which can easily donate
electron pairs, there must be vacant d-orbitals in the metal ion to accept electron pairs and the metal
ion should have the symmetry same as that of the ligand.
The ion satisfying these basic requirements can easily form complex compounds.

The strength of formation of co-ordinate covalent bonds of different ligands being different, the
stronger ligand possesses more attraction towards metal ion and form strong coordinate covalent bond.
As a result, the stability of complex having strong ligand is more and the weak ligand containing
complex compounds have less stability e.g. The strength of [Ni(CN)4]2 is more than that of [NiCl4]2 .

A complex compound, in which different types of ligands combine with metal ion and form complex
compound, is called mixed ligand complex. If in any of the complex compounds only one metal ion
is present, then it is called unicentred complex compound. If in any complex compound, more than one
metal ions are present then it is called polycentred complex compound. In such unicentred or polycentred
complex compounds, the three dimensional arrangement of ligand, the different geometrical structures
are produced in co-ordination compounds, it is called polyhedra. Mostly the geometrical structures are
of shapes-tetrahedral square planar, octahedral square pyramidal, trigonal bipyramidal. To understand
these geometrical structures, the hybridization of orbitals of metal ion and magnetic properties are very
useful. sp3 hybridisation, dsp2 hybridisation, d3s hybridization in metal ions of co-ordination number four
is seen. In sp3d2 hybridization and d2sp3 hybridization, the metal ions of transition elements is seen in

64

metal ions having co-ordination number six. The metal ions of transition elements, magnetic moments of
complex compounds of ions, their geometrical structures, types of ligands etc. are described.

The nomenclature of complex compounds keeping in mind the rules of IUPAC is carried out. In
complex compounds the rules are applicable.

In nomenclature in co-ordination sphere, the name of the ligand according to English alphabets are
first mentioned. Then the name of metal is written. The suffix "O" is attached after the name of
negatively charged ligand. The name of the neutral ligand is mentioned as its original name. If the
number of same ligand is more than the one the prefixes di, tri, tetraetc. are applied. In the prefix
of organic ligand, the prefix is a mumber then the ligand is placed in bracket and the prefix bis, tris,
are attached. If the complex is negative ion then the name of ligand is written first and, in the end
the suffix 'ate' is applied to the metal ion. Its oxidation state is shown in Roman number in bracket.
If the complex is positive ion or neutral molecule, then successively writing the name of ligand, the
name of metal is added at the end and oxidation state is shown in the Roman number.

The geometry of complex compounds and magnetic properties of the complex depends on the hybridization in it. In complexes having co-ordination number 6 if strong ligand is attached with metal ion
in complex, the oxidation state is shown in Roman numbers.

In complex compounds, the geometrical structures are dependent on hybridization in it. In complex
having co-ordination number 4, if the strong ligand is combined with metal ion then dsp2 hybridization
takes place in the complex and the structure is square planar. The example of this are [Ni(CN)4]2

, [Ni(NH3 )4]2+ etc. If the co-ordination number is 4 in the complex, and the weak ligand combines
with the metal ion then sp3 hybridization takes place e.g. [NiF4]2, [Ni(H2O)4 ]2+, etc. If the coordination number in complex ion is six, and the strong ligand is combined with metal ion, then d2sp 3
hybridization and if weak ligand is combined with metal ion, then sp3d2 hybridization takes place, e.g.
In [Cr(NH3)6]3+, [Fe(CN)6]4, [Co(NH3)6]3+ d2sp3 hybridization is there, while in [FeF6]4, [Fe(H2O)6]2+

sp3d2 hybridization is there. In MnO 4- and CrO 24 - there is d3s hybridization, there are no unpaired
electrons in d-orbital due to Mn7+ and Cr6+ oxidation states; but d-d transition takes place by electrons
of ligand, and so it becomes coloured.

Three types of isomerism are observed in complex compounds-geometrical isomerism, optical isomerism and structural isomerism.

In geometrical isomerism, complex compounds having co-ordination number four- ML2A2 type, cis and
trans isomerism is observed. In complex compounds having co-ordination

number six - ML4A2

type, cis and trans while in ML3A3 facial and meridional isomerism are observed. In optical isomerism,
leavo and dextro isomers are observed.

In structural isomerism, ionic isomerism, hydration isomerism, co-ordination number isomerism and
linkage isomerism are observed.

65

In formation of co-ordination compounds the magnetic nature and structural formation with the help
of valence bond theory; it has limitations. It does not produce more hindrance in magnetic property
and can not explain about the colour in co-ordination compounds. It can not give the magnitude of
hindrance in thermodynamical stability of co-ordination compounds, also it is not able to detect the
difference between weak and strong ligand. To overcome these limitations the crystal field theory
(CFT) was presented.

Crystal field theory is known as electrostatic model in which it is believed that there is ionic bond
between metal ion and ligand. According to this theory negatively charged ligand or neutral molecule
forms ionic bond. In free metal atom in gaseous state, all the five types of d-orbitals are of equal
energy (degenerate) but when ligands are arranged around the metal atom or ion in the complex, the
d-orbitals do not remain of equal energy but get splitted. The splitting of orbitals depends on the nature
of the crystal field.

The crystal field splitting (D0) depends on the field produced by electric charge of metal ion and the
ligand. Some ligands produce strong field and so splitting is in more proportion. Some ligands produce
weak field, so that the splitting is in less proportion. The series of ligands on the basis of the strength
of the field produced by ligand can be shown as below :
I < Br < SCN < Cl < S2 < F < OH < C 2 O 24- < H2O < NCS < EDTA
A < NH3 < en <
NO 2 < CN < CO : Spectrochemical series.

Metal complexes have large magnitude of colours. When the white light passes through the sample,
then it forms a specific visible spectrum and the remaining colours of white light are removed. The
absorption of colour by complex compounds is dependent on wavelength. If green colour is absorbed
then it appears of red colour.

The colour of co-ordination compounds can be explained on the basis of crystal field theory e.g.
[Ti(H2O)6] 3+ violet colour, [Ni(H2O)6] 2+ green colour, and [Ni(en)3]2+ violet colour,

Co-ordination compounds have great importance. They have immense utility value in nutrition of
minerals in plants and animals, analytical chemistry, metallurgy, biological systems and industries. They
are also used in various drugs.

66

M.C.Q.
1.
2.

3.
4.

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

10.

11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

The complex [Co(NH3)5Br]SO4 will give white ppt with :

(A) PbCl2
(B) AgNO3
(C) KI
(D) None.
Exchange of co-ordination group by a water molecule in complex molecule results in :
(A) Ionization isomerism
(B) Ligand isomerism
(C) Hydration isomerism
(D) Geometrical isomerism.
[Co(NH3)6]3+ ion is :
(A) Paramagentic
(B) Diamagnetic
(C) Square planar
(D) None.
Which of the following is most likely structure of CrCl3,6H2O if 1/3 of total chlorine of the com
pound is precipitated by adding AgNO3 to its aqueous solution :
(A) CrCl3.6H2O
(B) [Cr(H 2O)3Cl3](H 2O)3
(C) [CrCl2(H 2O)4]Cl.2H 2O
(D) [CrCl2(H 2O)5]Cl2.H2O.
Which one of the following will be able to show cis-trans isomerism:
(A) MA3B
(B) M(AA)2
(C) MAB3
(D) MA4
K3CoF6 is high spin complex.What is the hybrid state of Co atom in this complex:
(A) sp3d
(B) sp3d 2
(C) d2sp 3
(D) dsp2.
The type of isomerism shown by [Co(en)2(NCS)2]Cl and [Co(en)2(NCS)Cl]NCS is:
(A) Coordination
(B) Ionization
(C) Linkage
(D) all above.
The co-ordination number and oxidation number of X in [X(SO4)(NH3)4]Cl is :
(A) 10 and 3
(B) 2 and 6
(C) 6 and 3
(D) 6 and 4
The IUPAC name of the compound [Cu (NH3)4](NO3)2 is :
(A) Cuprammonium nitrate
(B) Tetraammine copper (II) dinitrate
(C) Tetraammine copper (II) nitrate
(D) Tetraammine copper (III) dinitrate
Hexafluoroferrate (III) ion is an outer orbital complex.The number of unpaired electrons present in
it is :
(A) 1
(B) 5
(C) 4
(D) Unpredictable.
2 3
Which of the following complex species involves d sp hybridisation :
(A) [CoF6]3(B) [Co(H2O)6]3+
(C) [Fe(CN)6]3(D) [Fe(H2O)6]3+.
How many ions are produced from [Co(NH3)6]Cl2 insolution :
(A) 6
(B) 4
(C) 3
(D) 2.
In the complex Fe(CO)X, the value of x is :
(A) 3
(B) 4
(C) 5
(D) 6.
2+
Which is the central ion in [Cu(H2O)4] ion :
(A) Cu2+
(B) H3O +
(C) Cu+
(D) None.
In K4[Fe(CN)6] the number of unpaired electrons in iron are :
(A) 0
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 5.
All ligands are :
(A) Lewis acid
(B) Lewis base
(C) Neutral
(D) None.

67

17.
18.

19.
20.
21.

22.

23.
24.
25.
26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

The hybridization in Ni(CO)4 is :

(A) sp
(B) sp2
(C) sp 3
(D) dsp2.
A group of atoms can function as a ligand only when
(A) It is a small molecule (B) It has an unshared electon pair
(C) It is a negatively chrged ion
(D) It is a positively chrged ion.
A complex compound in which the oxidation number of a metal is zero,is
(A) K4[Fe(CN)6]
(B) K3[Fe(CN)6]
(C) [Ni(CO)4]
(D) [Pt(NH3)4]Cl2.
A ligand can also be regarded as
(A) Lewis acid
(B) Bronsted base
(C) Lewis base
(D) Bronsted acid.
The primary and secondary valencies of chromium in the complex ion,dichlorodioxalatochromium
(III), are
(A) 4,4
(B) 4,3
(C) 3,6
(D) 6,3
The number of unidentate ligands in the complex ion is called
(A) Oxidation number
(C) Primary valency
(C) Coordination number
(D) EAN.
The tetrahedral complexes have coordination number
(A) 3
(B) 6
(C) 4
(D) 8
The number of moles of ions gives on complete ionization of one mole of [Co(NH3)6]Cl3 is/are
(A) 4
(B) 3
(C) 2
(D) 1
The compound having lowest oxdation state of iron is.
(A) K4Fe(CN)6
(B) K2FeO 4
(C) [FeCO)5]
(D) K3[Fe(CN)6].
Ethylene diamine is an example of
(A) Monodentate ligand
(C) Bidentate ligand
(C) Tridentate ligand
(D) Hexadentate ligand.dinitrate.
Which of the following does not have optical isomer ?
(A) [Co(NH3)3Cl]+
(B) [Co(en)(NH3)2Cl2]+
(C) [Co(en)2(NH3)2Cl]3+
(D) [Co(H2O)4(en)]3+
The IUPAC name of [Ni(NH3)4] [NiCl4] is
(A) Tetrachlorido nickel (II) - Tetrraammine nickel (II)
(B) Tetrraammine nickel (II) - Tetrachlorido nickel (II)
(C) Tetrraammine nickel (II) - Tetrachlorido nickelate (II)
(D) Tetrachlorido nickel (II) - Tetrraammine nickelate (II)
According to IUPAC nomenclature sodium nitroprusside is named as
(A) Sodium pentacyanonitrosonium ferrate (II)
(B) Sodium pentacyanonitrosyl ferrate (III)
(C) Sodium nitroferricyanide
(D) Sodium nitroferrocyanide
IUPAC name of Na3 [Co(NO2)6] is
(A) Sodium hexanitrito cobaltate (II)
(B) Sodium hexanitro cobaltate (III)
(C) Sodium hexanitrito cobaltate (III)
(D) Sodium cobaltinitrite (II).

68

31.

Which of the following compound shows optical isomerism ?

(A) [Co(CN)6]3-

32.

33.

(C) [ZnCl4]2-

(D) [Cu(NH3)4]2+

The coordination compounds,[Co(NH3)6]3+, [Cr(CN)6]3- and [Cr(NH3)6]3+[Co(CN)6]3- are

amples of...
(A) Linkage isomerism

(B) coordination isomerism

(C) ionization isomerism

(D) geometrical isomerism

ex-

Number of possible optical isomers in [Co(en)2Cl2]+ is

(A) 2

34.

(B) [Cr(C2O 4)3]3-

(B) 3

(C) 4

(D) 6

According to postulates of Werners theory for coordination compouds,which of the following is

true ?
(A) Primary valencies are ionizable

(B) Secondary valencies ionizable

(C) Only primary valencies are non-ionizable

(D) Primary and secondary valencies are non-ionizable
35.

36.

Geometrical shapes of the complexes formed by the reaction of Ni2+ with CI-,CN - and H2O
respectively are
(A) Octahedral, tetrahedral and square planer

(B) Tetrahedral, square planer and octahedral

(C) Square planer, tetrahedral and Octahedral

(D) Octahedral, square planer and tetrahedral

Which of the followin facts about the complex [Cr(NH3)6]CI is wrong ?

(A) The complex involves d2sp3 hybrdization and is octahedral in shape ?
(B) The complex is paramagnetic
(C) The complex is an outer orbital complex
(D) The complex gives white precipitate with silver nitrate solution

37.

The magnetic moment (spin only) of [NiCI4]2- is

(A) 1.82 BM

38.

39.

(A) CO< NH3 <en < CN

(B) NH3< en< CN < CO

(C) CN < NH 3< CO< en

(D) en< CN <NH3 < CO

The complex showing a spin-only magnetic moment of 2.82 BM is

(C) [Ni(NH3)4]2+

(D) [Ni(CN)4]2-

(B) 2.84

(C) 4.90

(D) 5.92

(C) Square Planar

(D) Linear

Potassium ferrocyanide is an example of

(B) Octahedral

In an octahedral,structure, the pair of d-orbitals involved in d2sp3 hybridisation is

(A) dx2 - y2,d z 2

43.

(B) [NiCI4]2-

The spin only magnetic moment value (in Bohr magneton units) of Cr(CO)6 is

(A) Tetrahedral
42.

(D) 1.41 BM

Among the ligands NH3,en,CN and CO the correct order of their increasing field strength, is

(A) 0
41.

(C) 2.82 BM

(A) Ni(CO)4
40.

(B) 5.46 BM

(B) dxz, dx2-y2

(C) dz2,dxz

(D) dyz, dxy

Which of the following species will be diamagnetic ?

(A) [Fe(CN)6]4-

(B) [FeF6]3+

(C) [Co(C2O4)3]369

(D) [CoF6]3-

44.

45.
46.
47.

48.

49.
50.

51.

52.

53.

54.
55.
56.

In which of the following octahedral complexes of Co (at. no.27) will be magnitude of D 0 be the
highest ?
(A) [Co(CN)6]3(B) [Co(C2O 4)3]3(C) [Co(H2O)6]3+
(D) [Co(NH3)6]3+
The number of unpaired electrons calculated in [Co(NH3)6]3+ and [Co(F6)]3- are
(A) 4 and 4
(B) 0 and 2
(C) 2 and 4
(D) 0 and 4
In the grignard
reaction, which metal forms an organometallic bond ?
(A) Sodium
(B) Titanium
(C) Magnesium
(D) Palladium
The p - bonded organometallic compound which has ethane as one of its component is
(A) Zeises salt
(B) Ferrocene
(C) Dibenzene chromium (D) Tetraethyl tin
Which one of the following complex is an outer orbital complex ?
(At. no. Mn=25, Fe=24, Co=27, Ni=28)
(A) [Fe(CN)6]4(B) [Mn(CN)6]4(C) [Co(NH3)6]3+
(D) [Ni(NH3)6]2+
The magnetic moment of [Co(NH3)6]CI3 is
(A) 1.73
(B) 2.83
(C) 6.6
(D) Zero
In Fe(CO)5 the Fe - C bond possesses
(A) p - character only
(B)both s and p - character
(C) ionic character
(D) s - character only
According to werners theory :
(A) Primary Valeccy can be ionized
(B) Secondary valency can be ionized
(C) Primary and secondary valencies cannot be ionized
(D) Only primary valency cannot be ionized
Ligand in a complex salt are :
(A) Anions linked by coordinate bonds to a central metal atom or ion
(B) Cation linked by coordinate bonds to a central metal atom or ion
(C) Moleculer linked by coordinate bonds to a central metal atom or ion
(D) Ions or molecules linked by coordinate bonds to a central metal atom or ion
According to Lewis the ligand are :
(A) Acidic in nature
(B) Basic in nature
(C) Neither acidic nore basic
(D) some are acidic and other are basic
Which of the following acts as a bidentate ligand in complex formation ?
(A) Acetate
(B) oxalate
(C) Thiocyanate
(D) EDTA
The coordination number of cobalt in the complex [Co(en)2Br2]cl2 ?
(A) 2
(B) 6
(C) 5
(D) 4
Which is the example of hexadentate ligand ?
(A) 2,2-dipyridyl
(B) Dimethyl glyoxime
(C) Aminodiacetate ion
(D) Ethylene diammine tetra actate ion

70

57.
58.
59.
60.
61.

62.
63.

64.

65.
66.
67.
68.

69.

70.
71.
72.

Which of the following is tridentate neutral Ligand ?

(A) Pn
(B) Ptn
(C) PO 43
(D) A and B both
The primary valency of the metal ion in the coordinateion compound K2[Ni(CN)4] is..
(A) Four
(B) Zero
(C) Two
(D) Six
The metal which forms polynuclear carbonyl is ?
(A) Mn
(B) Co
(C) Cr
(D) Fe
Potasssium ferrocyanide is a.... .
(A) Normal salt
(B) Mixed salt
(C) Double salt
(D) Complex salt
Given the molecular formula of the hexa coordinated complexes.
(A) Co Cl3 6NH 3
(B) Co Cl3 5NH 3
(C) Co Cl3 4NH 3
If the number of coordinated NH3 molecudes in A,B and C respectively are 6,5 and 4 the primary
valency (A), (B) and (C) are:
(A) 6,5,4
(B) 3,2,1
(C) 0,1,2
(D) 3,3,3
In the compound lithium tetrahydroaluminate the ligand is:
(A) H+
(B) H
(C) H
(D) None of these
Which of the folloiwing is the odd one out.
(A) Potassium ferrocyanide
(B) Ferrous ammonium sulphate
(C) Potassium ferricyanide
(D) Tetrammine copper (II) sulphate
Ligand in complex compounds
(A) Accept e - pair
(B) Donate e - pair
(C) Neither accept e - pair nor donate
(D) All of these.
Which of the following is a common donor atom in ligands ?
(A) Arsenic
(B) Nitrogen
(C) Oxygen
(D) Both B and C
Finely divided iron combines with CO to give
(A) Fe(CO)5
(B) Fe 2(CO)9
(C) Fe 2CO 12
(D) Fe(CO)6
Zeigler-Natta catalyst is used for which type of reaction.
(A) Hydrogenation
(B) Polymerisation
(C) Oxidation
(D) Reduction
An aqueous solution of potash Alum gives.
(A) Two types of ions
(B) Only one type of ion
(C) Four type of ions
(D) Three types of ions.
Carnalite in solution in H2O shows the properties of.
(A) K+,Mg+2,Cl(B) K+,Cl-,SO 42 Br(C) K+,Mg+2,CO 32
(D) K+,Mg+2,Cl , Br
In a complex, the highest possible coordination number is :
(A) 6
(B) 12
(C) 4
(D) 8
Number of ions present in aqueous solution of Fe4 [Fe(CN)6]3 is
(A) 5
(B) 2
(C) 7
(D) 6
How many ions are produced in aqueous solution of [CoH2O)6] Cl2 ?
(A) 2
(B) 3
(C) 4
(D) 6
71

73.

Oxidation state of nitrogen is incorrectly given for ?

Compound
Oxidation state
(A) [Co(NH3)5Cl]Cl2
0
(B) NH2OH
-1
(C) (N 2H 5)2SO 4
+2
(D) Mg3N 2
-3

74.

The formula of dichlorido bis (urea) copper (II) is ?

75.

(A) [Cu (O=C(NH2)2)Cl2]

(B) [CuCl2(O=C(NH2)2)2]

(C) [Cu (O=C(NH2)2)Cl ]Cl

(D) [CuCl2(O=C(NH2)2H2]

Correct formula of diammine silver (I) chloride is ?

(A) Ag(NH3)Cl

76.

77.

78.

80.

(A) Na 4[Fe(CN)5NOS]

(B) Na 2[Fe(CN)5NO]

(C) NaFe[Fe(CN)6]

(D) Na 2[Fe(CN)6NO 2]

(A) Trinitrotriammine cobalt (III)

(B) Trinitrotriammine cobalt (II)

(C) Trinitrotriammine cobalt (III) ion

(D) Trinitrotriammine cobaltate (III)

The oxidation numbers of chromium in Na2[CrF4O] complex is ?

83.

85.

(C) VI

(D) III

(A) Ferroso - Ferric cyanide

(B) Ferric - Ferrous hexacyanide

(C) Iron (III) hexacyano ferrate (II)

(D) Hexacyano ferrate (III-II)

In which of the following complex the oxidation number of method is zero ?

(B) [ Cr (CO)6 ]

(C) [Cr(NH3)2Cl3

(D) [ Cr(en)2Cl2]

In the complex compound K4[Ni(CN)4] oxidation state of nickel is ?

(B) 0

(C) +1

(D) +2

The pair of the compounds in which both the metals are in the highest possible oxidation state is ?
(A) [Fe(CN)6]3-, [Co(CN)6]3-

(B) CrO2Cl2 , MnO4

(C) TiO3, MnO2

(D) [Co(CN)6]3-, MnO3

The number of unpaired electrons in the complex ion [CoF6]-3 is (Atomic no of Co=27)
(A) zero

84.

(B) IV

The correct IUPAC name of Fe4[Fe(CN)6]3 is ?

(A) -1
82.

(D) [Ag(NH2)2]Cl

The IUPAC name of [Co (NH3)3(NO2)3] is ?

(A) [ Pt(NH3)2Cl2]
81.

(C) [Ag(NH3)2]Cl

The formula of sodium nitroprusside ?

(A) II
79.

(B) Ag(NH2)Cl

(B) 2

(C) 3

Which one of the following will not show geometrical isomerism ?

(A) [ Cr(NH3)4 Cl2]Cl

(B) [Co(en)2Cl2]Cl

(C) [Co(NH 3)5 NO 2]Cl2

(D) [Pt(NH3)2Cl2]

Which would exhibit co-ordination isomerism.

(A) [ Cr(NH3)6][Co(CN)6] ]

(B) [Co(en)2Cl2]

(C) [Cr (NH3)6]Cl3

(D) [Cr(en)2Cl2]
72

(D) 4

86.

87.

[Co(NH3)5 NO2]Cl2 and [Co(NH3)5 (ONO)]Cl2 are releted to each other as ?

(A) Geometrical isomer

(B) Optical isomer

(C) Linkage isomer

(D) Co-ordination isomer

[Co(NH3)5Br] SO4 and [Co(NH3)5SO4]Br ase examples of which type of isomerism ?

(A) Linkage

88.

89.

90.

92.

(A) [ Cr (NH3)6]Cl3

(B) [Co(NH3)5 Br]SO4

(C) [Cr(en)2Cl2]

(D) [Cr(en)3Cl3]

(A) [ Cr (H2O)6]+3

(B) [Fe(H2O)6]+2

(C) [ Cu (H2O)6]2+

(D) [Zn (H2O)6]2+

The type of isomerism present in nitro pentamine chromium (III) Chloride is ?

96.

97.

(B) [Co(NH3)3 (NO2)3]

(C) K4[Fe(CN)6]

(D) [Cu(NH3)4] SO 4

99.

(D) Polymerisation

The oritical Magnetic moment of [Cu(NH3)4]2+ ion is ?

(B) 1.73

(C) 2.23

(D) 2.38

(C) [Ni (CN)4]2-

(D) [NiCl4]2

(C) Three

(D) Five

Which of the following is paramagnetic ?

(B) [Co(NH3)6]3+

The numbers of unpair electrone in Ni(CO)4 is ?

(B) One

Which of the following has highest paramagnetism ?

(A) Ni(CO)4

(B) [Ni (NH3)4]Cl2

(C) [Ni (NH3)6]Cl2

(D) [Cu (NH3)4]Cl2

Which of the following does not have optical isomer ?

(A) [Co(NH3)3 Cl3]

(B) [Co (en)3]Cl3

(C) [Co (en)2Cl2]Cl

(D) [Co (en)(NH3)2Cl2]Cl

The colour of tetrammine copper (II) sulphate is ?

(A) Blue

98.

(C) Ionisation

(A) K2[PtCl6]

(A) zero
95.

(B) Linkage

Pick out from the following complex compounds,a poor electrolytic conductor in solution ?

(A) [Ni (CO)4]2

94.

(D) Optical

Among the following ions which one has the highest paramagnetism ?

(A) 1.414
93.

(C) Ionisation

Which would exhibit ionisation isomerism. ?

(A) Optical
91.

(B) Geometrical

(B) Red

(C)Violet

(D) Green

Cuprammonium ion [Cu(NH3)4]2+ is ?

(A) Tetrahedral

(B) Square planar

(C) Triangularbipyramidal

(D) Octrahydra

The type of hybridisation involved in the metal ion of [Ni(H2O)6]2+ complex is ?

(A) d3sp 2

(B) sp3d 2

(C) sp 3
73

(D) dsp2

100. One mole of the complex compound Co(NH3)5 Cl3 gives 3 moles of ions on dissolution in
water.one mole of the same complex react with two moles of AgNO3 solution to yeild two moles
of AgCl(s) the structure of the complex is...
(A) [Co(NH3)5 Cl]Cl2
101.
102.
103.
104.
105.
106.

107.
108.

(B) [Co(NH3)3Cl3]Z NH 3

(C) [Co(NH3)4 Cl2]Cl.NH 3

(D) [Co(NH3)4 Cl]Cl2.NH 3
Which one of the following has squar planar geometry?
(A) [Ag(NH3)2]+
(B) [Cu(en)2]2+
(C) [Mn CL4]-2
(D) [Ni(CO)4]
The complex ion which has no d electrons in the central metal atom is
(A) [Mn O4](B) [Co(NH3)6]3+
(C) [Fe(CN)6]3(D) [Cr(H2O)6]3+
The strongest ligand in the following is
(A)CN
(B)Br
(C)HO
(D)F
The most stable ion is
(A) [Fe(OX)3]3(B) [Fe(Cl)6]3(C) [Fe(CN)6]3(D) [Fe(H2O)6]3+
Wilkinsons catalyst is used in
(A) Polymerisation
(B) Condensation
(C) Halogenation
(D) Dehydrogenation
Mixture X=0.02 mole of [Co(NH3)5SO 4]Br and 0.02 mole of [Co(NH3)5Br]SO4 was prepared
in 2 litre of solution.
1 Litre of mixture X + excess AgNO3 Y
1 Liter of mixture X+ excess BaCl2 Z
Number of moles of Y and Z are respectivly
(A) 0.01, 0.01
(B) 0.02, 0.01
(C) 0.01, 0.02
(D) 0.02, 0.02
In [Ni(NH3)4]SO4 the valency and coordinate number of Ni will be respectivly ?
(A) 3 and 6
(B) 2 nad 4
(C) 4 and 2
(D) 4 and 4
Which of the following compunds shows optical isomerism?
(A) [Cu(NH3)4]2+
(B) [ZnCl4]2(C) [Cr(C2O4)3]3(D) [Co(CN)6]3O2

109. In the process of extraction of gold, Roasted gold ore +CN + H2O X +OH
[X] +Zn Y + Au Identify the complexes [X] and [Y]
(A) X = [Au(CN)2]Y = [Zn(CN)4]2(B) X = [Au(CN)4]3- Y = [Zn(CN)4]-2
(C) X = [Au(CN)2]Y = [Zn(CN)6]-4
(D) X = [Au(CN)4]Y = [Zn(CN)4]-2
110. Which of the following statement is incorrect ?
(A) In K3[Fe(CN)6], the ligand has satisfied both primary and secondary valencies of ferric ion
(B) In K4[Fe(CN)6], the ligand has satisfied both primary and secondary valencies of ferrous ion
(C) In K3[Fe(CN)6], the ligand has satisfied only secondary valencies of ferric ion
(D) K4[Fe(CN)6] is diamegenetic while K3[Fe(CN)6] is paramagnetic
Assertion and Reason
Read the assertion and reason carefully to mark the correct option out of the option given below :
(A) If both assertion and reason are true and the reason is the correct explanation of the
assertion.
74

(B)

If both a ssertion and reason are true but reason is not the correct explanation of the
assertion.
(C) If assertion is true but reason is false.
(D) If the assertion and reason both are false.
(E) If the assertion is false but reason is true.
(111) Assertion : Potassium ferrocyanide and potassium ferricyanide both are diamagnetic.
Reason
: Both have unpaired election.
(112) Assertion : The [Ni(en)3]Cl2 has lower stability than (Ni(NH3)6]Cl2
Reason
: In [Ni(en)3]Cl2 the geometry of Ni is trigonal bipyramidal.
(113) Assertion : Geometrical isomerism is also called cis - trans isomerism.
Reason
: tetrahedral complexes show geometrical isomerism.
(114) Assertion : H2N - NH2 is a chelating ligand.
Reason
: A chelating ligand must possess two or more lone pair at such distance that it may form
suitable strain free ring at the metal ion.
(115) Assertion : [Ti(H2O)6]+3 is coloured while [Sc(H2O)6]+3 is Colourless
Reason
: d-d transition is not possible in [Sc(H2O)6]+3
(116) Asserion : All the octahedral complexes of Ni+2 must be outer orbital complexes.
Reason
: Outer orbital octahedral complexes are given by weak ligand.
ANSWER KEY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

a
c
b
c
b
b
b
c
c
b
c
c
c
a
a
b
c
b
c
c
c
c
c
a
c

26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

b
b
c
a
b
b
b
a
a
b
c
c
b
b
a
b
a
a
a
d
c
a
d
d
b

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75

a
d
b
b
b
b
b
c
a
d
d
b
b
b
d
a
b
d
a
d
c
b
a
b
c

75

76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100

b
a
b
c
b
b
b
d
c
a
c
c
b
b
b
b
b
d
a
d
a
a
b
b
a

101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116

b
a
a
c
d
a
b
c
a
c
d
c
c
e
a
b

UNIT - 18 : ENVIROMENTAL CHEMISTRY

Important Points
Environmental chemistry means scientific study of chemical and biochemical processes
occurring in environment. Through it we can know the reasons for changes and processes occurring
in environment. Solid, liquid and gaseous pollutants, polluting environment can be generally classified
as rapidly degradable, slowly degradable and non-biodegradable pollutants. Pollutants which degrade
rapidly are known as rapidly degradable pollutants. e.g. discarded vegetables. Pollutants which
degrade slowly are known as slowly degradable pollutants. e.g. agricultural waste. Some pollutants
remain for decades in their original form without degradation. They are known as non-degradable
pollutants. e.g. dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane (DDT), plastic materials, heavy metals, radioactive
wastes. Troposphere and stratosphere greatly affect the biosphere of earth due to which study of
pollution in these two regions is most important for study of pollution in enviornment. Gaseous
pollutants - SOx, NOx, CO, CO2, H2S, O3, hydrocarbons and particulate
pollutants - dust,
mist, fumes, smoke, smog etc cause pollution in troposphere. The process of warming of the earth
is known as 'Green house effect' or 'Global warming' and the gases actively involved in it are called
'Green house gases'. Carbon dioxide, methane, ozone, chlorofluorocarbon (CFC), nitrous oxide and
water vapour present in atmosphere act as green house gases. Heat retaining capacity of greenhouse
gases are called Global Warming Potential (GWP). The GWP based sequence of green house
gases is as CFC > N2O > CH4 > CO2. When the pH of rain water becomes lower than 5.6 then
it is called acid rain. Gaseous pollutants present in troposphere are responsible for it. The acid rain
in water reservoirs like rivers, ponds adversely affect fishes, microorganisms and plants, in aquatic
world. Ozone layer present in stratosphere protect the living being against harmful ultraviolet radiations
from space. But ODS (Ozone Depletion Substances) used by human beings deplete ozone layer.
To create awareness in the whole world about the depletion of ozone layer and the remedies to
protect depletion, United Nations has decided to celebrate 16th September of every year as 'Ozone
Layer Protection Day' at the international level. Today, a person hesitates to use natural water
directly for drinking, because soluble, insoluble, biological, physical or chemical impurities from different
sources mixing with surface water or ground water which pollute the water. Due to this, institutions
like WHO (World Health Organization) at world level and BIS (Bureau of Indian Standards) and
ICMR (Indian Council of Medical Research) India level have prescribed standards for quality of
drinking water. Chemical, physical and biological methods are known for purification of drinking
water. For soil pollution, indiscriminate use of fertilizers and pesticides, dumping of solid wastes in
soil and deforestation are observed as main causes. Removal of wastes, produced from different
industries in air, water or soil are ultimately harmful for living beings. To determine the amount of
organic waste in liquid effluents of industries, measurements of Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD)
and Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) are important. By BOD measurement, the amount of organic
materials present in liquid waste, which can be degraded by bacteria can be measured. By COD
measurement, the amount of all the organic materials present in liquid waste can be determined.
BOD measurement requires 5 days and COD measurement requires 2-3 hours. By controlling,
managing or treating the waste from households, exhausts from vehicles, industrial wastes and
biomedical wastes we can control the environmental
pollution. Efforts to control environmental
pollution resulted in delvelopment of science for synthesis of chemicals favourable to environment,
which is called green chemistry. Gujarat State Government has established the Pollution Control
Board for control of environmental pollution in Gujarat.
76

M.C.Q.
1.

2.

Which order for green house gases is truly based on GWP ?

(a) CFC > N2O > CO2 > CH4

(b) CFC > CO2 > N2O > CH4

(c) CFC > N2O > CH4 > CO2

(d) CFC > CH4 > N2O > CO2

Which of the following pollutant cannot be degraded by natural process ?

(a) DDT

3.

6.

(d) all of the above

(b) S Faecalis

(c) Both a and b

(d) S aurous

The prescribed upper limit concentration of lead in drinking water is about

(a) 30 ppb

5.

(c) Heavy metals

Which of the following bacteria are responsible for the Gastrointestinal Disease ?
(a) Ecoli

4.

(b) Nuclear waste

(b) 70 ppb

(c) 50 ppb

(d) 60 ppb

What is the range of pH of acid rain?

(a) More than 5.6

(b) In between 5.6 to 6.6

(c) Less than 5.6

(d) In between 6.00 to 6.66

Which of the following statement is inocorrect ?

(a) Taj Mahal is affected by hydrocarbon.
(b) Building are adversely affected by acid rain.
(c) Due to acid rain, micro organisms are affected.
(d) Large amount of acid rain decreases soil fertility.

7.

Which of the following disease increase due to Green house Gases effect ?
(a) Malaria

8.

13.

(d) Both b and c

(b) SOx

(c) CFC

(d) COx

(b) 10-6 meter

(c) 10-4 meter

(d) 10-1 meter

(b) 10-6 meter

(c) 10-4 meter

(d) 10-1 meter

Classical Smog Occurs in

(a) warm humid climate

(b) Natural humid climate

(c) Cool humid climate

(d) Both a and b

Which of the following metal will pollute water ?

(a) Cd

14.

(c) Swante Arrhenius

Which of the following size of particulate will cause diseases related to lungs ?
(a) 10-2 meter

12.

(b) Chamberlin

The Diameter of solid dust particle is

(a) 10-2 meter

11.

(d) All of the above.

Which of the following is used in aerosols ?

(a) NOx

10.

(c) Yellow fever

Which of the following chemist associate with Green house Gas effect ?
(a) Jean fowier

9.

(b) Dengue

(b) Na

(c) K

(d) None of the above

Which of the following ion is encouraging for the formation of algae in water ?
(a) SO42-

(b) PO43-

(c) ASO43-

77

(d) CO32-

15.

16.

17.

Which of the following techniques is/are used to control water pollution ?

(a) Adsorption process

(b) Ion exchange process

(c) Reverse Osmosis

(d) All of the above

The lowest region that extends upto the height of 10 to 15 km from sea level is called ?
(a) Troposphere

(b) Stratosphere

(c) Smoke

(d) None of the above.

Which of the following pollutants are present in troposphere ?

(a) Smog

18.

(c) CO2

(d) O3

(b) petrochemical

(c) paper & pulp

(d) Both b and c

Which of the following is responsible for photochemical Smog ?

(a) SOx

21.

(b) O2

Which of the following industries will be the best source of producing CO in the atmosphere ?
(a) Dyes

20.

(d) Metal oxides

Which one is not a Green house Gas ?

(a) H2O

19.

(b) Oxides of Sulphur (c) Both a and b

(b) NOx

(c) COx

(d) none of the above

London Smog is built-up of

(a) Sulphur Oxide and particulate matter of fuel combustion.
(b) Corbon Oxide and particulate matter of fuel combustion.
(c) Nitrogen Oxide and particulate matter of fuel combustion.
(d) Water Vapour and particulate matter of fuel combustion.

22.

The region closest to the earths surface is

(a) Stratosphere

23.

(d) N2O5

(b) Bone Cancer

(c) Lung Cancer

(d) Skin Cancer

(b) Air

(c) Soil

(d) Both c and d

(b) Carbon oxide

(c) Sulphur oxide

(d) Chlorine

Most dangerous metal pollutant of automobile exhaust is ...

(a) lead

28.

(c) NO

Tajmahal is threatened by pollutant from

(a) Nitric oxide

27.

(b) N2O

Oxides of sulphur and nitrogen are important pollutants of :

(a) water

26.

(d) Thermoshpere

Depletion of ozone layer causes ?

(a) Blood Cancer

25.

(C) Troposhpere

Which of the following oxides of nitrogen is not a common air polutant ?

(a) NO2

24.

(b) Mesoshpere

(b) Arsenic

(c) Mercury

(d) Cadmium

DDT is _______________
(a) An antibiotic

(b) Biodegradable pollutant

(c) Non-Biodegradable pollutant

(d) Nitrogen containing insecticide

78

29.

30.

COD stands for ______________

(a) Chemical oxygen demand

(b) Controlled oxygen demand

(c) clouds causing ozone depletion

(d) Chlorinated oxygen demand

Which of the following will be affected by Smog ?

(a) Rubber

31.

33.

38.

39.

(d) Oxide of Carbon

One free radial of chlorine can destroy molecules of ozone

42.

(d) 1000

(b)Aluminium sheet

(c) Metallic roof

(d) Jute roof

(b) paper & pulp

(c) sugar

(d) Detergent

Which of the following industry produces the waste of animal protein ?

(b) paper & pulp

(c) sugar

(d) leather

The source of chlrofluoro carbons pollution is

(a) Jet air craftss

(b) Refrigerators

(c) fire extinguishers

(d) all of the above

In the coming years, skin realated disorders will be more common due to
(a) water pollution

(b) organic waste material

(c) pollutants of atnosphere

(d) depletion of ozone layer

Which of the following is/are gaseous pollutants ?

(b) Aerosols

(c) Dust particles

(d) Carbon monoxide

Which of the following component causes water pollution ?

(b) Sodium chloride

(c) algle

(d) Industrial waste

The major cause of air pollution in big cities is ...

(a) Burning of coal

(b) Domestic exhaust

(c) Burning of cooking gas

(d) Vehicular exhaust

Depletion of ozone layer in stratosphere may cause ...

(a) lung damage

43.

(c) 250

Which of the following industry produces the waste of phenolic compounds and suspended solids ?

(a) Smog
41.

(b) 500

Which of the following is responsible for Green house effect ?

(a) Carbon
40.

(d) Hair loss

(c) Oxide of phosphorous and nitrogen

(a) petroleum
37.

(c) Nervous system

(b) Oxide of carbon and nitrogen

(a) petroleum
36.

(b) Kidney

(a) Oxide of sulphur and nitrogen

(a) Glass roof

35.

(d) All of the above

The main components of acid rain in the atmosphere are :

(a) 100
34.

(c) Carving

The pollutants like SOx, CO and NOx caused for the damage of :
(a) Throat

32.

(b) Building

(b) global warming

(c) global cooling

(d) skin cancer

(c) Fourier

(d) Newton

Green house effect was first described by ...

(a) Yues Chauvin

(b) Einstein
79

44.

A substance which may alter environmental constituents or cause pollution is called ...
(a) Radiator

45.

(b) Pollutant

(c) Reducer

(d) Decomposer

The percentage of total amount of CO present in atmosphere, due to forest fires is ...
(a) 63%

(b) 17%

(c) 9.5%

(d) 7.4%

46. The homosphere constituents how much percent of the total atmosphere
(a) 80%

(b) 86%

(c) 90%

(d) 99.99%

47. Acid rain is due to the increase in the concentration of which of the following in the atmoshpere ?
(a) O3 + NO2

(b) CO2 and CO

(c) SO3 and CO

(d) SO2 and NO2

(c) Sulphur dioxide

(d) Carbon monoxide

48. Which of the following is a solid pollutant ...

(a) Carbon

(b) Nitric oxide

49. The Green house effect is caused by ...

(a) Methane only

(b) CO2 and SO2

(C) CO2,SO2 and NO2

(d) CO2, CFC CH4and NO2 gases

50. The brown haze of photochemical Smog is largely attributable to ...

(1) NO
51.

52.

(a) Oxides of sulphur and nitrogen

(b) O2 and N2

(c) O2 and O3

(d) O3 and N3

56.

(b) C6F16

(c) C6H6CL6

(d) C6F6

(c) Ozone

(d) all of these

The basic component of Smog is

(b) PBN

Spraying of DDT on crops causes pollution of

(a) Air and Water

55.

(4) CH2=CH-CH=O

Ozone in the stratosphere is depleted by

(a) PAN
54.

(3) CH3COOONO2

Smog is essentialy caused by the presence of ...

(a) CF2 Cl2

53.

(2) NO2

(b) Soil and air

(c) Soil and water (d) Crops and air

Regular use of which of the following fertilizers increases the acidity of soil ?
(a) potassium nitrate

(b) Urea

(c) Superphosphate of lime

(d)Ammonium Sulpate

In Antartica, ozone depletion is due to the formation of the following compound ...
(a) Acrolein

(b) peroxy acetyl nitrate

(c) SO2 and SO3

(d) Chlorine nitrate

80

5
ANSWER KEY
1

16

31

46

17

32

47

18

33

48

19

34

49

20

35

50

21

36

51

22

37

52

23

38

53

24

39

54

10

25

40

55

11

26

41

56

12

27

42

13

28

43

14

29

44

15

30

45

81

UNIT : 19 PURIFICATION AND CHARACTERISATION OF

ORGANIC COMPOUNDS

Important Points
1.

Common techiques of purification of organic compunds : Sublimation, Crystallisation,

Distillation, Differential extraction and Chromatography.

2.

Chromatography : It is an important techique used to seprate mixtures into their components,

purify compunds and aslo to test the purity of compunds.

3.

Lassaigne test : It is a test used to detect the presence of N, S, P and X in organic compund.
1. L.S + FeSO4 + con H2SO4

Prussian blue colour

N - present

2. L.S + CH3COOH + (CH3COO)2 Pb Black ppt

S - present

3. L.S + Sodium nitrogen prusside

violet colour

S - present

4. L.S + HNO3 + AgNO3

White ppt Solube in

Cl - present

NH4OH
yellowish ppt.

Br - present

Sparingly soluble
in NH4OH
yellow ppt

I - present

Insoluable in
NH4OH
5. L. S + con HNO3 +

yellow ppt

P - present

ammonium molybdate
L.S = Lassagine solution. It is also called sodium fusion extract.
4.

Precentage of C (Leibigs method) =

12mass of CO2 100

44mass of O.C.

5.

Precentage of H (Leibigs method) =

2mass of H2O100
18mass of O.C.

6.

Precentage of N (Dumas method) =

28 vol of N2 at S.T.P.
224 mass of O.C.

7.

1.4 NV
Precentage of N (Kjeldahls method) = mass of O.C.

Where, N = Normality of acid. V= Vol. of acid used.

82

8.

Precentage of X (Carius method) =

At mass of X mass of Ag X 100

moral mass of Ag X mass of O.C

9.

Precentage of S (Carius method) =

32 mass of BaSO 4 100

233 mass of O.C

10.

Precentage of P (Carius method) =

62 mass of Mg 2 PO
100
2
7
222 mass of O.C

108 mass of silver salt of acid

11. Molecular weight of carboxylic acid = n

- 107
mass of silver

Where, n = Basicity of the acid

12. Molecular weight of organic base =

n 195 mass of platinic chloride

- 410
2
mass of platinum

Where, n = Acidity of the base

M.C.Q.
1.

Which of the following is a techique of purification of orgainc compound ?

(a) Oxidation

2.

(c) Distillation

(d) Hydrolysis

Which of the following is/are method (s) of checking the purity of organic
(a) Chromatography

3.

(b) Reduction
(b) Spectroscopy

compound ?

(c) Both (a) and (b) (d) Neither (a) nor (b)

The formula representing a simple ratio of atoms of different elements present in a molecule of
the substance is called
(a) Empirical formula (b) Molecular formula (c) Structural formula (d) Condensed formula

4.

What is called the purification technique based on difference in the solubilities of the
compound
and the impurities in a given solvent ?
(a) Sublimation

(d) Fractional distillation

(b) CH 2

(c) C3H 2

(d) C3H 4

Empirical formula of a compound is CH2O and its vapour density is 30.

molecular
formula of compound ?
(a) C3H6O 3

7.

(c) Distillation

A compound contains C = 90% and H = 10 %. Find empirical formula of the compound.

(a) C3H10

6.

(b) Crystallization

(b) C2H4O 2

(c) C2H4O

Wh at is th e

(d) CH2O

An organic compound contains C = 36%, H = 6%. What is the empirical formula of

compound ?
(a) C3H 6

(b) CH 3

(c) CH2O
83

(d) C2H2O 2

8.

What should be the property of solvent used in crystallisation ?

(a) Impure compound should be sparingly soluble in it at room temperature.
(b) Impure compound should be appreciably soluble in it at higher temperture.
(c) Both (a) and (b)

9.

10.

Which method of purification of organic compound is useful to separate volatile liquids from
non volatile impurities ?
(a) sublimation

(b) Distillation

(c) crystallisation

(d) Fractional crystallisation

Which method of purification of organic compound is useful to separate liquids having

sufficient
difference in their boiling point ?
(a) Sublimation

11.

(b) C2H4N 2

(c) C12H24N12

(d) C16H32N16

(b) Crystallisation

(c) Sublimation

(d) All of these

(b) 470

(c) 560

(d) 940

Which element is estimated by Carius method ?

(a) Nitrogen

15.

(d) Crystallisation

Insulin contains 3.4% Sulphur. The minimum molecular weight of insulin is

(a) 350

14.

(c) Filtration

Which of the following method can be empolyed to separate a mixture of Chloroform

(b.p334k) and aniline (b.p 457k) ?
(a) Distillation

13.

(b) Distillation

An organic compound on analysis gave C = 48gm, H = 8gm and N = 56gm. Volume of 1.0
gm
of the compound was found to be 200 ml at STP. What is the
molecular formula of the
compound ?
(a) C4H8N 4

12.

(d) Neither (a) nor (b)

(b) Carbon

(c) Hydrogen

(d) Halogen

Fractional distillation is used when,

(a) Difference in melting points of two solids is less.
(b) Difference in boiling points of two liquids is large.
(c) Difference in boiling points of two liquids is small.
(d) Difference in melting points of two liquids is large.

16.

Distillation under reduced pressure is used when ...

(a) liquid has very high boiling point and decompose at or below its boiling point.
(b) liquid has very low boiling point.
(c) liquid is insoluble in water.
(d) liquid is insoluble in organic solvent.

17.

In Carius method, 0.099 g compound gave 0.287 gm AgCl. What is the % of Cl ?

(a) 35.4

18.

(b) 71.7

(c) 46.2

(d) 80.5

In which compound, sulphur of organic compound is converted when organic compound is

reacted with con. HNO3 for estimation of Sulphur ?
(a) H2SO 4

(b) SO 2

(c) H2S
84

(d) SO 3

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

Which of the following techniques is used to separate glycerol from spent-lye in soap
industry ?
(a) Simple distillation

(b) Fractional distillation

(c) Distillation under reduced pressure

(d) None of these

Which method is used to separate aniline water mixture ?

(a) steam distillation

(b) distillation under reduced pressure

(c) sublimation

(d) None of these

Chromatography is used
(a) to separate mixtures

(b) to purify compounds

(c) to test the purity of compounds

(d) All of these

In chromatography Rf means
(a) Retardation factor

(b) Reduced formula

(c) Reduction factor

(d) Retardation frequency

Statements regarding Chromatography are given below. Identify True or False statements and
give your answer.
(1) Silica - gel is used as adsorbent in TLC. (2) Rf = Retardation factor.

24.

(3) Adsorbent is a mobile phase.

(4) Chromaplate is not a part of TLC.

(a) TTFF

(c) TFFT

(b) Ca(OH)2

(c) CuSO4

(d) All of these

(b) Ca(OH)2

(c) CuSO4

(d) All of these

(b) S

(c) P

(d) All of these

(c) X

(d) All of these

Lassaigne test is used for detection of

(a) S

29.

(d) glucose

Lassaigne test is used for detection of

(a) N

28.

(c) hydrocarbons

In a detection of C and H, the water produced is tested by

(a) CuO

27.

(b) ethers

In a method of detecting C and H, organic compound is heated with ...

a) CuO

26.

(d) TFTF

In Chromatography, ninhydrin solution is used to detect

(a) amino acids

25.

(b) TTTT

(b) P

The basic principle of Lassaigne test is

(a) to convert elements present in compound from covalent form to ionic form.
(b) to convert elements present in compound from ionic form to covalent form.
(c) to convert elements present in compound into their complexes
(d) None of the above.

30.

The prussian blue colour obtained in Lassaigne test is due to

(a) Na4 [Fe(CN)6]

(b) Fe4[Fe(CN)6]

(c) CuSO4

85

(d) FeSO4

31

In the Lassaigne test of detection of Sulphur, black precipitates are obtained. These are due
to the formation of
(a) Na2S

32

(b) (CH3COO)2Pb

(b) Violet

1.4 NV
W

(d) O2

NV
1.8

1.4VW
N

(c) % N =

(d) % N =

1.4 NW
V

(c) C3H4O

(d) C4H8O

An organic compound gave the following results on analysis. C = 53.3%, H = 15.6%, N =

31.1%. Find molecular formula of compound. (Molecular Weight = 45)
(b) C2H7N

(c) C2H5N

(d) C2H6N

An organic compound contains C, H and O in the proportion of 6 : 1 : 8 by weight,

respectively. Find its molecular formula (V.D = 30)
(b) C3HO

(c) C2H4O 2

(d) CH4O

64 gm of organic compound contains 24 gm C, 8 gm H and the rest oxygen. What is the

empirical
formula of the compound ?
(b) CH4O

(c) C2H4O

(d) C2H8O 2

0.2595 gm of organic substance gave 0.35 gm BaSO4. Find % S in the substance.

(a) 18.5

42.

(b) % N =

(b) C2H4O

(a) CH2O
41.

(c) CuO

An organic compound on analysis give the following result : C = 54.5%, O = 36.4%, H =

9.1%. The empirical formula of the compound is

(a) CH2O
40.

(d) O2

In Kjeldahls method for the estimation of nitrogen, the formula used is

(a) C2H5N 2
39.

(c) CuO

(b) An.CaCl2

(a) CH3O
38.

(d) K4[Fe(CN)6]

During the estimation of C and H, the H2O produced id absorbed in

(a) % N =
37.

(b) [Fe(CN)5NOS]4- (c) Na4[Fe(CN)6]

(b) An.CaCl2

(a) KOH
36

(d) Brown

During the estimation of C and H, the CO2 produced id absorbed in

(a) KOH

35

(c) Blue

co mp ou nd is

In a Lassaigne test of Sluphur containing compound the violet colour is due to the
(a) [Fe(CN)5NO]2-

34

(d) CH3COOH

What colour is observed when Lassaigne solution of Suplhur containing

treated
with Sodium Nitroprusside ?
(a) Red

33

(c) PbS

(b) 182

(c) 17.5

(d) 175

Find the incorrect formula

(a) %C =

12 m 100
44 V

(b) %C =

12 m2 100
44 m1

2 m2 100
18 m1

(d) % N =

28 V 100
22400 m

(c) % H =

86

43.

On complete combustion, 0.246g organic substance gave 0.198 g CO2 and

Find % of C and H in compound ?
(a) 4.58, 21.95

44.

(c) NO x

(d) All of these

(b) Kjeldahls method (c) Carius method

(d) Leibigs method

28 V 100
(b) 22400 m

14 V 100
(c) 22400 m

14 m 100
(d) 22400 v

In Dumas method for estimation of nitrogen, 0.3g of an organic compound

gave 50 ml of
nitrogen collected at 300K temperature and 715 mm pres sure. Calculate the % of N in the
compound. ( Aqueous tension at 300K = 15mm)
(b) 17.46 %

(c) 34.5%

(d) 25 %

In Kjeldahls method, when nitrogenous organic compound is heated with con. sulphuric acid,
the nitrogen is converted into
(a) (NH4)2 SO 4

51.

(b) O2

In Dumas method the formula of % N is

(a) 20.8 %
50.

(d) CuO and CO2

A device called nitrometer is used in

28 m 100
(a) 22400 v

49.

(c) CO 2

In Dumas method the gaseous mixture produced is passed through KOH(aq ). As a result of
this
_______ is absorbed in KOH(aq).

(a) Dumas method

48.

(b) Kjeldahlis method (c) Both (A) & (B) (d) Neither(a) nor (b).
(b)CuO

(a) CO 2
47.

(d) 21, 19

In the Dumas method nitrogen containing organic compound is first heated with
(a) O2

46.

(c) 19, 21

Which of the following is the method of estimating nitrogen in organic Compound ?

(a) Dumas method

45.

(b) 21.95, 4.58

0.1014 g H2O.

(b) NH4OH

(c) NH 3

(d) None

Kjeldahls method cannot be applied to

No2

(a)

(b)

N:

(c)

N:

(d) None of these

52.

Kjeldahls method, can be applied to

N = N - Cl

(a) CH3CH 2NH 2

53.

(c)

(d) None of these

During estimation of nitrogen present in organic compound by Kjeldahls method, the ammonia
cvolved from 0.5 gm of the compound neutralized 10 ml of 1 M H2SO4Calculate the %N in
the compound.
(a) 65

54.

(b) CH3CH 2NO 2

(b) 28

(c) 56

(d) 30

In the estimation of halogen by Carius method, the halogen of the organic compound is
converted into
(a) Silver nitrate

(b) Silver halide

(c) Silver Sulphate

87

(d) Silver oxide

55.

In Carius method of estimation of halogen, 0.15 gm of an organic compound gave 0.12gm of

AgBr. Calculate % of bromine in the compound.
(a) 34.04%

56.

59.

60.

61.

62.

63.

64.

(c) SO 2

(d) SO 3

(b) 14.20%

(c) 42.10%

(d) 38%

(a) Phosphoric acid

(b) Ammonium molybdate

(c) Ammonium phospho molybdate

(d) Magnesium pyrophosphate

Suggest a method to purify camphor containing impurity of comman salt.

(a) Crystallisation

(b) Fractional crytallisation

(c) Sublimation

(d) Distillation

Suggest a method to separate a mixture of ortho and para nitro aniline.

(a) Distillation

(b) Chromotography

(c) Differential extraction

(d) All of these

Suggest a method to separate a mixture of methanol and acetone.

(a) Simple distillation

(b) Fractional distillation

(c) Fractional Crystallisation

(d) Differential extraction

Suggest a method to purify napthalene.

(a) Sublimation

(b) Crystallisation

(c) Differential extraction

(d) Distillation

Suggest a method to separate a mixture containing acetone and ethanol

(a) Sublimation

(b) Crystallisation

(c) Differential extraction

(d) Distillation

Which of the following compound will not give positive Lassaigne test for nitrogen ?
(b) urea

(c) ethylamine

(d) nitroethane.

Name a suitable technique of separation of a mixture of calcium sulphate and camphor.

(a) Crystallisation

66.

(b) BaSO4

In estimation of phosphorous present in organic compound, the amount of phosphorous is

determined in terms of

(a) Hydrazine
65.

(d) 18.8%

In estimation sulphur, 0.157gm of an organic compound gave 0.4813 gm of barium Sulphate.

Calculate % S in compound.
(a) 24.10 %

58.

(c) 53.19%

In estimation of Sulpur in organic compound, the amount of sulphur is determined in terms of

(a) H2SO 4

57.

(b) 17.02%

(b) Sublimation

(c) Distillation

(d) None

The fragrance of flower is due to the presence of some steam volatile organic compounds
called essential oils. These are generally insoluble in water at room temperature but are
miscible with water vapour. A suitable method for the extraction of these oils from the flower
is,
(a) Distillation

(c) Crystallisation

(c) Distillation under reduced pressure

(d) Steam distillation

88

67.

Kjeldahls method can not be used for estimation of nitrogen in ...

(a) DNA

68.

69.

70.

72.

73.

75.

(b) Fractional Crystallisation

(c) Sublimation

(d) Steam distillation

What conclusion can be drawn if red colour is obtained during Lassaigne test ?
(a) Pressure of S

(b) Pressure of N

(c) both a and b

(d) Neither a and b

What is the formula of iron (III) hexacyanoferrate (II) ?

77.

78.

(b) Fe3[Fe(CN)6]4

(c) Fe4[Fe(CN)6]

(d) Fe3[Fe(CN)6]

Two volatile liquids A and B differint their boiling points by 15K. Which process can be used
for their sepration ?
(a) Fractional distillation

(b) Steam distillation

(c) Distillation under reduced pressure

(d) Simple distillation

An organic compound from its aqueons solution can be seprated by

(a) Distillation

(b) Solvent extraction

(c) Fractional distillation

(d) Steam distillation

The ammonia evolved from the treatment of 0.3gm of organic compound for estimation of
nitrogen was passed in 100ml of 0.1m H2SO4. The excess acid required 20ml 0.5 M NaOH
for complete neutralisation The organic compound is...
(b) benzamide

(c) urea

(d) thiourea

Which of the following compound gives blood red colouration when its Lassaigne extract is
treated with alkali and ferric chloride ?
(a) Thiourea

(b) Diphenyl Sulphide

(c) Phenyl hydrazine

(d) Benzomide

Which of the following compounds will give Lassaigne test for nitrogen ?
(a) NH2NH 2

76.

(d) Neither a and b

(a) Crystallisation

(a) acetamide
74.

(c) a and B

Name the method used to separate a mixture of iodine and sodium chloride ?

(a) Fe4[Fe(CN)6]3
71.

(b) RNA

(b) NaNO3

(c) NH4Cl

(d) NaCN

Which of the folowing will give bloodred colour while doing Lassaigne test for nitrogen
(a) urea

(b) Benzene sulphonic acid

(c) Hydrazine

(d) p-aminobenzene sulphonic acid

Name the method used to determine the molecular weight of organic compound.
(a) Silver salt method

(b) Chloroplatinate salt method

(c) Mass spectrometery

(d) All of these

While detecting phosphorous in organic compound yellow colour is obtained due to the
formation of
(a) (NH4)2MoO4
(b) (NH4)3PO 4
(c) (NH4)3PO 4 . 12MoO3 (d) MgNH4PO 4

89

79.

0.306 gm of the silver salt of a monobasic organic acid yeilds 0.216gm of Silver on ignition.
Find molecular weight of the acid.
(a) 46

80.

(b) 23

(b) 192

(b) 91.45

84.

85.

(c) Cl /hv

(d) KOH / EtOH

The presence of halogen in an organic compound is detected by

(a) Iodo form test

(b) Silver mirror test

(b) Beilsteins test

(d) Millons test

Which of the following pairs has the same percentage of carbon ?

(a) CH COOH & C H OH

(b) C H O & C H O

(c) HCOOCH & C H O

(d) CH COOH & C H O

91.

12

22

11

12

12

22

11

12

An organic compound having molecular mass 60 is found to contain C=20%, H=6.67% and
N=46.67% while rest is oxygen. On heating it gives NH along with a solid residue. The solid
3
residue give violet colour with alkaline CuSO , the compound is
3

(b) CH CONH
3

(c) (NH ) CO
2 2

(d) CH CH CONH
3

How will you separate a solution of benzene and chloroform ?

(b) Filtration

(c) Distillation

(d) Crystallisation

When 32.25 gm ehtyl chloride dehydrohalogenated it gives 50% alkene. What is the mass of
product ?
(b) 14 gm

(c) 21 gm

(d) 28gm

How much sulphur is present in organic compound if on analysis 0.53gm of this compound
gives 1.158gm of BaSO ?
(a) 10%

90.

(d) All of these

(b) cold dil, alkaline kMnO4

(a) 7 gm
89.

(c) gases

(a) NaOH + CaO

(a) Sublimation
88.

(d) 410

Which of the following reagents is used for detection of unsaturation in alkenes.

(a) CH NCO
87.

(c) 98

(b) liquids

86.

(d) 234

Chromatography is used for the purification of

(a) solids

83.

(c) 208

0.3557gm of the Platinum salt of monoacidic organic base yeilds 0.117gm of platinum. Find
molecular weight of base
(a) 95

82.

(d) 20

1.026gm of the silver salt of a tribasic organic acid gave an ignition 0.648gm silver. Find
molecular
weight of the acid.
(a) 148

81.

(c) 122

(b) 20%

(c) 30%

(d) 40%

Which method can be used to separate a mixture of KCl and KClO3 ?

(a) Crystallisation

(b) Fractional Crystallisation

(c) Sublimation

(d) Distillation

Middle tons test is used to detect

(a) N

(b) P

(c) X
90

(d) S

92.

An organic compound weighing 4.337mg yielded 10.35mg of CO2 and 3.42mg of H2O on
oxidation with CuO. Calculate the empirical formula of the compound.
(a) C3H 5

93.

94.

(c) C4H6O

(d) C10H 16O 3

An organic compound contains 69% C and 4.8% H, the remainder being oxygen. Calculate
the masses of CO2 and H 2O produced when 0.2gm of this substance is completely
combusted.
(a) 0.506g & 0.864g

(b) 0.0864g & 0.0506g

(c) 0.506g & 0.0684g

(d) 0.506g & 0.0864g

0.3780 gm of chlorine containing organic compound gave 0.5740gm of silver chloride in

Carius estimation. Calculate the % of Cl.
(a) 37.56%

95.

(b) C3H5O

(b) 40.5%

(c) 35.7%

(d) 31.23%

In the estimation of sulphur by Carius method, 0.468gm of organic compound gave 0.668gm
BaSO4. Calculate % of S.
(a) 19.6

(b) 21.7

(c) 17.9

(d) 16.9

In each of the following questions, a statement (A) is given followed by Reason (R).
Give your answers as
(A) If both A and R are true, and reason is the true explanation of the assertion.
(B) If both A and R are true, but R is not the true explanation of the A.
(C) If A is true but R isfalse.
(D) If both A and R are false.
96.

A: Vapour density and density both are same

R: Molecular weight is twice the density

97.

A: Lassaignes extract is boiled with dil.HNO3 before testing for halogens by AgNO3.
R: CN- and S2- present in Lassaigne extract interfere with the test of halide ions by silver
nitrate.

98.

A: Lassaignes test is shown by diazonium salts.

R: Diazonium salts are volatile.

99.

A: Essential oils are purified by steam distillation.

R: Essential oils are volatile and are insoluble in water.

100. A: Sulphur present in organic compound can be estimated quantitavely by Carius method.
R: Sulphur is separated easily from other atoms in the molecules and gets precipitated as light
yellow solid.

91

Answer Key

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

C
C
A
B
D
B
C
C
B
B
A
A
D
D
C
A
B
A
C
A
D
A
A
A
A

26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

C
D
D
A
B
C
B
B
A
B
A
B
B
C
B
A
A
B
C
D
A
A
B
B
A

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75

92

D
A
C
B
A
B
C
D
C
B
B
A
D
A
B
D
C
C
C
A
A
B
C
A
D

76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100

D
D
C
A
B
B
D
B
C
D
C
C
A
C
B
D
D
D
A
A
D
A
D
A
C

HINTS
11.

200ml of compound = 1 gm \ 22400 ml of compound = 112 gm

17.

%Cl =

39.

35.5 0.287

100
143.5 0.099

Elements

No. of moles

C
H

6/12 = 0.5
1/1
=1

O
8/16 = 0.5
\ E.F = CH2O
M.W = 2VD =60
\ n = 2 \ M.F = C2H4O2
%S =

49.

P = 715 - 15 = 700 mm
Vol of N 2 at STP =

273 700 50
= 41.9 ml
300 760

\ %N =

1M of 10 ml H2SO4 = 1 M of 20ml NH3

1000ml of 1M NH3 = 14 g nitrogen
20 ml of 1M NH3 =
%N =

73.

1
2
1

32
0.35

100 =18.52
233 0.2595

41.

53.

Simple ratio

14 20
g nitrogen
1000

14 20 100
= 56.0%
1000 0.5

let the vol of acid left unused = V ml of 0.1 MH2SO4

\V 0.1 2 = 20 0.5 1
\V = 50 ml = 50 ml of .01 m H2SO4
\ Vol of acid used = 100 - 50

1.4 2 50 0.1
= 46.6
0.3
28
% N in urea = 100 = 46.6
60
%N =

108 0.306
- 107 = 46
0.216

79.

MW =

81.

1 195 0.3557

MW =
- 410
2 0.117

93

28 41.9 100
=17.46%
22400 0.3

UNIT : 20 BASIC PRINCILPLES OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

Important Points
l

The basic constituent of organic compound is carbon.

The basic organic copounds in organic chemistry are Hydrocarbon,

Hydrocarbon compounds comprise of carbon and Hydrogen.

Variety of organic compound are obtained by subtitution of one or more hydrogen atom of
hydrocarbon by element like nitrogen, oxygen, sulpher and halogen OR by functional group.

So, organic chemistry consists of hydrocarbon and large variety of compounds obtained from the
subsitution of their hydrogens.
Tetravalency of Carbon :
The atomic number of carbon is 6 and hence, the number of electron in carbon is 6, so the
electronic configuration is 1s2 2s2 2px1, 2py1 2pz0. Here the number of electrons in its outermost orbit
are four. In order to attain a stable electronic configuration like inert gs carbon atom should either
lose four electrons or gain four electrons. To achive this, a very large amount of energy is required.
Consequently it cannot form C4+ or C4- ion. However, the carbon atom shares four electrons with
some elements and forms four covelentbonds.
Thus a carbon atom forms four covalent bonds in its compounds. For example, a molecule of
methane (CH4) is formed when four electrons of carbon are shared with four hydrogen atoms as
shwon below :
H
x

C + 4H

H C H

or

H C H

Methane

Eour C-H bonds are

formed by sharing of
electrons

In a similar manar carbon can complete its octet by sharing its valence electrons with the
electrons of atoms as well. This charactersitc of carbon atom by virtue of which it forms four covalent
bonds is generally referred to as tetracovalency of carbon.
Catenation : a unique property of carbon :
One of the remarkable property of carbon atom is its unique capacity to form bonds with
other carbon atoms. This property of forming bonds with atoms of the same element is called
catenation. Carbon shows maximum catenation in its group (group 14) in the periodic table. This is
because of the larger strength of carbon to carbon bond as compared to that of other atoms. For
example, C-C bond is very strong (335 kJ mol-1) in comparison to Si-Si bond (220 kJ mol-1) or
Ge-Ge bond (167 kJ mol-1). As a result, carbon atoms can link with each other to form either linear
94
E:\JEE NEET\Bhaveshbhai\07012013\ Unit 20 summary eng 1 to 11 pg

chains of various lengths of branched chains and even rings of different sizes as shown below :

12.3. HYBRIDISATION AND SHAPES OF MOLECULES :

We have studied in unit 4 that carbon atom forms four equivalent tetrahedral bonds because
of hybridisation of its valence orbitals. This can explain the shapes of organic molecules. Let us recall
the shapes of simple organic molecules on the basis of concept of hybridisation.
1.
sp3 Hybridisation and shapes of alkanes
The carbon atoms in alkanes involve sp3 hybridisation. As a result, the four bonds formed by
each carbon atom are directed towards the corners of a regular tetrahedron. For example, in case
of methane (CH4), the carbon atom involves sp3 hybridisation and forms four sp3 hybrid orbitals.
Each of these forms sigma bond by overlapping with 1s - orbitals of hydrogen. The four bonds are
directed towards the corners of a regular tetrahedron as shown in Fig. The H-C-H bond angle in
i
this molecule is 109028 (or 109.50)
2s
U

2p

(Ground state)

C
(Excited state)

sp hybridisation
form four hybrid orbitals

(a)

(b)

(c)
95

E:\JEE NEET\Bhaveshbhai\07012013\ Unit 20 summary eng 1 to 11 pg

The structure of methane molecule is also shown in Fig.____

In ethane (H3C-CH3) molecule, each carbon atom undergoes sp3 hybridisation. One of the
four sp3 hybridorbitals of one carbon atom overlaps axially with simillar orbital of the other carbon
atom to form C-C sigma bond. The remaining three hybrid orbitals belonging to both the carbon
atoms overlap axially with the half filled orbitals of Hydrogen atoms to form C-H sigma bonds as
shown in Fig.___

Fig. 12.2 Shape of ethane.

Thus, in ethene, C-C bond length is 154 pm and each C-H bond length is 109 pm.
2.
sp2 Hybridisation and shapes of alkenes
Alkenes are planar molecules and the carbon atoms of the C=C bond involve sp2-hybridisation.
Carbon atom has four unpaired electrons in the excited state. The three orbitals (one 2s and two 2p)
get hybridised to form three sp2 hybrid orbitals leaving one 2pz unhybridised orbital.

2s

2p

(Ground state)

sp3 hybridisation

C
(Excited state)

Unhybridised
orbiral

For example in the case of ethylene one sp2 hybrid orbital of one carbon atom overlaps with
sp2 hybrid orbital of the other carbon atom to form C-C sigma bond. The remaining two sp2 hybrid orbitals of both the carbon atoms overlap with 1 s-orbitals of two hydrogen atoms to form
C-H sigma bonds.
The unhybridised orbital (shown dotted) participates in the formation of pi bond. The orbital
structure of ethylene has been shown in fig.______

Fig. 12.3. Orbital structure of ethylene.

96
E:\JEE NEET\Bhaveshbhai\07012013\ Unit 20 summary eng 1 to 11 pg

3.

sp Hybridisation and shape of alkynes :

The two carbon atoms constituting the triple bond are sp-hybridised. In this, carbon undergoes
sp-hybridisation forming two sp-hybrid orbitals. The two 2p-orbitals (2p, and 2pz) remain
unhybridised.
2s
2p
U

C
(Ground state)

C
(Excited state)

two unhybridised orbitals

sp3 hybridisation

For example, in the case of acetylene, one sp-hybrid orbital of one carbon atom overlaps with
sp-hybridorbital of the second carbon atom and forms C-C sigma bond. The remaining sphybridorbital of each C-atom forms sigma bond with H-atom. Each of the unhybridised orbitals of
one carbon atom forms bond with the second carbon atom so that there are two bonds in acetylene
molecule. The structure of acetylene (ethyne) is shown in Fig. 12.4

Fig. 12.4 Structure of acetylene.

Sigma and pi bonds
We have seen that ethylene molecule contains two bonds between carbon atoms, one is sigma
bond and the other is pi bond. Similarly, in acetylene, there is one sigma, and two pi bonds between
carbon atoms. We have already learnt about these types of bonds in Unit 6.
Sigma bond is formed by the end to end overlapping of bonding orbitals along the internuclear
axis. This overlapping is known as head on overlap or axial overlap. For example, the overlapping
of sp2 hybrid orbitals of two carbon atoms in ethylene or sp hybrid orbitals of two carbon atoms in
acetylene.
Pi bond is formed by the sidewise overlapping and the half filled atomic orbitals of bonding
atoms. This overlap is known as sidewise overlap or lateral overlap. In this case the atomic orbitals
overlap in such a way that their axes remain parallel to each other and perpendicular to the internuclear
and below the plane of the participating atoms.

97
E:\JEE NEET\Bhaveshbhai\07012013\ Unit 20 summary eng 1 to 11 pg

7.5

Sigma bonds are stronger bonds than bonds because during the formation of bond, the
overlapping of orbitals takes place to a larger extent.
Important features of Bonds : As already discussed, the double bond in ethylene molecule consists
of a bond and a bond. The bond has some important features as listed below :
1.
In ethylene, as discussed earlier, the two 2p (unhybridised) orbitals participating in the bond
are parallel to each other. For the proper sidewise overlap of these 2p-orbitals, all the atoms in
C2H4 molecule must be in same plane. Thus, the formation of bond restricts the molecule into a
plannar shape. Therefore, ethylene is a flat or planar molecule.
2.
Due to the bond formed by sidewise overlap of 2p-orbitals, the rotation of one CH2 fragment
with respect to other will be hindered. The rotation of one carbon atom throug h 900 will break the
bond because in that case, the unhybridised 2p-orbitals become perpendicular to each other and no
sidewise overlap is possible. Hence, to rotation about the double bond is restricted or hindered. As
a result, there are two distinct forms of molecules such as C2H2Cl2 as shown ahead :
Functional Groups :
An atom or group of atoms that determines the characteristic reaction of an organic compound
is known as functional group. In alkane hydrocarbons due to their saturation they do not contain
functional group for their characteristic reaction. The different compounds have the same functional
group under similar reactions.
Class of
Functional
compound group
Alkane

R-H

IUPAC
group
prefix/suffix
-/ ane

Alkane

C=C

-/ ene

Alkyne

-C = C-

-/ yne

Halide

-X
halo/(-F,-CI,-Br,-I)

Ether

-OH

alkoxy/-

Examples

TUPAC Name

CH 3-CH 3
CH3 -CH2-CH3
CH3-CH 2-CH2-CH3
CH2=CH 2
CH3CH=CH 2
CH3CH 2CH=CH2
CH3CH=CH-CH3
HC = CH
CH3-C=CH
CH3CH2C=CH
CH3C=C CH3
CH3CH2 CH2CI
CH3CH CH3
CI
CH3CHCH2 CH 2CH3
CI
CH 3 OH
CH 3CH 2OH
CH 3CH 2 CH 2OH
CH3 CHCH 2
OH

Ethane
Propane
Butane
Eshene
Propane
But-1-yne
But-2-yne
Ethyne
Propyne
But-1-ene
But-2-ene
1-Chloropropane
2-Chloropropane

98
E:\JEE NEET\Bhaveshbhai\07012013\ Unit 20 summary eng 1 to 11 pg

1-Chloropentane
Methanol
Ethanol
Propan-1-ol
Propan-2-ol

Class of
Functional
compound group
Ether

-O-

IUPAC
group
prefix/suffix
alkoxy/-

Aldehyde

-CHO

-/ al

Ketone

-CO-

-/one

Carboxylic -COOH
Acid

-/oic Acid

Estar

-COOR

-/oate

Amide

-CONH 2

-/ amide

Amine

-NH 2

(10)-/ amine
(Primary)

Nitro

Cynide
OR
Nitrile

-NH-

(2 )-/ amine
(Primary)

-N-

(30)-/amine
(Tertiary)

-NO 2

-C=N

nitro/-

-/ nitrile

Examples

TUPAC Name

CH3-O-CH 3
CH3-O-CH 2CH 3
CH3-CH2-O-CH2-CH3
HCHO
CH 3CHO
CH 3CH 2CHO
CH3 COCH 3
CH 3COCH 2CH 3
CH 3CH 2COCH 2CH 3
HCOOH
CH3 COOH
CH3 CH 2COOH
HCOOCH3
CH3 COOCH3
CH3 COOCH2CH 3
CH 3CONH 2
CH 3CH 2CONH 2
CH3 NH 2
CH 3CH 2NH 2
CH 3CH 2CH2 NH 2

Methoxy methane
Methoxy ethane
Ethoxy ethane
Methanal
Ethanal
Propanal
Propanone
Butan-1-one
Pentan-3-one
Methanoic acid
Ethanoic acid
Propanoic acid
Methyl methanoate
Methyl ethanoate
Ethyl ethanoate
Ethanamide
Propanamide
Methanamine
Ethanamine
1-Propanamine OR
Propan-1-amine

CH3CH CH3
NH 2
CH3NHCH 3
CH 3CH 2NHCH 3
CH 3
CH 3NCH 2CH 3
CH 3
CH3N CH3
CH 3CH 2NO 2
CH 3CH 2CH2 NO 2
CH3 CHCH 3
NO 2

Propan-2-amine
N-methyl methanamine
N-methyl ethanamine
N-N dimethyl ethamine
N-N dimethyl
methamine
Nitroethane
1-Nitropropane
2-Nitropropane

CH 3CN
CH 3CH 2CN

Ethane nitrile
Propane nitrile

CH 3CH 2CH 2 CN

Butane nitrile

99
E:\JEE NEET\Bhaveshbhai\07012013\ Unit 20 summary eng 1 to 11 pg

7.6

Homologus Series
A series of organic compounds having same functional group in which two successive members
differ from each other by fixed number of carbon and hydrogen (CH2). Such series of organic
compounds is known as homologus series. Almost all types of organic compounds form homologus
series and they have similar chemical characteristics e.g. CH4, C2H6, C3H6, C3H8 etc.
7.6.1. Characteristics of Homologus series :
(1) The elements and functional group present in compound of a homologus series are same.
(2) Each member of the series can be expressed by common molecular formula. For example, each
member of alkane series can be indicated by a common formula CnH2n+2.
(3) The difference between the molecular formula of two successive members of the series will be of
CH2.
(4) The difference between the molecular weights of two successive members of a series will be of 14
amu (u).
(5) The name of each member of a series begins either with a common prefix orsuffix.
(6) The chemical reactions of each member of series are same are same if the functional group present
in them is same and their methods of preparation are also the same.
(7) As the number of carbon and hydrogen atoms increase with member of a given series the molecular
mass of the members increases. Hence there will be gradual change in the properties of the members
which depend upon their molecular mass which include boliling point, melting point, density, solubility
etc. The characteristics homologous series of alkane compounds are given in table 7.2.
Characteristics of homologous series of alkanes.
Name of
Alkane

Molecular Molecular Melting

formula
mass
poing0K

Bolling
polint0K

State

gram/mole
Methane

CH4

16

91

109

gas

Ethane

C2H6

30

87

184

gas

Propane

C3H8

44

83

231

gas

Butane

C4H10

58

135

272.5

gas

Pentane

C5H12

72

143

309

gas, liquid

7.7

Isomerism
The organic compounds having the same molecular formula but different structures are called
isomers. This phemenon is called isomerism. The isomers have been classified mainly in two types
depending upon their differences in structural aspects :
(1) Structural isomerism
(2) stereo isomerism
7.7.1. Structural Isomerism : Structural isomerism is a result of different arrangements of atoms or groups
of atoms in molecules or organic compounds having same molecular formula. Hence, the organic
compounds having same molecular formula but different structures are called structural isomers and
and phenomenon as structural isomerism. There are five different types of structural isomerism :
100
E:\JEE NEET\Bhaveshbhai\07012013\ Unit 20 summary eng 1 to 11 pg

(1) Skeletal or chain isomerism (2) Position isomerism (3) Functional group isomerism (4) Metamerism
(5) Tautomerism.
(1) Skeletal or chain isomerism : The organic compounds having same molecular formula but
arrangement of carbon atoms in a linear or branch are different ; such type of isomerism is called
chain isomerism. Methane, ethane and propane do not exhibit chain isomeism but butane has two
isomers. Pentane has three isomers, hexane has give isomers. For example three isomers of pentane
are given below.
(i)
n-pentane
CH3CH2CH2CH2CH3
(ii) 2-methyl butane
CH3CHCH2CH3
CH3
(iii)

2,2 dimethyl propane

CH3
CH3 C CH3
CH3

(2) Position isomerism : Organic compounds have same molecular formula and similar carbon
chain but differ in the position of functional group. This type of isomerism is called position isomerism.
For example,
(i)
CH3CH2CH2NH2
1-Propanamine
CH3CHCH3

(ii)

NH2
CH3CH2CH2CH2CH2OH
CH2CH2CH2CHCH3

2-Propanamine
Pentan-1-ol
Pentan-2-ol

OH2
CH3CH2CHCH2CH3
OH2
Pentan-3-ol
(3) Functional group isomerism : The organic compounds having the same molecular formula but
different functional groups are called functional isomers and this phenomenon is called functional
group isomerism ; for example,
(i)
CH3CH2CH2OH
CH3-O-CH2CH3
propan-1-ol
methoxy ethane
(ii) CH3CH2CHO
CH3-CO-CH3
propanal
propanone
(iii) CH3CH2COOH
CH3-COO-CH3
propanoic acid
methyl ethanoate

101
E:\JEE NEET\Bhaveshbhai\07012013\ Unit 20 summary eng 1 to 11 pg

M.C.Q.
1.

Which type of bond can carbon form?

(a) ionic

2.

3.

(d) vanderwals

(a) require high ionization enthalpy

(b) require high electron gain enthalpy

(c) both a and b

(d) High electron negativity

In which state C can show tetra valency ?

(b) transition state

(c) excited state

(d) all the above

How many unpaired electrons are present in ground state?

(a) 1

5.

(c) metallic

Why carbon cannot form C+4 or C-4 ion ?

(a) ground state

4.

(b) covalent

(b) 2

(c) 3

(d) 4

How many unpaired electrons are present in excited state?

(a) 1

(b) 2

(c) 3

(d) 4

Shape of molecules
6.

Which molecule has longest carbon chain ?

(a) Neopentane

7.

(b) C2H4

(c) C2H2

(d) C4H8

(b) 139 pm

(c) 134 pm

(d) 120 pm

p - bonding can occur by the overlapping of _________ .

(a) s - orbitals

10.

(d) n- pentane

What is the value of C C bond length in ethyne ?

(a) 154 pm

9.

(c) Neohexane

Which molecule all the least C-C distance ?

(a) C2H6

8.

(b) Isopentane

(c) sp2 orbitals

(b) p-orbitals

(d) sp orbitals

Look at the figure given below and select the right option.

(a) a and b are sp3 orbitals and their side wise overlapping forms two p - bonds.
(b) c and d are two p - bonds concentrated around bond axis.
(c) c and d are two electron clouds of one p - bond and it is formed by the side wise overlap
between two pz orbitals.
(d) c and d are two s - bonds formed by the lateral overlap of two pz orbitals.
11.

In C6H6 and C2H4, the H - C - H and are respectively __________ .

(a) 120o, 120o
(b) 120o, 90o
(c) 120o, 109o28'
(d) 180o, 190o28'
110

mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)

12.

Which of the following is incorrect for the following structure

(1) C having CH3 bond in the molecule is in sp3 hybridisation and so all the sp3 hybride orbital
and used in s - bonds.
(2) That 4C H and 2C C type bonds are present in the molecule.
(3) The molecule becomes planar triangular because of two s bonds having sp hybridization two
bonds in which bond angle is 120o.
(4) The H-C-C angle is 109o 28 because of sp3 hybridization of CH3 group in C in the whole
molecule but the other two C with it are in sp hybridation and so linear and joined by triple
bond.
(a) 1
13.
14.

15.
16.
17.

(b) 2

(c) 3
(d) 4
Hybridization
The compound in which carbon uses only its sp3 hybrid orbitals for bond formation is
(a) HCOOH
(b) (NH2)2CO
(c) (CH3)3 COH
(d) (CH3)3 CHO
The bond between carbon atom (1) and carbon atom (2) in compound N = C CH = CH2
involves the hybridised carbon as
(a) sp2 and sp2
(b) sp3 and sp
(c) sp and sp2
(d) sp and sp
2
Number of electrons in cyclobutadienyl anion (C4H4) is
(a) 2
(b) 4
(c) 6
(d) 8
Homolytic fission of C - C bond in ethane gives an intermediate in which carbon is
(a) sp3 hybridized
(b) sp2 hybridized
(c) sp hybridized
(d) sp2d hybridized
A straight chain hydrocarbon has the molecular formula C8H10. The hybridisation for the carbon
atoms from one end of the chain to the other are respectively sp3, sp2, sp2, sp3, sp2, sp2, sp
and sp. The structural formula of the hydrocarbon would be
(a) CH 3 - C C - CH 2 - CH = CH - CH = CH 2
(b) CH 3 - CH 2 - CH = CH - CH 2 - C C - CH = CH 2
(c) CH 3 - CH = CH - CH 2 - C C - CH = CH 2
(d) CH 3 - CH = CH - CH 2 - CH = CH - C CH

18.

19.

The enolic form of acetone contains

(a) 8sbonds, 2p-bonds and 1 lone pairs
(b) 9sbonds, 1p bond and 2 lone pairs
(c) 9s-bonds, 2p-bonds and 1 lone pairs
(d) 10s-bonds, 1p-bonds and 1 lone pairs
During the addition reaction of ethane, whichtype of change in hybridization of carbon atom takes
place ?
(a) sp2 to sp3
(b) sp3 to sp2
(c) sp to sp2
(d) sp3 to sp
111

mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)

20.

21.

When the hybridization state of carbon changes from sp3 to sp2 and finally to sp, the angle
between the hybridized orbitals
(a) decreases

(b) increases and decreases

(c) is not affected

(d) increases progressively

Match the following : (More than one option in column - II may match with single option in
column-I). Match the hybridization state of below listed carbon atoms.
CH2 = C = CH CH2 C ? C CH2 NH2
Column - I
Carbon atoms
(A) C1
(B) C2
(C) C5
(D) C6

Column - II
Hybridization state
(P) sp
(Q) sp2
(R) sp3
(S) dsp2

(a) A = R

B = P

C = Q

D= P

(b) A = P

B = P

C = Q

D =R

(c) A = R

B = P

C = S

D= P

(d) A = S

B=R

C = Q

D= P

Homologous series
22.

23.

What is the responsible for the chemical reaction?

(a) electrons

(b) atom

(c) proton

(d) reactive functional groups

What is the general formula of Homologus series

(a) CnH2n+1H

24.

(b) 14

(c) 16

(d) 18

(b) solubility

(c) density

(d) all

Which of the following exist in gas and liquid State?

(a) ethane

27.

(d) CnH2n+2H

As number of C atom in homologus series increases Then which of the following will increases?
(a) B.P/M.P

26.

(c) CnH2nH

In homologus series what is the difference in amu?

(a) 12

25.

(b) CnH2n-1H

(b) propane

(c) butane

(d) pentane

Among the following, which isnot an example of a homologous series ?

(a) CH3OH, CH3CH 2OH, CH3CH3CH3OH
(b) CH 4 , C2 H 6 , C3H8 , C4 H10
(c) CH3CHO, CH3CH 2CHO, CH3CH 2CH 2CHO
(d) CH3COOH, CH3COOCH3 , CH3COOCH 2CH3

28.

In homologous series :
(a) Molecular formula is same

(b) Structural formula is same

(c) Physical properties are same

(d) General formula is same

112

mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)

29.

30.

31.

32.
33.
34.

35.

36.
37.

38.
39.

40.

Which of the following is the first member of ester homologous series ?

(a) Ethyl ethanoate
(b) Methyl ethanoate
(c) Methyl methanoate
(d) Ethyl methanoate
Which of the following is the triad of a homologous series (a) CH3NH2, (CH3)2NH, (CH3)3 N
(b) C2H5OH, (CH3)2CHOH, (CH3)3COH
(c) Both the above
(d) CH2 = CH2, CH3 CH = CH2, C2H5 CH = CH2
What is not true about homologous series ?
(A) All the members have similar chemical properties
(B) They have identical physical properties
(C) They can be represented by a general formula
(D) Adjacent members differ in molecular mass by 1
Isomerism Structural and sterioisomers
The total possible number of chain isomers for the molecular formula C5H12 would be
(A) 3
(B) 2
(C) 4
(D) 5
2-chlorobutane & 3-chlorobutane are(A) Positional isomers (B) Chain isomers
(C) Geometrical
(D) None
Which one of the following pairs are called position isomers
(a) CH2 (OH) CH2COOH & CH3 - CH (OH) COOH
(B) C2H5OH & CH3OH
(c) (C2H5)2CO & CH3COCH2CH2CH3
(D) All the above
Which of the following are isomers (A) Ethanol and ethoxy ethane
(B) Methanol and methoxy methane
(C) Propanoic acid and ethyl acetate
(D) Propionaldehyde and acetone
How many aliphatic carbonyl compounds are possible having the molecular formula C5H10O
(A) 4
(B) 5
(C) 6
(D) 7
The formula C4H8O2 represents
(A) Only an acid
(B) Only an ether
(C) Only an alcohol
(D) Both ether and alcohol
The number of ether metamers represented by the formula C4H10O is (A) 4
(B) 3
(C) 2
(D) 1
The phenomenon involving the migration of a proton to give two structural isomers in equilibrium
with each other is known is
(A) Matamerism
(B) Tautomerism
(C) Cis trans isomerism(D) Stereo isomerism
In keto-enol tautomerism of dicarbonyl compounds, the enol form is preferred in contrast to the
keto-form, this is due to
(A) Presence of carbonyl group on each side of CH2
(B) Resonance stabilization of enol form
(C) Presence of methylene group
(D) Rapid chemical exchange.
113

mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)

41.
42.
43.
44.

45.

46.

47.

48.
50.

51.

52.

53.
54.

The maximum number of structural isomers (acyclic and cyclic) possible for C4 H6 are
(a) 4
(b) 5
(c) 6
(d) 7
The structures (CH3)3 CBr and CH3(CH2)3 Br present
(a) chain isomerism
(b) position isomerism (c) functional isomerism (d) both (a) and (b)
The maximum number of isomers of an alkene with molecular formula C4H8 is
(a) 2
(b) 3
(c) 4
(d) 5
A compound which is not isomeric with diethyl ether is

(a) n-propyl methyl ether

(b) 1-butanol
(c) 2 methyl-2-propanol
(d) butanone
The compound will show
(a) geometrical isomerism
(b) optical isomerism
(c) geometrical and optical isomerism
(d) neither geometrical nor optical isomerism
Which of the following will exhibit optical isomerism?
(a) CH3CH2 COOH
(b) CH3 CH OH COOH
(c) CH3 CHOH CH3
(d) CH3CH2 CH2 OH
The compound C4 H10O can show
(a) metamerism
(b) functional isomerism
(c) position isomerism
(d) all types
How many cyclic isomers of C5H10 are possible?
(a) 4
(b) 3
(c) 2
(d) 5
The pair of structures given below represent

(a) enantiomers
(b) diastereomers
(c) structural isomers (d) none of the above
Which of the following compounds can be optically active?
(a) propionic acid
(b) 2-chloropropionic acid
(c) 3-chloropropionic acid
(d) chloropropionic anhydride
Which one of the following can exhibit cis-trans isomerism?
(a) CH3CHClCOOH
(b) HC CCl
(c) ClCH = CHCl
(d) ClCH2CH2Cl
Compound having open chain is (A) Pentane
(B) Isopentane
(C) Neopentane
(D) All the above
In unsaturated compound have
(A) Carbon - carbon double bond
(B) Carbon - carbon tripel bond
(C) Carbon - carbon double and triple bond (D) Carbon - oxygen double bond
114

mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)

55.
56.

57.

58.

Which is an acyclic compound :

(A) Methane
(B) Benzene
Match the following :

(C) Pyrrole

(A) A
(B) A
(C) A
(D) A

C
C
C
C

p,
p,
p,
p,

s,
s,
q,
s,

r, s
r,
r, s,
r, s,

D
D
D
D

(B) 2,2-dimethyl pentane

(C) 2,2,3-trimethyl pentane

(D) 2-methyl pentane

q
s
p
p

How many secondary carbon atoms does methyl cyclopropane have ?

(B) One

(C) Two

(D) Three

C5H12 gives ... types of alkyl groups.

(B) 8

(C) 6

(D) 4

The total number of secondary H-atoms in the structure given below are : (CH3)2CHCH2C2H5
(A) 1

61.

(A) 2,2,3,3-tetramethyl pentane

(A) 5
60.

p
p, q,
p, s,
p, q,

The compound which has one isopropyl group is :

(A) None
59.

B
B
B
B

(D) Cyclobutane

(B) 4

(C) 3

(D) 2

iso-octane contains
(A) 5 primary. one secondary. & two tertiary. C atoms.
(B) 4 prim. 2 sec. & one ter. C atoms.
(C) 5 (1oC). one (2oC), one (3oC) & one (4oC) atoms.
(D) 4 (1oC). two (2oC), one (3oC) & one (4oC) atoms.

62.

Which of the following radicals are bivalent ?

(a) Ethylidene

(b) Vinylidene

(c) Benzyl

(d) Methylidyne

(A) a , d

(B) a , b , d

(C) a , b

(D) a, b, c

115
mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)

87.

88.

89.

The correct IUPAC name of 2-ethyl-3-pentyne is :

(A) 3-methyl hexyne-4
(B) 4-ethyl pentyne-2
(C) 4-methyl hexyne-2
(D) None of these
The name of the compound is (A) bicyclo [2.2.1] octane
(B) bicyclo [1.1.1] octane
(C) 1, 4-bismethylenecyclohexane
(D) bicyclo [2.2.2] octane
Which of the following structures represents bicyclo [3.2.0] heptane -

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

90.

The IUPAC name of is -

91.

(A) bicyclo [3.2.0] hexan-2-ol

(C) spiro [3.2] hexan-4-ol
The IUPAC name of camphor is -

92.

(A) 6-oxo-1,2,2- trimethyl bicyclo [2,2,1] heptane

(B) 1,7,7-trimethyl bicyclo [2,2,1] heptan-2-one
(C) 1,5,5-trimethyl bicyclo [2,1,1] hexan-2-one
(D) 1,7,7-trimethyl bicyclo [2,1,2] heptan-2-one
The IUPAC name of compound is -

(B) Bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-5-ene

(D) Bicyclo [1.2.2] hept-2-ene

93.

(A) Bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene

(C) Bicyclo [2.1.2] hept-2-ene
The IUPAC name of compound is -

(A) Spiro [5.3] nonane

(C) Spiro [5.4] nonane

(B) Spiro [3.5] nonane

(D) Spiro [4.5] nonane

(B) spiro [3.2] hexan-1-ol

(D) spiro [2.3] hexan-4-ol

119
mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)

94.

Write the correct IUPAC name of the following bond line formula :

96.

(A) N-Methyl N-Ethyl propanamine

(B) N-Ethyl N-methyl propane 1-amine
(C) N-Methyl N-propyl ethan 1-amine
(D) N-Ethyl N-propyl N-methyl amine
The IUPAC name of CH3COCH(CH3)2 is
(A) 4-methylisopropyl ketone
(B) 3-methyl-2-butanone
(C) Isopropylmethyl ketone
(D) 2-methyl-3-butanone
The IUPAC name of the compound

97.

(A) 3,3 -dimethyl-1-hydroxy cyclohexane

(B) 1, 1 dimethyl3 hydroxy cyclohexane
(C) 3,3-dimethyl-1-cyclohexanol
(D) 1,1 - dimethyl - 3- cyclohexanol
The IUPAC name of the compound shown below is -

(B) 3-bromo-1-chlorocyclohexene
(D) 2-bromo-6-chlorocycohex-1-ene

98.

(A) 6-bromo-2-chlorocyclohexene
(C) 1-bromo-3-chlorocylohexene
IUPAC name of the compound is

(B) 3(N,N-trimethyl) 3 - amino pentane

(D) 3, N, N-(dimethyl amino)-3-methyl pentane

99.

(A) 3-dimethyl amino-3-methyl pentane

(C) 3, N, N -trimethyl pentane
Choose the correct IUPAC name for

(B) 2-Methylbutanal
(D) 2-Ethylpropanal

100.

(A) Butan-2-aldehyde
(C) 3-Methylisobutyraldehyde
The IUPAC name of the compound is :

95.

(A) 2- chloro-4- N-ethylpentanoic acid

(B) 2- chloro-3- (N, N-diethyl amino)-propanoic acid
(C) 2- chloro-2- oxo diethylamine
(D) 2- chloro-2-carboxy-N-ethyl ethane
120
mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)

101.

The IUPAC name of the compound is :

(B) 2-cyano-2-methyl-4-oxo pentane

(D) 4- cyano-4-methyl-2-pentanone

102.

(A) 4- cyano-4-methyl -2- oxo pentane

(C) 2, 2-dimethyl -4- oxo pentanenitrile
IUPAC name of is :

(B) 5-vinyloct-3-en-1-al
(D) 3-butyl-1,4-hexadien-6-al

103.

(A) 4-butyl-2,5-hexadien-1-al
(C) 5-vinyloct-5-en-8-al
The IUPAC name of is :

104.

(A) 2-methyl-2,4-dihydroxy propane

(B) 2,2-dimethyl-4-hydroxy butanol
(C) 2-methyl-2,4-pentane diol
(D) 2-hydroxy-4,4-dimethyl butanol-4
The IUPAC name of the given compound is -

105.

106.

(A) 2-Bromo-4-carbamoyl-5-chloroformyl-3-formylhexanoic acid

(B) 5-Bromo-3-carbamoyl-2-chloroformyl-4-formylhexanoic acid
(C) 4-Formyl-2-chloroformyl-5-carbamoyl-5-bromohexanoic acid
(D) 2-Chloroformyl-3-carbamoyl-4-formyl-5- bromohexanoic acid
The structure of 4-methylpentene-2 is
(a) (CH3)2CHCH2CH = CH2
(b) (CH3)2CHCH = CHCH3
(c) (CH3)2CHCH2CH = CH2
(d) (CH3)2C = CHCH2CH3
The IUPAC name of the compound

(a) 1, 2 - epoxy - 3 propanol

(c) 2, 3 - epoxy - 1 - propanol

(b) 1, 2 - oxa - 3 - propanol

(d) 2, 3 - epoxy allyl alcohol

121
mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)

107.

The correct IUPAC name of the compound

108.

(a) 5 - carboxy - 3 - oxocyclohexane carboxaldehyde

(b) 2 - carboxy - 5 - formylcyclohexane
(c) 4 - formyl - 2 - oxocyclohexane carboxylic acid
(d) 4- carboxy - 3 oxocyclohexanal
Which of the following pair/s have same IUPAC naming

(A)

(C)
109.

110.

111.

&

(B)

&

(D)

&

&

The general molecular formula of nitroalkanes is :

(a) CnH2nNO2
(b) Cn + 1 H2n + 3 NO2
(c) Cn + 1 H2n NO2
(d) Cn + 1 H2n + 2 NO2
Formula of vinyl methanoate is:
(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

The IUPAC name of the compound

(a) 4 - methyl cyclopent - 1 - en - 2 - ol

(c) 2 - methyl cyclopent - 4 - en - 1 - ol

(b) 5 - methyl cyclopent - 2 - en - 1 - ol

(d) 3 - methyl cyclopent - 1 - en - 2 ol

Reasoning
(A) If both Statement- I and Statement- II are true, and Statement - II is the correct explanation
of Statement I.
(B) If both Statement - I and Statement - II are true but Statement - II is not the correct
explanation of Statement I.
(C) If Statement - I is true but Statement - II is false.
(D) If Statement - I is false but Statement - II is true.
122
mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)

112.

113.

114.

115.

116.

117.

118.

119.
120.

121.

Statement
Statement
(A) A
Statement
Statement
(A) A

I : Ethane and propane are homologues.

II: Ethane and propane belongs to same general formula.
(B) B
(C) C
(D) D
I : The general IUPAC name of esters is alkyl alkanoate.
II: The simplest ester is HCOOCH3
(B) B
(C) C
(D) D

Statement I :

is called cyclohexancarbonitrile.

Statement II : It is an aromatic compound.

(A) A
(B) B
(C) C
(D) D
Statement I : The IUPAC name of CH3CH=CHCCH is pent-3-en-1-yne and not pent2-en-4-yne.
Statement II : Lowest locant rule for multiple bond is preferred.
(A) A
(B) B
(C) C
(D) D
Statement I : The IUPAC name for the compound C6H5COOCH2CH2COOH is 3-benzoyloxy
propanoic acid.
Statement II : C6H5CH2O is called benzoyloxy group.
(A) A
(B) B
(C) C
(D) D
STATEMENT -1 4-Methylphenol and phenylmethanol are functional isomers.
STATEMENT -2 Isomeric alcohols and phenols have different chemical properties and therefore
they are functional isomers
(A) A
(B) B
(C) C
(D) D
Fission Freeradical Carbocation and anion Electrolf\philic ion and nucleophilic ion
Which of the following statements is wrong ?
(A) a tertiary free radical is more stable than a secondary free radical
(B) a secondary free radical is more stable than a primary free radical
(C) atertiary carbonium ion is more stable than a secondary carbonium ion
(D) a primary carbonium ion is more stable than a secondary carbonium ion
Carbon free radicals are (A) Diamagnetic
(B) Paramagnetic
(C) Ferromagnetic
(D) Non magnetic
Arrange the following nucleophiles in the order of their nucleophilic strength
(A) OH > CH3COO > OCH > C6H5O
(B) CH3COO < C6H5O < OCH < OH
(C) C6H5O < CH3COO < CH3O < OH
(D) CH3COO < C6H5O < OH< CH3O
The nucleophilicities of CH3, NH2, OH and F decrease in the order (A) CH3 > NH2 > OH > F
(B) OH > NH2 > CH3 > F
(C) NH2 > OH > CH3 > F
(D) CH3 > OH > F > NH2
123

mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)

122.
123.
124.

125.

126.
127.
128.

129.
130.

Which of the following is the strongest nucleophile (A) OH

(B) CH3OH
(C) CH3S
(D) CH3O
Which of the following contains three pairs of electrons in the valence shell?
(a) carbocations
(b) carbanions
(c) free radicals
(d) none of these
Heterolysis of carbon-chlorine bond produces
(a) two free radicals
(b) two carbonium ions
(c) two carbanions
(d) one cation and one anion
The reaction (CH3)3 C Br (CH3)C+ + Br is an example of
(a) homolytic fission
(b) heterolytic fission
(c) cracking
(d) none of the above
Which of the following has the highest nucleophilicity?
(a) F
(b) OH
(c) CH3
(d) NH2
Which species represents the electrophile in aromatic nitration?
(a) NO2
(b) NO2+
(c) NO2
(d) NO3
The most stable carbonium ion among the following is
(a) C6H5 C+ HC6 H5
(b) C6H5 C+ H2
(c) CH3 +CH2
(d) C6H5 CH2 C+H2
Which of the following is the least stable carbanion?
(a) HC C
(b) (C6 H5)3 C
(c) (CH3)3 C
(d) CH3
Which of the following is the most stable free radical?

(A) C6 H5CH 2 C H 2
131.
132.

133.

134.

135.

(B) C6 H5 C HCH3

(C) CH3 C H 2
(D) CH3 C HCH3
Which of the following is the most stable carbocation (carbonium ion)?
(a) CH3 CH2+
(b) (CH3)2 C+H
(c) (CH3)3 C+
(d) C6H5 C+ H2
What is the decreasing order of stability of the following ions?
(i) CH3C+HCH3 (ii) CH3C+HOCH3 and (ii) CH3C+HCOCH3
(a) i > ii > iii
(b) ii > iii > i
(c) iii > i > ii
(d) ii > i > iii
Find the no. of functional groups and no. of chiral centres respectively

(A) 5, 4
(B) 8, 3
(C) 6, 3
(D) 6, 2
Inductive effect Electromeric effect Resonance and hyperconjugation
Decreasing I power of given groups is (a) CN
(b) NO2
(c) NH2
(d) F
(A) b > a > d > c (B) b > c > d > a
(C) c > b > d > a
(D) c > b > a > d
The reaction C2H5Br + KOH ? C2H5OH + KBr is an example of
(a) free radical substitution
(b) electrophilic substitution
(c) nucleophilic substitution
(d) rearrangement reaction
124

mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)

136.

137.

Which of the following reactions is an example of elimination reaction?

(a) nitration of benzene

(b) chlorination of methane

(c) dehydration of ethanol

(d) none of these

Which of the following will react most readily with bromine?

(a) CH CH

138.

(b) CH2 = CH2

(b) Br2 in CCl4

(d) AgNO3 in ammonia

(b) trans - 2 - butene (c) cis - 2 - butene

(d) 1, 3, butadiene

The type of delocalisation involving sigma bond orbitals is called

(a) inductive effect

141.

(c) dil. KMnO4

Which of the following has the smallest heat of hydrogenation per mole?
(a) 1 - butene

140.

(d) CH3CH2CH3

Propyne and propene can be distinguished by

(a) conc.H2SO4

139.

(c) CH3CH = CH2

(b) hyperconjugation

(c) electromeric effect (d) mesomeric effect

Arrangement of (CH3)3C, (CH3)2CH , CH3 CH2 when attached to benzyl or an unsaturated

group in increasing order of inductive effect is
(a) (CH3)3C < (CH3)2CH < CH3CH2 (b) CH3CH2 < (CH3)2CH < (CH3)3C
(c) (CH3)2CH < (CH3)3C < CH3CH2 (d) (CH3)3C < CH3CH2 < (CH3)2CH

142.

143.

The correct order of increasing basic nature for the bases NH3, CH3NH2 and (CH3)2NH is:
(a) CH3NH2 < NH3 < (CH3)2NH

(b) (CH3)2NH < NH3 < CH3NH2

(c) NH3 < CH3NH2 < (CH3)2NH

(d) CH3NH2 < (CH3)2NH < NH3

The decreasing order of nucleophilicity among the nucleophiles

(2) CH3O-

(1)
(a) (1), (2), (3), (4)
144.

(b) (4), (3), (2), (1)

(A)

(c) (2), (3), (1), (4)

(d) (3), (2), (1), (4)

(C)

(D) None of these

H

(a) 1 and 4

(B)

(b) 3 and 4

(c) 2 and 4

(d) 1 and 3

Which are the staggered forms of ethane

H

HH

(1)

146.

(4)

Which one of the following represents eclipsed form of ethane

H

145.

(3) CN

H
H

H
H

(2)

(3)

H
C
H

H (4)

(B)
+

(C)
+

125
mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)

H
H

Among the following the aromatic compound is

(A)

(D)

147.

148.
149.

Which of the following gives most stable carbocation by dehydration

(A) (CH 3 )2 CHOH

(B) (CH 3 )3 C OH

(C) CH 3 CH 2 - OH

(D) CH 3 - CH 2 - O - CH 2 - CH 3

How many carbon atoms in the molecule are asymmetric

(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) 3
Which of the following compounds will show metamerism
(a) CH 3COOC2 H 5

150.

151.
152.

(b) C2 H 5 - S - C2 H 5

(d) None of these

(c) CH 3 - O - CH 3

(d) CH 3 - O - C2 H 5

The C - C bond length of the following molecules is in the order

(a) C2 H 6 > C2 H 4 > C6 H 6 > C2 H 2

(b) C2 H 2 < C2 H 4 < C6 H 6 < C2 H 6

(c) C2 H 6 > C2 H 2 > C6 H 6 > C2 H 4

(d) C2 H 4 > C2 H 6 > C2 H 2 > C6 H 6

In the reaction a chiral centre is produced. This product would be

(a) Laevorotatory
(b) Meso compound (c) Dextrorotatory
(d) Racemic mixture
Cyclic hydrocarbon molecule A has all the carbon and hydrogen in a single plane. All the
carbon-carbon bonds are of same length less than 1.54, but more than 1.34. The bond angle
will be
o
o
o
o
(a) 109 28'
(b) 100
(c) 180
(d) 120

ANSWER KEY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

b
c
c
b
d
d
c
d
b
c
a
c
c
c
d
b
d
c
c
d
a
d
a
b
d

26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

d
d
d
c
d
b
a
a
c
d
d
a
b
b
b
d
d
c
d
c
c
d
d
a
c

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75

b
c
d
c
a
d
d
c
b
b
c
c
c
b
a
c
b
b
b
d
c
c
c
b
d

76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100

b
b
c
b
a
b
d
b
d
b
b
c
d
c
d
a
a
b
b
b
c
b
d
b
b

126
mirror\Desktop\\CHEMISTRY\Unit - 9 Chemistry Apurav (2nd Proof)

101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125

c
a
c
b
b
c
c
d
b
c
b
b
b
c
a
c
c
d
b
b
a
c
a
d
b

126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150

c
b
a
c
b
c
d
c
a
c
c
c
d
b
b
b
c
c
b
c
a
b
b
b
c

151
152

d
d

UNIT : 21 HYDROCARBONS
Important Points

Organic Compounds Containing Only Carbon and hydrogen are Called hydrocarbons. These are
Classified as follows
Hydrocarbons
Alkane

Alkene

Alkane

Arene

Cn H2n + 2

Cn H2n

Cn H2n - 2

Cn H2n - 6

C-C

C=C

C=C

Alternate

SaturatedUnsaturated

Unsaturated

C - C and C = C
specific unsaturated

Missing Points :In this Hydrocabon unit following points are in the syllabus of JEE but not discussed is GSEB Text
Book. So prepare following points.
-: Alkyne :(1)

Na / NH 3
Bireh Reduction R CH = CH2 CH OH R CH2 CH3
3

(2)

Corey-House Reaction

R2CuLi + R '- X R - R ' + R - Cu + LiX

Lithium dialkyl Copper

(Rand R` maybe same or different)

(3)

Franklands Reaction:-

2R X + Zn R R + ZnX2

(4)

Kolbes Electrolysis:-

R - COONa R - COO + Na +

At anode :(5)

2R - COO R - R + CO2 + 2e

D
Pyrolysis or Cracking :- C3 H8

CH2 = CH2 + CH4

-: Alkenes :(1)

2R CHX2 + 2Zn R CH = CH R + ZnX2

(2)

H 2 SO4 / HgSO4
CH 3CH 2OH
CH2 = CH2 + H2O
Hydration

(3)

Cold Alk.
CH CH
Baeyer`s Test :- CH2 = CH2
2
2
KMnO
4

127

OH

OH

(4)

Hot Alk.
2H COOH
CH2 = CH2
KMnO4

-: Alkyne :(1)

/ liq NH 3
-X
HC CH Na

HC C Na a R

R - C CH + Nax

(2)

Cold Alk.
CH3 C CH CH3 COOH + CO2
Kmno4

(3)

Hot Alk.
CH3 COOH + CO2
CH3 C CH
Kmno4

(4)

HC CH + R - Mg - X R - H + HC C - MgX

-:Arene:(1)

Wurtz-Fitting Reaction :CH2 CH3

Br
ether
+ 2Na + CH3 CH2 Br

(2)

(3)

Cr2O3 / Al2 O3
CH3 (CH2)4 CH3

770K

+ 3H2
Benzene

CH 3 - ( CH 2 )5 - CH 3

CH3

n - heptone
CH3

(4)

+ 2NaBr

Cr2O3 / Al2O3

770 K

CH3 C C H
( i ) O3
|| ||
+2

( ii ) Zn / H 2 O
O

Methye Glyoxal
CH2 CH3

(5)

Toluene

Alk KMnO
4

373 - 383K

COOH

128

CHO
|
CHO
Glyoxal

M.C.Q.
(1)

Chloroethane reacts with Na in Presence of dry ether. The Product is

(a) Ethane

(2)

(9)

(b) Propane

(c) Propionic acid

(d) Propene

(b) Ethane

(c) Propane

(d) Butane

(b) Wurtz reaction

(c) Kolbe`s synthesis (d) Frankland reaction

(b) n- pentane

(c) iso-Pentane

(d) neo - pentane

Which one of the following has the lowest boiling point

(a) n-butane

(8)

(d) C4 H6

The highest boiling point is expected for

(a) n-butane

(7)

(c) C3 H8

The preparation of ethane by electrolysis of aqueous solution of sodium acetate is known as ?

(a) Grignard reaction

(6)

(b) C5 H12

Electrolysis of aqueous solution of sodalime then what will be the product ?

(a) Methane

(5)

(d) Ethene

If Sodium Propionate is heated with sodium propionate then what will be the product ?
(a) Ethane

(4)

(c) Butane

Which represents an alkyne ?

(a) C5 H10

(3)

(b) Propane

(b) 2-methyl butane

(c) 2-methyl propane (d) n- pentane

Which of the following reactions will not give propane

Mg / Ether

(a) CH3CH2CH2Cl
H 2O

CH 3 Mg X
(b) CH3COCI

H 2O

B2 H 6

(c) CH3 - CH = CH2

CH 3 COOH

(d)

CH3 - CH - CH3
OH

2HI

Re d P

Halogenation of alkane is an example of ?

(a) Electrophilic Substitution

(b) Nucleophilic substitution

(c) Free redical substitution

(d) Addition reaction

(10) When ethyl iodide and propyliodide react with Sodium in presence of ether they form ?
(a) Only One alkane

(b) Mix ture of two alkane

(c) Mix ture of three alkane

(11)

(d) Mix ture of four alkane

CH3CH2 OH + CH3 MgBr Pr oduct .

Product in above reaction is

(a) Methane

(b) Ethane

(c) Propane

(d) Butane

(b) C3 H8 + C4 H10

(c) C2 H4 + C2 H2

(d) C6 H6 + C6 H12

(12) LPG is a mixture of ?

(a) CH4 + C2 H6

(13) Aqueous solution of the which of following compound on electrolysis gives ethane ?
(a) Sodium formate

(b) Sodium acetate

(c) Ethanoicacid

(d) Ethylacetate

(14) As the number of branches in a chain increases the boiling point of alkane.....
(a) Increases

(b) Decreases

(c) Remains same (d) May increases or decreases

129

(15) Give IUPAC name of ( CH3 ) 2 - C - ( C2 H5 ) 2

(a) 2- methy 2-ethylbutane

(b) Dimethyl Diethyl methane

(c) 3, 3- dimethyl pentane

(d) 2, 2- diethyl propane

(16) Which conformational isomer of ethane is more stable ?

(a) Skew

(b) Staggered(Anti)

(c) Partially eclipseds (d) Fully eclipsed

(17) Which Conformational isomer of Cyclohexane is more stable ?

(a) Chair

(b) Twist boat

(c) boat

(d) half chair

(18) The number of possible structural isomer of heptane is.

(a) 8

(b) 9

(c) 10

(d)12

(19) Formation of alkane by the action of Zn on alkyl halide is called ?

(20)

(a) Frankland`s reaction

(b) Wurtz reaction

(c) Cannizzaro reactions

(d) Kolbe`s reactions

/c
C2 H5Cl + H2 Pd

Product. Name the Product

(a) Ethene

(b) Ethane

(c) Ethyne

(d) Methane + Methane

(21) C10 H22 900

k C4 H8 + C6 H14 Name the reaction

(a) Elimination

(b) Addition

(c) Pyrolysis

(d) Isomerisation

(c) C3 H8

(d) C4 H10

(22) Which alkane is known as Mars Gas

(a) CH4

(b) C2 H6

(23) n- butane on reacting with bromine in presence of sun light given mainly ----(a) CH3 - CH2 - CH2 - CH2 Br

(b) CH3CH2 CH Br CH3

CH3 CH CH 2 Br
|
(c)
CH3

CH3
|
(d) CH3 C Br
|
CH3

(24) Which one of the following contain iso-propyl group ?

(a) 2,2,3,3-tetramethyl pentane

(b) 2- methyl pentane

(c) 2,2,3-trimethyl pentane

(d) 3,3-dimethyl pentane

(25) How many Chiral Compounds are possible on monochlorination of 2methyl butane
(a) 2

(b) 4

(c) 6

(d) 8

(26) How many moles of O 2 are required for complete combustion of one mole of propane
(a) 3
(27)

(b) 10

(c) 5

(d) 6

Zn - Cu
HCl
CH 3CH (OH )CH 3

A B In this reaction end product (B) will be

C2 H 5OH

(a) CH3CH Cl CH3

(b) CH3CH = CH2

130

(c) CH3CH2 CH3

(d)CH3CH ( OC2 H5 ) CH3

(28) Methyl chloride react with Lithium diethyl Copper to give---(a) Ethane

(b) Propane

(c) Butane

(d) Propene

(29) Which of the following alkyl bromides may be used for the synthsis of 2,3-dimethyl butane by
Wurtz raection ?
(a) n- propyl bromide

(b) iso-propyl bromide (c) n-butyl bromide

(d) iso-butyl bromide

(30) The major product formed by monobromination of methyl cyclopentane is----CH2 Br

(a)

CH3

CH3

(b)

(c)

Br

Br

(d)

CH3 Br

Br

(31) Alkene usually show which type of reaction ?

(a) Substitution

(b) Addition

(c) Elimination

(d) Rearrangement

(32) When ethene treated with Br2 in presence of CCl4Which compound is formed
(a) 1, 2-dibromoethane

(b) 1-bromo-2-chloroethane

(c) Both(A) and (B)

(d)1-bromo ethaen

Alcoholic
A.the product is
(33) CH3CH2 CI
KOH

(a) CH3CH2 OH

(c) CH3 - CH3

(b) CH3CHO

(d) CH2 = CH2

(34) When butane 2-ol is heated with H2 SO4 the major product is
(a) But-1-en

(b) But-2-en

(c) 2-methyl propene (d) Buta -1, 3-diene

KMnO4
X. In this reaction product X is
(35) CH2 = CH2
KOH/H 2 O

(a) Ethanol

(b) Ethlene glycol

(c) Ethane

(d) Ethanoic Acid

(36) In following reaction what will be the major product

CH3CH = CH2 + HCl Product

(a) propane
(37)

(b) 1-chloro propane (c) 2-chloro propane (d) Propanol

Peroxide give major product

CH 3CH = CH 2 + HBr

(a)1-bromo propane

(b) 2-bromo propane (c) propyne

(d) propane

(38) when 3-phenyl propene reacts with HBr in the presence of peroxide, the major product form is
(a) 2-bromo-1-phenyl propane
(c) 3-(0-bromo phenyl )propane

(b) 1,2-dibromo-3-phenyl propane

(d) 1-bromo-3-phenyl propane

(39) Baeyer`s Test is used in the laboratory for

(a) Detection of alcohol

(b) Detection of double bonds

(c) Detection of Glucose

(d) Detection of amines

(40) Aqueous H2SO4 reacts with 2-methyl-but-1-ene to give predominantly

(a) 2-methyl-butane -1-ol

(b) 2-methyl-butane -2ol

(c) Isobutyl Hydrogen sylphate

(d) Sec. butyl hydrogen sulphate

131

(41) Dilute aqueous KM n O4 reacts with R - CH = CH - R to give

(a) R - CHO

(b) R - COOH

(c)

RCR
||
O

(d)

R CH CH R
|
|
OH OH

(42) Alkene RCH = CH R reacts with Conc. KM n O4 to give

R CH CH R
|
|
(a)
(b) R - COOH
OH OH

RCR
||
(c)
O

(d) R - CHO

(43) Ethylene reacts with Ozone gas to form the compund

(a) HCHO

(c) O

(b) C2 H5OH

CH2 O
CH2 O

(d) CH3CHO

(44) Cyclopentene on treatment with alkaline KM n O4 gives

(a) Cyclopentanol

(b) trans Cyclopenta-1, 2-diol

(c) Cis-1, 2-Cyclopentadiol

(d) (B) and (C) both

(45) Ethene with acidic KM n O4 solution gives

(a) Ethylene glycol
(46)

(b) Ethylene oxide

(c) Formaldehyde

(d) Acetaldehyde

CH2 CH 2
D
|
|
+ Zn
product, The product is
Br Br

(a) Ethane

(b) Ethene

(c) Ethyne

(d) Ethyl bromide

(47) The addition of HBr to pent-2-ene gives

(a) 2-bromo pentane

(b) 3-bromo pentane

(c) Mixture of(A) and (B)

(d) 1- bromopentane

(48) Identity B in the following sequence of reactions

O
H 2O
A
B
CH3CH = CHCH3 3
Zn

(a) 2 CH3CHO

(b) 2 CH3COCH3

(c) 2CH3COOH

(d) CH3CH2 CH2 CH3

(49) A hydrocarbon reacts with hypochlorous acid to give 1-chloro-2-hydroxy ethane, The hydrocarbon
will be
(a) Methane

(b) Ethylene

(c) Ethane

(d) Ethyne

(50) Identify Z in the series

Na2 CO3
HBr
aq.KOH
CH 2 = CH 2
X

Y
Z
I 2 Excess

(a) C2 HS I

(b) CH3 CH2 OH

(c) CHI3

(d) CH3CHO

(51) What Would be the product when ethene is Oxidised with Baeyer`s reagent ?

HCH
||
(a) CH2 OH - CH2 OH (b)
O

H C OH
||
(c)
O
132

(d)CO2 + H2 O

(52)

H3C CH CH = CH 2
|
+ HBr A. predominantly product A is
CH3

(a)

CH3CH CH CH 3
| |
Br CH3

(b)

CH3 CH CH CH 3
| |
CH3 Br
Br

CH3 CH CH 2 CH 2 Br
|
(c)
CH3

(d) CH3 - C- CH2 - CH3

CH3

(53) In the reaction C2 H 5 - CH = CH 2 + HX product. What is the product

(a)C2 H5 - CH2 - CH3
(c)C2 H5 - CHX - CH3

(b) C2 H5 - CH2 - CH2 - X

(d) CH3 - CHX - CH2 - CH3

(54) Addition of HCl to propene in presence of peroxide gives

(a)1-Chloropropane

(b) 2-Chloropropane

(c) 3-Chloropropane

(d) Chloropropene peroxide

(55) Which unsaturated hydrocarbon on Ozono lysis gives Mixture of

CH3CHO , HCHO and OHC - CHO

(56)

(a) CH3 - CH2 - C C - CH3

(b) CH C - CH 2 - CH 2 - CH 3

(c)CH3 - CH = CH - CH = CH2

(d) CH2 = CH - CH2 - CH = CH2

2 H6
H 2 O 2 /OH R - CH = CH2 B
X
Y. Final product Y is

(a) R - CH2 - CHO

(b) R - CH2 - CH2 - OH

R CH CH2
| |
(c)
OH OH

(d) R - CH2 - CH3

(57) CH3 - CH = CH2 + NOCI P . Indentify the product.

CH3 CH CH 2
|
|
(a)
Cl NO

CH3 CH CH 2
|
|
(b)
NO Cl

NO
|
(c) CH3 CH 2 CH
|
Cl

(d) |

CH2 CH 2 CH 2
|
NO
Cl

(58) Which of the following sequence of reagents can be used for the Conversion of C6 H5 - CH2 - CH3
into C6 H5 - CH = CH2
(a) SO2 CI 2 ; H2 O

(b) SO2Cl2; alc.KOH (c) Cl2 / hn; H2O

133

(d) SOCl2; alc.KOH

(59) The dehydrohalogenation of neopentylbromide mainy gives

(a) 2-methyl-but-1-ene

(b) 2-methyl-but-2-ene

(c) But-2-ene

(d) 2,2- dimethyl-but-1-ene

(60) 1,3-butadiene (Buta-1,3-diene) reacts with ethylene to form

(a) Benzene

(b) Cyclohexane

(c) Cyclohexene

(d)2,3-dimethyl butane

(61) Which of the following represents the given mode of hybridization SP 2 - SP 2 - SP - SP from
left to right
CH

(a)

CH2

CH

(b)

(c)

CH2

(d)

(62) A reagent used to test for unsataration of alkene is

(a) Conc. H2 SO 4

(b) Ammonicals Cu2 CI 2

(c) Ammonicals AgNO3

(d) Solution Br2 in CCl4

(63) The product obtained when Chloroform is heated with Silver powder is
(a) Ethane

(b) Ethene

(c) Ethyne

(d) Chloromethane

(64) What is the Chief product of reaction between Ethylidene dichloride and alc. KOH / NaNH 2
(a) CH3 - CH2 - CI

(c) CH2 = CH2

(b) CH = CH

(d) CH3 - CH3

. NH
CH3 CH CH 2 + 2 NaNH 2 Liq

X
| |
(65)
Br Br
3

(a) CH3 - CH = CH2 Br

(b)CH3 - CH = CH2

(c) CH3 - C = CH

(d) CH3 - CH2 - CH3

(66) Ethylene dibromide on heating with alc.KOH gives mainly.

(a) Ethane

(b) Ethylene

(c) Acetylene

(d) Ethyl bromide

(67) Which unsaturated compound is produced by electrolysis of Potassium maleate or fumalate ?

(a) Ethene

(b) But-2-ene

(c) Ethyne

(d) But-2-yne

Na / Liq.NH 3
CH 3 CH 2 Br
P

Q
(68) CH CH
196k
(a) CH3 - CH2 - C CH

(b) CH3 - C C - CH3

(c) CH3 - CH2 - CH = CH2

(d) CH3 - CH = CH - CH3

(69) Propyne is formed by reaction of

(a) CH3 Br with Acetylene

(b)CH3 Br with Sodium acetylide

(d) methane with Ethene

(c)CH3 I with Sodium acetate

134

(70) The gas which gives Benzene on passing through a red hot iron tube is
(a) C2 H6

(b) C2 H4

(c) C6 H12

(d) C2 H2

(71) In presence of nickel cyanide, acetylene gives

(a) Benzene

(b) Cyclohexane

(c) Cyclo octa tetraene (d) Cyclohexatriene

(72) Which reagent of the following will convert But-1-yne to Butane-2-on

(a) H2 O / H +

(b) Hg +2 / H2 So 4

(c) Conc. H2 So 4 / H3 Po4

(d) K 2Cr2O7 / Kmn O4

(73) Addition of Hydrobromic acid with Ethyne gives finaly

(a) CH2 = CH - Br

(b) Br - CH2 - CH2 - Br

(c) CH3 CH Br2

(d) CH C - Br

b g gives

(74) Addition of HCN to Acetylene in presence of Ba CN

(a) Cyanoethane

(b) propanenitrile

(c) Acrylonitrile

(d) Ethyl Cyanides

(75) What is the product formed when acetylene reacts with hypochlorous acid ?
(a) CH3COCl

(b) Cl CH2 CHO

(c) Cl 2 CHCHO

(d) ClCH 2COOH

(76) But-1-yne on Oxidation with hot alkeline Kmn O4 gives

(a) CH3CH2 CH2 COOH

(b) CH3CH2 COOH

(c) CH3CH2 COOH + CO2 + H2 O

(d) CH 3COOH + HCOOH

(77) But-2-yne on Oxidation with hot alkeline KMn O4 gives.

(a) CH3CH2 COOH + HCOOH

(b) CH3COOH + CH3COOH

(c) CH 3CH 2COOH + CO2 + H 2 O

(d) CH3COOH + 2 CO2 + H2 O

(78) Acetylene reacts with Ethyl magnesium bromide to give

(a) Butane

(b) Ethane

(c) But-1-ene

(d) Ethene

(79) The Compound X C5 H8 reacts with Ammonical AgNO 3 to gives a white ppt and on oxidation

b g

with hot alk, KMnO4 gives acid CH3 2 CHCOOH there fore X is
(a) Pent-1, 3-diene
(80)

(b) pent-1-yne

(c) 3-methyl but-1-yne (d) pent-2-yne

CH 2Cl2
Zn / H 2 O
X
Y . End product y is
HC CH + O3
196k

(a)

HCCH
|| ||
O O

(b) CH3CH2 CH2 CHO

CH3 C C CH3
|| ||
(c)
O O

(d) CH3CH2 CH2 COOH

135

(81) Reductive Ozonolysis of But-2-yne gives

(a) Glyoxal

(b) 2 CH3COOH

(c) Buta-2, 3-dione

(d) Butanal

(82) Give product in following reaction CH3 - CH2 - C CH ..... ?

(a) CH3CH2 CH = CH2
(c)

(b) CH3CH = CHCH3

CH3CH2 C = CH 2

(d) CH3C C - CH3

OH

Na NH 2

X Indentify product X
(83) CH3 - C C - CH3
Paraffin Oil

(a)

CH3 C = C CH 3
|
|
Na NH2

(b) CH3CHO + CH3CHO

(c)CH3CH2 C CH

(d) CH3COOH + CH3COOH

(84) Indentify the product C in the following series of reaction

LiAlH 4
CH 3COOH
A

(a) Ethene

H 3 PO4
Br2
alc.KOH
B
C
D.
D

(b) Ethyne

(c) Ethane
Lindlars
Catalyst

Na in
Liq.NH3

(d) Vinyl alcohol

(85) CH3 - C C - CH3

in above reaction A and B are respectively.

(a) cis and trans but-2-ene

(b) trans and cis but-2-ene

(c) Both cis but-2-ene

(d) Both trans but-2-ene

(86) Reduction of acetylene in presence of Ni/Pd gives

(a) Ethane

(b) Ethene

(c) Ethanol

(d) Ethanaime

(87) 2- hexyne gives trans-2-hexene on treatment with

(a) Pt / H2

(b) Li / NH 3

(c) Pd / BaSO4

(d) LiAlH 4

(88) Which carbide react with water to give propyne ?

(a) SiC

(b) Be2 C

(c) Mg 2 C3

(d) Al 4 C3

(c) 3

(d) 4

(89) Namber of acidic hydrogen in 1-butyne are

(a) 1

(b) 2

(90) Which reagent distinguish between But-1-yne and But-2-yne

(a) Alk . KMnO4

(b) Br2

(c) ConC. H2 SO4

136

(d) Ag ( NH 3 ) 2

(91) Point out the wrong statement in relation to the structure of Benzene.
(a) It forms only one monosubstitated derivative
(b) The C-C bond lenght is benzene is uniformly1.397 A0
(c) It is a resonance hybrid of a number of canonical forms
(d) It has three delocalised p- molcular orbitals
(92) Which of the following when treated with super heated steam under pressure gives benzene?
(a) Benzene Sulphonic acid

(b) Benzyl Chloride

(c) Bromo Benzene

(d) Nitro benzene

(93) Which of the following is aromatic

-

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(c)

(d)

(c) phenol

(d) Napthalene

(94) Which is non-aromatic compound

CH3

(a)

(b)

..

N
|
H

(95) Which is not aromatic hydrocarbon?

(a) Benzene

(b) Toluene

(96) Which of the following is not aromatic ?

(a) Benzene

(b) Cyclopropenyl cation

(c) Trophylium cation

(d) Cyclopentadienyl cation

(97) Benzene reacts with CH 3COCl in presence of AlCl3 to give

(a) C6 H5CI

(b) C6 H5COCl

(c) C6 H5COCH3

(d)C6 H5CH3

(98) Nitration of Benzene is

(a) Electrophilic Substitution

(b) Nucleophelic Substitution

(c) Electrophilic addition

(d) Free radical Substitution

(99) In the nitration of benzene the attack on ring is made by

(b) NO2 -

(a) NO2

(c) NO2 +

(d) NO3 -

(100) In the bromination of benzene which electrophilies attacks on ring ?

(a) Br +
(101)

+ 3H2

(b) Br -

(c) Br2

(d) Br

(c) Elimination

(d) Rearrangement

[ Ni ]

150 C

Above reaction is the example of

(a) Substitution

(b) Addition

(102) Benzene reacts with Cl 2 in presence of light to give

(a) Chlorobenzene

(b) Benzyl chloride

(c) 1, 2-dichlorobenzene (d) Benzene hexachloride

137

(103) Benzene reacts with Cl 2 in presence of FeCl3 to give

(a) BHC

(b) Chlorobenzene

(c) Hexachlorocyclohexane (d) Benzyl chloride

(104) Which is m-directing group ?

(a) -C2 H5

(b) -OH

(c) -CHO

(d) -OCH3

(c)-COCH3

(d) -OCH3

(105) Whis is O/P- directing group ?

(a) -COOH
CH3

conc. HNO3

[ H 2 SO4 ]

(106)

(b) - NO2
X. Product X is
CH3

CH3
NO2

(a)

CH3

(b)

(c) Mixture of (A) & (B)

(d)

NO2

NO2

NO2

Cl 2
[Fecl3 ] X. product X is

(107)

NO2

NO2

NO2

(a)

Cl

(b)

NO2

(c)

Cl

(d)

Cl

(a) Phenol

Cl

Cl

(108) When O-Cresol is heated with Zn it gives

(b) Toluene

(c) Xylene

(d) Benzene

(109) When Toluene reacts with Cl 2 in presence of UV light it gives

Cl

(a)

CH3

CH3

CH3

(b)

(c)
Cl

Cl

COOH

CH2OH

(110) Toluene reacts with hot acidic KMnO4 to give

CHO

(a)

Cl

(b)

(c)

CH2 Cl

(d)

OH

(d)

(111) Toluene reacts with chromyl chloride to give

(a)
CH3

(112)

(b)

(113)

(c)

Cl

(d)

Cl

+ 3 HNO3 H2SO 4
(fuming) 111 c X Identify product X

(a) ONT
CH3

Cl

COOH

CHO

(b) PNT

(c) TNT

(d) DNT

110C
Fu min g HNO3
KMnO4 / HF
Soda lim e
P

Q
R
Fu min g H 2 SO4

What will be the final product R

(a) OTS

(b) PTS

(c) TNT
138

(d) TNB

(114) When a mixture of O-bromotoluene and methyl bromide is treated with sodium in presence of
ether it gives

(a)

CH3

(b)

CH3

CH3

CH3

CH3

(c)

CH3

Br

(d)
CH3

CH3

(115) Upon Oxidution with KMnO4/ H + m-Xylene Form

(a)Phthalic acid

(b) Isophthalic acid

(c) Terphthalic acid

(d) Salicylic acid

(c) Xylene

(d) Ethylbenzene

(116) Catalytic reduction of styrene gives

(a) Benzene

(b) Toluene

(117) Identify product Y in following reaction

Cr O / Al O

AlCl3
2 3
2 3
Y
+ CH2 = CH2
X
600 c

(a) Ethyl benzene

(b) methyl benzene

(c) Benzene acid

(d) Styrene

(118) Following reaction is known as

Ether

Br + 2 Na+ Br

+ 2 NaBr

Bi - Phenyl

(a) Wurtz

(b) Fitting

(c) Wurtz-Fitting

(d) Grignard

(119) Benzene on ozonolysis followed by reaction with zinc and water gives
(a) Benzoic acid

(b) Benzaldehyde

(c) Glyoxal

(d) Acetylene

3
2
X
Y In this reaction Y is
(120) C6 H6
H 2SO 4
FeCl3

HNO

Cl

(a) 1- nitro chlorobenzene

(b) 3- nitro chlorobenzene

(c) 4-nitro chlorobenzene

(d) 1,2-dinitro chlorobenzene

(121) Which of the following will undergo metasubstitation on monochlorination

(a) Phenol

(b) Ethoxy Ethane

(c) Ethylbezoate

(d) chlorobezene

(122) Decreasing order of C-C bond lenght in following compounds is

(I) C2 H4 (II) C2 H2 (III) C6 H6 (IV) C2 H6
(a) IV > III > I > II

(b) I > II > IV > III (c) II > I > IV > III (d) IV > I > III > II

(123) n- Heptane Aromatization

[Al 2 O3 + Cr2O3 ]
(a) Benzene

(b) Toluene

(c) Hept-2-ene

(d) Hept-1-ene

(124) Benzene is obtained by heating phenol with X then X is

(a) Zn dust

(b) Soda lime

(c) Sodium hydroxide(d) My / ether

(b)

(c)

(125) Which is aromatic

(a)

(d)
-

139

(126) In presence of light and heat toluene chlorinated and react with aq. NaOH to give
(a) O - Cresol

(b) P - Cresol

(c) Mixture of (A) and (B)

(d) Benzoic acid

(127) Sulphonation of compound A followed by fusion with NaOH gives mixture of O- cresol & pcresol. compound A is
(a) Benzene
(c) phenol
CH3

(b) Toluene
(d) Benzene sulphonic acid
CH3

CH COCl
[ Anhy. Alcl3 ]

(128)

(a) Kolbe`s reaction

+ HCl This reaction is known as

COCH3

(b) Sandmayer reaction

(c) Diels-(Alder) reaction

(d) Fridel-craft`s Acylation

(129) In the following reaction, the product R is

hot iron
3
2O
R
Q
CaC2 H

P
AlCl3
tube
CH Cl

(a) Benzene

(b) Toluene

(c) Chorobenzene

(d) Xylene

(130) Indentify the product (E) in the following sequence of reaction

CH3
Br2
/ HCl
KM n O 4
NaNO 2 / HCl

A Sn
B
3 PO2

C H
E
D
KOH
0 -5 C

NO2

COOH

(a)

(b)

CH3

COOH

COOH
Br

Br

(c)

Br

(d)

NO2

NO2

Assertion and Reason type Questions

Direction:- In each of the following Questions Read the Assertion(A) and Reason (R)
carefully. Choose Correct option as under and darken trhe bubbles in OMR.
(A)

If both A and R are true and R is the Correct explanation of A

(B)

If both A and R are true but R is not the Correct explanation of A

(C)

If A is true but R is false

(D)

If both A and R are false

(E)

If A is false but R is ture

(131) A : Pyrrole is an aromatic heterocyclic compound

R : It has a cyclic, delocalised 6p electrons
(132) A : CH4 does not react with Cl2 in dark
R : Chlorination of CH4 takes place in Sunlight

140

(133) A : Neopentane forms only one monosubstitated Compound

R : Neopentane has high bond energy
(134) A : Addition of HBr to propene in presence of peroxide gives 1- bromo propane.
R : The reaction occurs by Free radical mechanism
(135) A : Styrene on reaction with HBr gives 2-bromo-2-phenylethane
R :Benzyl radical is more stable than alkyl radicals
(136) A : Butane-1-ol on dehydration Conc. H2 SO4 gives mainly But-1-en
R :Dehydration occurs through Carbocation intermediate
(137) A :Melting point of neopentane is higher than that of iso-pentane
R : Neopentane Contains a quaternary carbon
(138) A : Acetylene react with NaNH 2 to give Sodium acetylide and ammonia
R : SP-hybridized carbon of acetylene are considerably electronegative
(139) A : Addition of H 2 O to acetylene occurs in presence of dil.
H2 SO4 and HgSO4 to give acetaldehyde

R : It is an example of electrophilic addition reaction

(140) A : Addition of HI to vinyl chloride produces 1-chloro1-iodoethane
R :HI adds to vinyl chloride againt markownikov`s Rule
Matrix Match type Questions
Direction :- Match the entries of column I with entries of column II. Each entry of column
I may have one or more correct matching from column II. if the correct matches are
A P, S , B r , C p , q D s then the correctly bubbled 4 4 matrix should be
as below.

A
B
C
D

141

(141) Match the reactions in column I with approp type of reaction as given in column II
column I
CH3

(A)

CH3

CH3

Cl2
[Fe Cl3]

column II

Cl

(p) Substitation Reaction

+
Cl

( i) Alc K O H
( ii) H 2/ N i

CH3

(B) C H 3 C H 2 C l
(C)

C H3 -

(q) Addition Reaction

( i) H SO / H gSO
( ii) [ AlC l ]3

(r) Elimination Reaction

4
H C = C H 2 4
CCHH
O3

CH = CH2

(D)

(i) C H Cl/ [ AlCl ]

2 5 3

(s) Rearrangement

(ii) ZnO / 903 K

(142)

column I

column II

(A)-CHO

(P) O/P Director

(B)-OH

(Q) Activating Benzene Ring

(C)-NH 2

(R) m-Director

(D)-CI

(S) Deactivating Benzene Ring

(143)

column I

column II

(A) Benzene

(p) Wurtz reaction of C2 H5Cl

(B) Ethene

(q) Evolves H2 when heated with sodium metal

(C) Ethyne

(r) Dehydration of ethanol

(D) Butane

(s) Electrophilic substitation

Comprehension type Questions

Direction :- Question numbers 144 and 145 are based on the following paragraph. Each question
has 4 options (A),(B),(C) , (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct. choose the correct option.
Paragraph :- Cyclohexene on ozonolysis following by reaction with Zinc dust and water
gives aldehyde(P). Compound (p) on further treatment with aqueous KOH yields
compound(Q).
(144) The structure of compound (P) is

(a)

CHO

(b)

CHO

H
C=O
C=O
H

CHO

(c)

CHO

(d)

(145) The structure of compound (Q) is

OH

(a)

CHO

(b)

(c)

CHO

142

COOH

(d)

Answer key
1C
2D
3A
4D
5C
6B
7C
8B
9C
10 C
11 A
12 B
13 B
14 B
15 C
16 B
17 A
18 B
19 A
20 B
21 C
22 A
23 B
24 B
25 B
26 C
27 C
28 B
29 B
30 D
31 B

32 A
33 D
34 B
35 B
36 C
37 A
38 D
39 B
40 B
41 D
42 B
43 C
44 C
45 C
46 B
47 C
48 A
49 B
50 C
51 A
52 D
53 C
54 B
55 C
56 B
57 A
58 B
59 B
60 C
61 A
62 D

63 C
64 B
65 C
66 C
67 C
68 A
69 B
70 D
71 C
72 B
73 C
74 C
75 C
76 C
77 B
78 B
79 C
80 A
81 C
82 D
83 C
84 B
85 A
86 A
87 B
88 C
89 A
90 D
91 C
92 A
93 C

94 B
95 C
96 D
97 C
98 A
99 C
100 A
101B
102 D
103 B
104 C
105 D
106 C
107 A
108 B
109 D
110 B
111 A
112 C
113 D
114 A
115 B
116 D
117 D
118 B
119 C
120 B
121 C
122 A
123 B
124 A

143

125 C
126 D
127 B
128 D
129 B
130 B
131 A
132 B
133 C
134 A
135 D
136 E
137 B
138 A
139 B
140 C
141 A. (p), B. (r ), C. (q), D. (p)
142 A. (r ), B. (p), C. (p, q), D. (p)
143 A. (s), B. (r ), C. (q), D. (p)
144 B
145 A

Hints
(1)

Wurtz Reaction :- 2 CH3CH2 Cl + 2 Na Ether

CH3 - CH2 - CH2 - CH3 + 2 NaCl

(2)

Alkyne Cn H2n - 2 C4 H6

(3)

CH3CH 2COONa + NaOH

(4)

cao

soda - lime

CH3 - CH3 + Na 2 CO3

Sodalime Decarboxylation of Sodium Salt of Carboxylic acid gives alkane containig

one carbon less than the carboxylic acid

Electrolysis
2 CH3CH2 COONa + + 2 H2 O
CH3CH2 CH2 CH3 + 2 CO2 + H2 + 2 Naot

Electrolysis of aqueous solution of Sodium Salt of Carboxylic acid gives Alkane

Containing even number of carbon (Kolbe`s synthesis)

(5)

This preparation is known as Kolbe`s synthesis

(6)

1
Boiling a Molecular mass a number of branches

(7)

According to Que-6

(8)

2O
CH3COCl + CH3 MgCl H

CH3COCH3 + MgCl 2

(9)

This reaction is carried out by Free Radical intermidiate.

(This reaction gives Ketone)

(10) R - X + 2 Na + R - X Ether

R - R + R - R + R - R
(11) C2 H5 O H + CH 3 Mg Br CH4 + Mg

Br
Oc2 H5

(12) LPG is a mixture of mainly propane and butane

electrolysis
(13) 2CH3COONa + + 2H2O
CH3 - CH 3 + 2CO2 + 2 NaoH + H2

(14) Que-6
1

CH3

(15) CH3 - CH2 C

3

CH2 - CH3

3, 3 dimethyl pentane

CH3

(16) The relative stability of conformation isomers of Alkane like Ethane, propane staggered
(Anti) > Skew or Gauche > partial eclipsed > Full eclipsed
(17) The relative stability of conformation isomer of cyclohexane is
Chair > twist boat >boat >half Chair
(18)

Alkane Butane pentane Hexane Heptane

structural
isomers

(19) 2R - X + Zn R - R + ZnX 2

(Frankland`s Reaction)

Pd /c
(20) C2 H 5Cl + H 2
C2 H 6 + HCl

(21) when Higher hydrocabon is heated it decomposes to Lower hydrocarbon (alkane,

alkene). This reaction is known as Cracking or Pyrolysis

144

(22) Methane is known as mars gas

(23) because 2 carbonium ion is more stsble than 1
(24)

CH3 - CH 2 - CH 2 CH - CH 3
CH 3

isopropyl group
*

hv
CH 3 - CH - CH 2 - CH 3 + Cl 2
CH 2 - CH - CH 2CH 3 + CH 3 - CH - CH - CH 3
(25)
CH 3 Cl
CH 3
Cl
CH 3
(R + S)

(R + S)

Star (*) indicate chiral (assymetric) carbon. Here in both product R and S configurations
are possible so that total 4 chiral compound are possible.
(26) C3 H8 + 502 3CO2 + 4 H2 O
Zn - Cu
CH3 CH CH3 HCl
CH3 - CH - CH 3
C
CH 3CH 2CH 3 + HCl
2 H 5 OH
(27)
2[ H ]
OH
Cl

(28)

( CH 3CH 2 )2 LiCu + CH 3CI CH 3CH 2CH 3 + CH 3CH 2Cu + LiCl

Lithium diethyl copper
This is known as Core-House reaction. It is suitable method for preparation of odd
carbon Alkyne
1

(29) 2CH3 CH CH3 + 2 Na

Br
ether

iso-propyl bromide
CH3

2,3- dimethyl butane

CH3 Br

+ Br2

(30)

CH3 - CH - CH3 + 2NaBr

CH3 - CH - CH3

+ HBr

Methyl cyclo pentane

1- bromo-1-methyl cyclopentane

(31) Alkene shows mainly electrophilic addition reactions.

(32) CH2 = CH2 + Br2 CCl

4 Br - CH2 - CH2 - Br
b

.KoH
(33) C H C H CI Alc

CH2 = CH2 + KCI + H2 O

3
2

( b - Elimination reaction)
b

(34) CH3 CH2

Conc.H SO

2 4
CH - CH3
160 c
OH

CH3 - CH = CH - CH3 + CH3 - CH2 - CH = CH2

Dehydration of butane-1-ol or 2-ol gives trans-but-2-en as the major product. According

to Saytzeff rule But-2-ene is more Substituted alkene and therefore it will be major.
KMnO4 / KOH
CH 2-- CH 2 (Baeyer`s test for unsaturations)
(35) CH2 = CH2
OH OH

145

(36) CH3 - CH = CH2 + HCI CH3 - CH - CH3 (Markownikoffs Rule)

Cl
(37) CH3CH = CH2 + HBr Peroxide
CH3 - CH2 - CH2 - Br (Antimarkownikoff `s Rule)
(38) C6 H5CH2 - CH = CH2 + HBr Peroxide
C6 H5 - CH2 CH2 Br (Anti Markownikoff)
(39) The disappearace of the purple colour of KMnO 4 in its reaction with an alkene is the test
for unsaturation (double bond). is known as Baeyer`s Test.
dil H SO
CH2 = C - CH 2CH3 + H2 O
CH 3
Hg + 2
(40)
CH3
2

CH 3
C CH 2CH3
OH

R - CH CH - R
dil aq. KMnO 4

(41) R - CH = CH - R
Room temp.
OH OH

Conc. KMnO 4
(42) R - CH = CH - R

Heat

(Markownikoff)

glycol

R COOH + R - COOH

(43) Ozonolysis
CH2 = CH2 + O3

(44)

CH2

Alk . KmnO4

CH2

Zn
2HCHO

HO
2

OH

OH

Acidic
(45) CH 2 = CH2 + 2 [ 0]
KMnO4 HCHO + HCHO

(46)

CH 2 - CH 2 + Zn

D CH2 = CH2 + ZnBr2

Br
Br

(47) CH3 - CH = CH - CH2 - CH3 + HBr

CH3 - CH2 - CH - CH2 CH3 + CH3 CH - CH 2 CH2CH3
Br
Br

(48) According to Que-43

(49)

CH2 = CH2 + HOCI CH2 - CH2

OH Cl

.KOH
(50) CH2 = CH2 HBr
CH3 CH2 Br aq
CH3 CH2OH

CHI3 Iodoform

(51) According to Que-35

+

H+
=
CH - CH 3
(52) CH3 - CH - CH CH2 CH3 - CH -(2
CH3
CH3 )

1, 2

Hydride shift

Br
CH3 CH - CH2 CH 3 Br CH
C
CH2 CH3

3
CH3 (3)
CH3

product will be major because 3 - Carbonium is more stable than 2

146

(53) According to Markownikoffs Rules

Peroxide
(54) CH3 CH = CH 2 + HCl CH3 - CH - CH 3
Cl

This reaction follows markownikoff`s rule. Because peroxide effect or Anti markownikoff`s
rule is applicable only to HBr. It is not for HCl and HI.
(55) Ozonolysis of alkene gives two carbonyl group (C=0) for cleavage of each > C = C < s
(i ) O3
CH3CHO + CHO + HCHO
CH3 - CH = CH - CH = CH2
(ii ) Zn / H 2O
CHO
(56) 3R - CH = CH 2 +

1
B2 H 6
2

H 2O2
( R - CH 2 - CH2 ) 3 B
OH -

N-2, OH
HCl
3 R - CH2 - CH
2
+
(57) CH3 - CH = CH2 + N OCI CH3 - CH - CH2
Cl NO

According to markownikoff addition of NOCl

(58)

2 CI 2
CH2 CH3 SO

(59) CH3

.koh
CH2 CH2 CI Alc

CH3
KOH
C CH2 - Br alc
.
CH3
CH3

CH = CH 2 + KCl + H 2O

CH3 +
Methyl
C CH2

Shifting
CH3

1 carbonium (less stable)

CH3

CH3
CH3
E limination of
C CH2 - CH3

b - Hydrogen

C = CH - CH3
CH 3

3 carbonium (morestable)
CH2
CH
(60) |
CH

CH2
200 c
||
CH2

(Diels-Alder Reaction)

CH2

(61)

SP 2

SP 2

SP

SP

CH2 = CH - C CH

Hybridization is considered by no. of s - bonds.

(62) CH2 = CH2 + Br2 BrCH2 - CH2 - Br

(Brown)

(Colour less)

Disappearance of brown colour is the test for unsaturation

(63) 2CHCI 3 + 6 Ag HC CH + 6 AgCl
(64) CH3 CH Cl2 + 2 alc. KOH
(65)

HC CH + 2 KCl + 2 H2O

Liq . NH 3
CH3 C CH + 2 NaBr + 2 H2O
CH3 CH Cl 2 Br + 2 NaNH 2
Br

147

(66)

D
CH2 - CH2 + 2 KOH ( alc )

HC CH + 2 KBr + 2 H2 O

Br

Br

(Vicinal)

(67) H C COOK
||

OR||

H C COOK
Potasium Maleate
(cis)
(68) HC CH

Acetylene
H C COOK

+ 2H O
2

CH
|||

+ 2CO 2 +2NaOH + H2

KOOC C H

CH

Potasium Fumrate
(trans)

At anode

Na / liq.NH 3
3CH2 Br
HC C Na + CH

CH3 - CH2 - C CH + NaBr

196 K
Sodium Acetylide

(69) According to Que-68

Fe
(70) 3CH CH
C2 H6 OR

Benzene

Nil ( N )2
(71) 4CH CH

( HC = CH ) 4 OR

Cyclooctutetruene

H 2 SO4 / Hg
(72) CH C CH 2 CH 3 + H 2 O
CH2 = O CH2 - CH3
OH
+2

Tax tomerise CH C CH - CH

2
3
3
O

(73) CH CH HBr
CH2 = CH - Br HBr
CH3 - CHBr2
Ethylidene bromide
(74) CH CH HCN

CH2 = CH - CN
HOCI
HOCI
(75) CH CH CI - CH = CH - OH
H2 O
Cl - CH - CH - OH -
CHCI 2

Cl

At Cathode

OH

(76) CH3 - CH 2 - C CH

CH = O
KMnO4 / KOH

CH3CH2 COOH + CO2 + H2O

(terminal alkyne)
Oxidation of terminal alkyne gives acid and CO 2
KMnO4
(77) CH3 - C C - CH3
KOH CH3COOH + CH3COOH

(nonterminal alkyne)
Oxidation of nonterminal alkyne gives mixture of two acids
(78) CH CH + CH3CH2 MgBr CH3CH3 + CH CMgBr
(79) According to Que-76

148

(80) HC CH + O3 CH

CH

HCCH
|| ||
O O

Zn/ H 2 O

Glyoxal
(81) CH3 - C C - CH3 + O3 CH 3 CH

C C CH

/ H2 O
Zn
CH3 C C CH3
|| ||
O O

Buta -2-3-dione (Dimethyl Glyoxal)

.KOH
(82) CH3 CH2C CH Alc

CH 3 - C C - CH 3

Terminal alkyne undergo iso merisation to give non-terminal alkyne

(83) CH3 - C C - CH3 CH3 - CH2 - C CH
Non-terminal alkyne undergo iso merisation to give terminal alkyne
Br
3 PO
. 4
(84) CH3COOH LiAlH
4 CH3CH2 OH H
CH2 = CH 2 2
. KOH
Br - CH2 - CH2 - Br alc
CH CH + 2 KBr + 2 H2 O

(85) Alkyne with Lindlar`s Catalysist ( Pd / BaSO4 ) gives Cis- alkene while with Na / Liq. NH 3
(Birch Redaction) gives trans-alkene
pd
(86) CH CH + 2 H2 Ni/
CH3 - CH3

(87) According to Que-85

(88)

Mg 2 C3 + 4 H2 O CH3 - C CH + 2 Mg ( OH ) 2

(89) Hydrogen attached to triplebonded carbon is acidic

(90) with Ag ( NH 3 ) 2

1- Alkyne will give reaction while 2- Alkyne will not give reaction

SO3 H

D
+ H2 O (g )

(92)

+ H2 SO4

(93) 6 p electrons
(94) According to Hukels Rule Compound to be aromatic it should have ( 4 n + 2 ) p e s i.e It
should have 2,6,10,14 p e electrons. But cyclo octa tetraene has 8 p e so it is non-aromatics
OH

(95) phenol

is aromatic but not aromatic Hydrocarbon

(96)

It has 4 p e there for not aromatic

COCH3

(97)

CH 3COCl

[ Al Cl ]
3

Acetophenon.

(98) Nitration, Sulphonation, Halogenation, Alkylation and Acylation of Benzene are Electro
philic Substitation Reactions.
+

(99) NO2 is electrophile

149

(100) Br + is electrophile
(101) Beacause double bonds of Benzene breaks on addition of H2
Cl

Cl

Cl

hv
+3Cl 2
Cl

(102)

Benzenehexachloride(BHC)

Cl

Cl
Cl

(103)

+ HCI

+ CI 2
[ FeCI3 ]

(104) m - Directors - NO2 , - SO3 H , -COOH , -CN , CHO, -COR

(105) OP Directors - CH3 , - OH , - OR , - NH 2 , - X (Halogen)
NO2

conc.HNO3

[ H SO ]

(106)

CH3

CH3

CH3

Because CH3 is O/P Director

NO2

CH3

CH3

Cl2

[ FeCl ]

(107)

Cl

CH3

CH3
OH

(108)

Zn

O-Cresol

+ Zno

Toluene
CH2 Cl

CH3

Cl2

uv

(109)

Because - NO2 m - Directors

Benzylchloride
COOH

CH3

KMnO4 / H

3[O ]
+

(110)

CHO

CH3

CrO2 Cl2

2[O ]

(111)

+ H2 O

+ H2 O
CH3

CH3

O2N

NO2

H 2 SO 4
+3 HNO3
111 c

(112)

2,4,6-Trinitrotoluene(TNT)
NO2

CH3

CH3

O2N

(113)

COOH

NO2

KMnO 4

H+

NO2

NO2

NO2

NO2

NO2

Soda lim e

NO2

NO2

1,3,5-Trinitrbenzene(TNB)
CH3

(114)

CH3
Br

+ CH3 Br + 2 Na

ether

CH3

+ 2 NaBr

O-Xylene
This is known as wurtz- Fitting Reaction
150

(115) Upon Oxidation of o, m, p-Xylenes forms corresponding dicarboxylic

COOH
COOH

COOH
COOH

COOH

Phthalic acid

Isophthalic acid

Terthalic acid

CH2 = CH 3

CH = CH2

(116)

COOH

H2
Ni+

Styrene

Ethylbenzene
CH2 = CH 3

(117)

CH = CH2

[O ]

600 C

AlCl 3 ]
+ CH2 = CH2 [
,

+ H2

(119) According to Que-55

(120) - NO2 is m- Director
(121) -COOC2 H 5 m - Director
(122) Bond length 1/ Bondorder there for bond length in

CH3

CH3

CH2
[ Al O + Cr O ]

CH2
|
(123)
CH2

2 3
2 3
CH3
+ 4H2

[o ]
|
Toluene
CH2

CH2
n-Heptane
OH

(124)

Zn

+ Zno

(125) p e s in , , , are 4,4,6,4 there for according to Hukelis Rule (c) is Aromatic
CH3

CCl3

3 Cl / hv

Heat

(126)

COOH

3 NaOH

CH3

(127)

Sulphonation

Compound A
(Toluene)

CH3

CH3

CH3

+ 3NaCl + H 2O

SO3H

NaOH

fusion

+
So3H

151

CH3

OH

+
OH

H2 O
(129) CaC2 2
HC = CH + Ca ( OH ) 2

CH3

CH Cl

hot iron
3CH = CH
tube

CH3
Br

Br2

Br

/ HCI
Sn

NO2

NO2

NaNO / HCl

0.5 c

NO2

CH3

COOH

CH3

H PO

Br

+ HCI

CH3

CH3

(130)

[ AlCl ]

3
2

2[ H ]

Br

Br

KMnO

KOH

[O ]

N = N Cl

(131)

Pyrole is aromatic beacuse it is cyclic, and contains

..

N
|
H

6 p e s ( 2 2 p -bonds + lonepair of N)
(132) Correct explanation :- Chlorination of CH 4 is free radical reaction and free radicals are
obtained in sunlight.

CH3
|
(133) CH3 C CH3
|
CH3

Correct R:- In neopentane four identical CH3 groups are attached to

4 - carbon there for only one monosubstitated product is possible

(134) R is Correct explanation of A
(135) Correct A:- gives -1- bromo-1- phenyl ethane
Correct R:- Benzyl cation is more stable than alkyl cation
(136) Correct A:- Gives But-2-ene as a major product
(137) Correct explanation :- Neopentane being symmetrical packs more closely in the crystal
lattice than isopentane
(138) R is the correct explanation of A
(139) Correct explanation :- Hg +2 ion being an electrophile attacks on p e of triplebond and
then nucleophilic attack of H 2 O occurs.
(140) HI adds to vinyl chloride according to markownikoffis Rule.
(142) O P directors except halogen activates benzene ring while m-director deactivates.
O

3
(144)
Zn / H O
2

CHO
CHO

aq. KOH

CHO

152

Unit-22 - Organic Compounds Containing Halogens

MCQ
1.

Haloarenes contain halogen atom(s) with carbon atom(s) possessing hybridization.

(A)

2.

SP 3

SP

(C)

SP 2

(D)

(C)

chloramphenicol (D)

B&C

Who is very effective for typhoid ?

(A)

chloroquine

3.

4.

(B)
(B)

chloroform

chlorapetite

(i)

Goiter

(p)

Anaesthetic

(ii)

Malaria

(q)

Potential blood substitutes

(iii)

Typhoid fever

(r)

chloroquine

(iv)

haloethane

(s)

chlor amphenical

(v)

fluori nated compounds

(t)

Thyroxine

(A)

i-t, ii-q, iii- p, iv-r, v-s

(B)

i-t, ii-s, iii- p, iv-q, v-r

(C)

i-t, ii-q, iii- s, iv-r, v-p

(D)

i-t, ii-r, iii- s, iv-p, v-q

Which of the following is vinylic halides.

X

(A)
5.

(B)

(C)

CI
(i)

CH3

CH2 Cl

(ii)

(p)

2, chloro toluene

(q)

1, Benzyl chloride

(r)

1, chloro toluene

(s)

chlorophenyl methane

(t)

ortho chloro toluene

(A)

i - t, ii - s

(B)

i - p, ii - s

(C)

i - r, ii - q

(D)

i - r, ii - q

153

(D) A & C

6.

How many structural isomers are formed from C5H11Br.

(A)

7.

(B)

10

(C)

CH3

CH3
H
H Br

H
H

(B)

H
H 3C

CH3
H
CH3 BR

(D)

(D)

H
H
H BR
CH3
H
H Br

Which is sandmeyer's reaction from the following.

N3+ X

(A)

OH

(C)
(D)

N+
2 X

OH
+ HCl + N

N+2 X

273278K

+ H 2O

(B)

N=N

(D)

+ KI

+ N2

OH + HCl

?
X ; X = .............

+ HBr

(A)

Above all
H

9.

(C)

Correct structural formula for 3-Bromo 2-methyl But-l-ene

(A)

8.

Br
H

HH

(B)

(C)

Br

HH

HH

H
H

None of these
H
CH 2C = CH 2

10.

+ HBr Peroxide

Y. For Y =

CHCH
CH 3
2

(A)

CH 2 CH 2CH 2 Br

(B)

Br
CH 2 C CH 3

(C)

CH CH 2 CH 3

(D)

Br

154

Br

11.

(CH )

CO

(i)

2
CH 3 Br + NaI 3
CH 3 I + NaBr

(ii)

2CH 3 Br+Hg 2 F2
2CH 3F+Hg 2 Br2

x : Finkel stein

12.

14.

15.

16.

3 2
CH 3CH 2Cl+NaI
C2 H5 I+NaCl

(iv)

2C 2 H 5 Br + COF2
2C 2 H 5 F + COBr2

(v)

COF2 + 2CH 3 Br
2CH 3 F + COBr2

(A)

1-y, 2-x, 3-x, 4-y, 5-x

(B)

1-x, 2-y, 3-y, 4-x, 5-y

(C)

1-x, 2-y, 3-x, 4-y, 5-y

(D)

1-x, 2-y, 3-y, 4-x, 5-x

y : Swart reaction

R - OH + PX 3
R - X + Z. For Z = ..................?

(A)
13.

( CH )

(iii)

X 2 PO 4

(B)

x + HCl
Aniline
=Y

HPO3 X 2

N+
2X

(C)

H 2 PO3 X

(D)

H 3 PO 3

For x and y Respectively as

(A)

NH 3 , 298 - 300K

(B)

NaNO3 , 273 - 278K

(C)

NaNO 2 , 273 - 278K

(D)

NaNO, 298 K

Arrange each set of compounds in order of increasing boiling points.

(A)

1-chloropropane < Isopropyl chloride < 1-chlorobutane

(B)

1-chlorobutane < 1-chloropropane < isopropyl chloride

(C)

1-chlorobutane > 1-chloropropane > isopropyl chloride

(D)

iso propyl chloride > 1-chlorobutane > 1-chloro propane

For nucleophilic substitution bimolecure SN2 reaction give the correct order of reactivity.
(A)

20 halide < 30 halide < 10 halide

(B)

30 halide < 20 halide < 10 halide

(C)

30 halide < 20 halide > 10 halide

(D)

10 halide <30 halide < 20 halide

In the following pairs of halogen compounds which would undergo SN2 reaction faster ?
(A)
(C)

CH 2Cl

(B)

Cl
Cl

(D)

155

Cl

None of these

17.

Which would undergo SN2 reaction slow.

(A)
(C)

18.

19.

(B)

(D)

Br

CI

a&b

In suibstitution nucleophilic unimolecular SN1 reaction give the order of reactivitly.

(A) 10 halide < 30 halide < 20 halide
(B) 30 halide < 20 halide < 10 halide
(C) 30 halide > 20 halide > 10 halide
(D) 20 halide 30 halide < 10 halide
Predict the order of reactivity of the following compounds in SN1 reaction.
(A)
Br

(B)
Br

(C)
Br

20.

(D) None of these

Give the major & minor part for x and y

CH 3CH 2 CH 2 CH CH

OH
3

OH

Br

21.

22.

CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH = CH
x - pent 1 - ene
CH 3 CH 2 CH = CH CH
y - pent 2 - ene

(A) x = 81% ; y = 19%

(B) x = 19% ; y = 81%
(C) x = 50% ; y = 50%
(D) x = 80% ; y = 20%
Predict the order of reactivity of the following compounds in SN2 reactions.
(A)

C6 H 5CH 2 Br > C6 H 5CH . ( CH 3 ) .Br > C6 H 5C ( CH 3 )( C6 H 5 ) Br > C6 H 5CH ( C6 H 5 ) Br

(B)

C6 H 5CH 2 Br > C6 H 5CH . ( CH 3 ) .Br > C6 H 5CH ( C6 H 5 ) Br > C6 H 5C CH 3 .

(C)

C 6 H 5CH 2 Br < C 6 H 5CH (CH 3 )Br < C 6 H 5CH (C 6 H 5 )Br < C 6 H 5C(CH 3 )(C 6 H 5 )Br

(D) b & C
Predict the true R or S for the following structres
r

(i) s

q
r

(ii) s

(iii) q

r
p

P = I; Q = Br, S = Cl; r = H
(A) i - S ii - R, iii - R
(C) i - S ii - R, iii - S

(B)
(D)
156

i - R ii - R, iii - S
i - S ii - S, iii - R

( C6 H 5 ) Br

23.

C2H4Cl2 contains how many isomers.

(A)

24.

25.

26.

27.

29.

30.

31.

(B)

(C)

(D)

Reactivity order for HX in Lucas test.

(A)

HBr > HCl < HI

(B)

HCl < HBr < HI

(C)

HBr > HCl > HI

(D)

HCl > HBr > HI

Chloroform + O 2 light X + HCl, for X = .......... ?

(A)

CH 2 OCl

(B)

CH 2 Cl 2

(C)

COCl

(D)

COCl 2

Alkoh olic

A
KOH

CH 3CH 2 CH2 I

NaNH 2

C For ; C
- NH 3
- NaBr

Br 2

B
Alkoholic KOH

(A)

Alkenol

(B)

Alkene

(C)

Alkaiene

(D)

Alkele amine

For given compounds gives proper reactivity order for SN1 reaction.
(x)

28.

Me

Me

(y)

Br

Me

Br

(z)

Br

Me

(A)

Z>X>Y

(B)

X >Y> Z

(C)

Y>Z>X

(D)

X>Z>Y

Which compound gives inversion isomer during SN2 reaction.

(A)

(C 2 H 5 )2

(C)

CH 3Cl

CHCl

(B)

(CH 3 )3 CCl

(D)

(CH 3 )3

C.Cl

CH 3CH 2Cl + Ag CN

Ethenol x + Agcl for x = ................?

(A)

CH 3CH 2 CN

(B)

CH 3CH 2 N = C

(C)

CH 3CH 2 N = C

(D)

a&b

Give the monomar of PVC.

(A)

Propine

(B)

I-chloro ethene

(C)

ethene

(D)

1-chloro propane

Predict non chiral compound.

(A)

2, chloropanten

(B)

1-chloropanten

(C)

1-chloro 2-methyl panten

(D)

3, chloro 2-methyl panten

157

32.

10 amine react with ethenolic KOH in presence of CHCl3 gives......

(A) iso saynide
(B) Aldehide
(C) cynide
(D) Alcohol
Cl

Cl

Cl

33.

Cl

34.

(A) Diphenyl dichlorop propare

(C) 1, 1, dichloro diphenyl ethyl chloride
Predict the true R/S for the following structures
(A) i - S, ii - R, iii- R, iv - S
(C) i - R, ii - R, iii- R, iv - S

Cl

Give IUPAC Name

H 2N

37.

i - R, ii - S, iii- R, iv - R
i - R, ii - S, iii- S, iv - S

Br

(A) R and R
(B)
(C) S and S
(D)
2
Predict the order of reactivity in R-X for SN reaction.
(A) R-F >>R-Cl > R-Br > R-I
(B)
(C) R-F < R-Br < R-F < R-Cl
(D)
Freons which is use in industry

R and S
S and R
R-I > R-F > R-Cl > R-Br
R-F << R-Cl < R-Br < R-I

(A)

6 -( CCl2 F2 )

(B)

4 - CCl2 F3

(C)

10,- CCl 2 F2

(D)

12,- CCl 2 F2

38.

39.

(B)
(D)

CH 2OH

36.

P-Pdichloro diphenyl Trichloro ethane

none of these

CH 3

COOH

35.

(B)
(D)

(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)

D.D.T
Iodo form
Carbon tetra chloride
Freon
CHCl3

(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)

Dry cleaning
Freon refrigerant R-22
For air conditioning
antiseptic
an insecticide

(A)
(C)

i-e, ii-d, iii-a, iv-c, v-b

i-d, ii-e, iii-a, iv-c, v-b

(B)
(D)

i-b, ii-a, iii-e, iv-c, v-d

i-b, ii-d, iii-b, iv-a, v-c

Give the increassing order or reactivity for SN2 reaction.

(A) RCH2X < R2CHX < R3CX
(B) R3CX < R2CHX < RCH2X
(C) RCH2X > R3CX > R2CHX
(D) R2CH2X < RH2X > R3CX

158

40.

CH

(1)
41.

42.

Br + Nu CH3Nu + Br for this reaction arrange given Nu in increasing order of reactivities.

(2)

Pho -

CH 3O -

(3)

OH -

(A) 2 > 4 > 3 > 1

(B) 4 > 3 > 1 > 2
(C)
Predict the decreasing order for neucleo philicity.

(4)

AcO-

4>3>2>1

(D)

1 > 2 >3 > 4

(A)

I - < Cl - < Br -

(B)

Cl - < Bi - < I -

(C)

I - < Br - < Cl -

(D)

Br - > Cl - > F -

Which is the D configration of alanine

NH 2

(A)

(B)

CH 3

(C)

H
CH 3

COOH

COOH
H 2N

NH 2

COOH

CH 3

NH 2

COOH

43.

CH 3

(D)

1.

CH 3CH 2 MgCl + H 2 O Ethane + Mg(OH )Cl

p. elimination reaction

2.

2CH 3CH 2 Br + 2 Na CH 3 (CH 2 )2 - CH 3 + 2 Nax

q. substitution reaction

3.

KOH + Ethanol
CH 3CH 2
Ethene
D
|
Cl

r. courtz reaction

+ + OH

4.
(A)
(C)

Tertiary but ylalcohol

1-r, 2-q, 3-s, 4-p

1-s, 2-p, 3-r, 4-q

(B)
(D)

s. grignard reaction
1-s, 2-r, 3-q, 4-p
1-s, 2-r, 3-p, 4-q

44.
A
(1)
(2)

Cl

2
Br

B
+ 2NaCl

+ 2Na Ether

CH3
+ 2NaCl

+ 2Na + CH 3 Br Ether

(p) Fridal craft reaction

(q) Fitting reaction

Cl

(3)

C6H5Cl + HC3 C Anhyd.AlCl 3

+ 2NaCl

(r) wurtz fitting reaction

O
O

(A)

1-r, 2-q, 3-s

(B)

(s) Alkylation reaction.

1-r, 2-q, 3-s

159

(C)

1-a, 2-s, 3-r

(D)

1-q, 2-r, 3-a

45.

Na / Ether
R' X

. Identify R1

CH 3
(A)

(C)

46.

CH 3 - C - CH 3
|

CH 3
|
(B) CH 3 - C |
CH 3

CH 3
|
CH 3 - C - CH 2|
CH 3

CH 3
|
(D) CH 3 - C |
CH 3

Mg

H 2O

B.

Mg Br

Mg Br

(A)

(B)
Mg Br

Mg Br Br

(C)

48.

CH 3
|
C |
CH 3

Identify A & B respectively

Br + Mg dry.Ether A.

47.

CH 3
|
C - CH 2 |
CH 3

(D)

For recemisation.
(A) 50 : 50 mixture & opticall active.
(B) 75 : 25 mixture & optically inactive
(C) 50 : 50 mixture & optically inactive
(D) 25 : 75 mixture & optically active
Classify the configuration of product of a symmetric carbon atom. Consider the replacement of a
group X by Y in the following reaction.

C 2H 5

H 3C

C 2H 5
x

H
CH 3

C 2H 5

CH 3

A+B

Process for A, B and A+B as under

(A) A-retention of configuration A+B racemisation, B-Invention of configuration
(B) A-Inversion of configuration, A+B retention of configuration, B-recemisation.
(C) A+B - Inversion of configuration, B-retention of config n; A-recemisation.
(D) None of them

160

49.

Predict the conect order for following reaction the approaching nucleophilies.
P = Nu :

CX

q Nu :

H H

50.

51.

54.

55.

Nu :

H CX

; S

(A)

NaNO2 + 2 HCl
C6 H 5 NH 2

C6 H 5 N 2Cl + NaCl + H 2O
273 - 278 K

(B)

C6 H 5 N 2Cl

Send Mayur reaction

C6 H 5 Cl + N 2
DCuCl2 + HCl

(C)

C6 H 5 N 2Cl

Send Mayur

C6 H 5 Br + N 2 + HCl
DCuCl2 + HBr

Nu :

CX

KI

D
C 6 H 5 N 2 Cl
C 6 H 5 I + KCl + N 2

Chlorobenzne + HCl + SO 2 ; where X = .......?

Phenol + X

(A)
53.

(A) Q < P < R < S

(B) Q > P > R > S
(C) P > Q > R > S
(D) Q < P < R < S
Predict the decreasing order of density for same Alkyl or cryle group.
(A) R / Ar - Br > Ar / R Cl > R / Ar - I > R /Ar > F
(B) R / Ar I > R / Ar Br > R / Ar Cl > R / Ar F
(C) R / Ar - I < R / Ar Cl < R / Ar Br > R / Ar F
(D) R / Ar F > R / Ar Cl < R / Ar Br < R / Ar I
Predict the improper chemical reaction

(D)
52.

H
H C X ;
H

PCl 3

(B)

SOCl 3

(C)

PCl 5

(D)

SOCl 2

Predict the no. of isomers for possible genimal dihalide in

(A) 0
(B) 4
(C) 3
(D) 9
for vinyl halide compound which is true ?
(A) chloro ethen
(B) 1-chloro 3-phenyl propene
(C) 1Bromo cyclohexa-1enc
(D) All of above
Which is correct for aelaillic halide compounds.
(A) 3, Bromo, 2-Methy, Buyt 1-ene
(B) 4-Bromo, 3-Methyl Buyt-2-ene
(C) 3, Bromo 2-Methyl Propene
(D) 1-Bromo Buyt -2-ene.

161

56.

1.
2.
3.
4.

Benzail Bromaid
Ethilidin bromaid
Finail Bromaid
Alail Bromaid

M.
N.
O.
P.

CH3CH2Br2
H2C = CHCH2Br

(A)
(C)

1-M, 2-N, 3-O, 4-P

1-P, 2-N, 3-O, 4-M

(B)
(D)

1-P, 2-N, 3-M, 4-O

1-N, 2-O, 3-M, 4-P

Br

CH 2Br

Cl

57.

Give IUPAC Name

58.

(A) 2-Phenyl 2-chloropropane

(B)
(C) isopropyl chlorobenzene
(D)
Which alkylhalide known as Neopentyl chloride ?

1-chloro, 1-Methyl ethyl Benzene

1 dimethyl, 1, chlorobenzene
H

Cl

(A)

Cl

(B)

H
H

59.

60.

61.

(C)
H

(D)
Cl

Cl

R - H + PX5 R - X + B + HX B menas = ...................?

(A)

H 3 PO 3

(B)

HPOX 3

(C)

POX 3

(D)

H 3 PO 4

C 2 H 5 I AgNO
2 X. ..............?

(A)

C2H5 - O - N = O

(B)

C2H5 - N = O

(C)

C 2H 5 O N

O
Ag

(D)

C 2H 5 O N

O
O

Which compound known as kiral molecule & giving optical isomers ?

(A) 2 chloropropane
(B) 2 Methyl butane
(C) 2 Bromo butane
(D) 2, 2 dichloro butane

162

62.

C 2 H 5OH + NaCl + H 2SO 4 A + NaHSO 4 + H 2 O

A + 2Na B + 2NaCl ? For A & B respectively
dry Ether

63.

64.

65.

66.

(A)

Ethyl Bromide, ethane

(B)

Methyl chloride ; ethane

(C)

Ethyl Bromide butane

(D)

Ethyl chloride butane

X
Y
Benzene
Chlorobezene
For X & Y respectively..

(A)

Cl 2 , [FeCl3 ] ; Cl 2 [FeCl3 ]

(B)

Cl 2 , [dry AlCl3 ] ; [dry AlCl3 ]

(C)

Cl 2 , [FeCl3 ] ; [dry AlCl3 ] C 2 H 5 Cl

(D)

Cl 2 , [FeCl3 ] ; [dry AlCl3 ] CH 3 Cl

Silver nitrate not giving the Precipates with chloro form because of .............
(A)

Chloroform is organic compound.

(B)

Chloroform is non ionised in water

(C)

AgNO3 indouble in chloroform

(D)

Chloroiform is insoluble in water

Which compound on oxidation gives Banzoic Acid ?

(A)

Chlorobenzene

(B)

ChloroTolune

(C)

Benzyl Chloride

(D)

Chloro phenol.

(C)

a&b

Which is Gemexine compond ?

(A)

67.

68.

DDT

(B)

BHC

(D)

None of these

Chloroform on slow oxydation with air gives

(A)

Formile Chloride

(B)

Formic Acid

(C)

Cl 3C - COOH

(D)

COCl 2

(B)

CH 3CHO

(D)

Benzophenone

For which compound iodoform test not possible ?

(A)

C 2 H 5OH
COCH 3

(C)
69.

70.

71.

Reaction of CCl4 with AgNO3 soultion gives...

(A)

White PPT of Agcl

(B)

No reaction take place

(C)

NO2 gas produce

(D)

CCl4 dissolved in AgNO3 Solution

What is DDT ?
(A)

Insecti side

(B)

Bleaching agent

(C)

Weedkiller

(D)

Oxydiging agent

Predict the condition for conversion of Benzyl bromide form Tolluene.

(A)

Bl2 / FeBr3

(B)

HBr

(C)

Bl2 / Light

(D)

Br2

163

72.

73.

74.

75.

Which compound having stranger C-X ?

(A)

CH 3 - F,

(B)

CH 3Cl

(C)

CH 3 I

(D)

CH 3 . Br

For CCl of chlorobenzene campair with C-Cl of ethyl chloride

(A) Larger bond length & weak bond.
(B) Shorter bond lenth & weak bond
(C) Larger bond length & strenger bond
(D) Shorter bond length & strenger bond
Predict the correct order of bond energy for C-X (where x = cl, Br, I)
(A) CI > CBr > C Cl
(B) CCl > C Br > C I
(C) CI > C Cl > C Br
(D) C Br > C I > C Cl
[ FeBr3 ]
Ethylbenzene + Br2
............ ?

CH 2CH 2Br

CH 2CH 3

(A)

Br

(B)
CH 2CH 3

CH 2CH 3

(C)

(D)
Br

76.

77.

78.

79.

80.

Br

Which compound having zero dipolmoment.

(A) cis 1-2, dichloro ethelene
(B) 1, 1, dichloro ethelene
(C) trans 1-2, dischroethelen
(D) none of these
Which compound formed when ethenolic KOH react with normal propile bromide ?
(A) Propane
(B) Propanol
(C) Propene
(D) Propine
Benzen + npropail chloride any
AlCl

3 .......... ?
(A) propile benzene
(B)
(C) 3-propile 1-chloro benzne
(D)
For Lucast test............

n-propile benzene
none of these

(A)

conc HCl +dry Zncl2

(B)

conc HNO3 + dry Zncl2

(C)

conc HNO3 + ZnCl2( aq )

(D)

HCl + ZnCl 2( aq )

(B)
(D)

1,1 dichlorobutane
none of these

Geonetrical isomerssm is not shown in by

(A) 1, 2 dichlorobutane
(C) 1, 3 dichlorobutane

164

81.

Which type of product produce.

Circal Centre in the reaction
CH 3CHO + HCN CH 3 - CH 3 - CH (OH ) - CN

82.

(A) Dextro rotatory

(B) Mesoisomer
(C) Levo-rotatory
(D) Recemic mixture
On the base of inductive effect predict the increasing stability order
+ CH

(1)

83.

(2)

(3)

CH 3
C
CH 3

(A) I > II > III

(B) I < II < III
(C) III > I > II
(D) II = III < I
According to -I effect predict in creasing order of stability.
+ CH 2

(1)

+ CH 2

+ CH 2

(2)

(3)

84.

(A) III > I > II

(B) II < I < III
(C) I < II < III
(D) III < II > I
Which among the following compunds will be most recetive for SN1 reaction ?
(A)

Cl

(B)

Cl

Cl
CH3

(C)

(D)

85.

Phosgene react with excess of benzene in presence of anhyd Alcl3 to give.

(A) benzoylchlorde
(B) benzophenone
(C) benzoicacid
(D) benzbinacol

86.

The correct order of reactivity of the following compound ith H 2 O is .........

(i)

87.

(ii)

(iii)

Br
Br
(A) IV > III > I > II
(C) I > IV > III > II
The reactivity of the compounds............
(I) MeBr
(III) MeCl
(A) I > II > III > IV
(C) IV > III > I > II

Cl
CH3

(iv)
(B)
(D)

Br
I > II > IV > III
I > IV > II > III

(II)
(IV)
(B)
(D)

PhCH2Br
P - Meo C6H4Br decreases as
IV > II > I > III
II > I > III > IV

Br

165

Br2 / Fe
CH2CH = CH2

88.

Br2 / Water
(A)

Br

Br

(C)

; x & y respectively

CH2CH = CH2,

CH2 CH2Br,

(B)

Br

CH2 CH CH2 Br
|
Br
CH2 CH CH2
|
|
Br Br

CH2 CH = CH2,

CH2 CH2 Br
Br

89.

90.

91.

92.

93.

(D) None of these

Geometrical isometrism is not shown by ?
(A) 1, 4 dichloro, 2-pentene
(C) 1,2 dichloro, 1-pentene

(B)
(D)

1,1 dichloro 1-pentene

1,3 dichloro 2-pentene

The no. of structural & configurational isomers of a bromo compound C5 H 9 Br obtained by the
addition of HBr on 2-pentyne respectively are............
(A) 2, 4
(B) 4, 2
(C) 1, 2
(D) 2, 1
HBr
Hint : CH3 - CH2 C - CH3
CH3 CH2 - C = C - CH3 ; CH3 CH2 - C = C- CH
3
|
|
|
|
H Br
Br H
Thus, each one of the these will existas (I) as a pair of geometrical isomer. Structural isomers = 2 &
stereosomers = 4.
How many enantiomer pairs are obtained by monochlorination of 2, 3-dimethyl butane ?
(A) two
(B) three
(C) four
(D) one
Which intermidiat increase the SN2 reaction ?
(A) carboniyan ion
(B) activated complex ion
(C) Freeredical
(D) carbenion ion

3CCl 4 + 2SbF3

SbCls

high Pr essure

A + 2SbCl 3 ; A = .....................

(A)

CH 2 Cl 2

(B)

CCl 3 F

(C)

CCl 2 F2

(D)

CClF3

166

94.

95.

96.

97.

98.

99.

Which compounds are used as a Antiseptic ?

(A)

CCl 4

(B)

CHI 3

(C)

CHCl 3

(D)

CCl 2 F2

CH3
|
H C D Which is the configuration of this compound.
|
Br

(A) S(B) R (C) L (D) D Reaction of chlorobenzene with Mg in presence of dry other will gives compound A. Compound A
reacts with aqueous halogen acid give which product.
(A) Phenol
(B) Phenyl Ether
(C) Phenyl ketone
(D) Benzene
In sulfonation of chlorobenzene gives ................
(A) Benzen sulfonic acid
(B) m-chloro benzene sulfonic acid
(C) O & P Chlorobenzen sulfonic acid
(D) O-chlorobenzen sulfonic acid
C2H5I

Ethenol

KOH

Br2
A
B ; Where B = ................

(A)

CH 3 - CHBr2

(B)

CH2Br CH2Br

(C)

CH.Br = CH.Br

(D)

CH 3CH 2 Br

Which is the true drecreasing order for

(A)

CH 3Cl ; CH 3 - Br, CH 3 - F

(B)

CH 3 Br, CH 3 - F, CH 3 - Cl

(C)

CH 3 - CI ; CH 3 - F, CH 3 - Br

(D)

CH 3 - Br, CH 3 - Cl, CH 3 .F

100. Which is not a sendmayer reactant ?

(A)

Cu 2 (CN )2 + KCN

(B)

Cu 2 Cl 2 + HCl

(C)

Cu 2 I 2 + KI

(D)

Cu 2 Br2 + HBr

CH3
101. H3C

CH2 OH gives which observation in Lucas test ?

CH3

(A)
(C)

reaction not take place

Oilly point on layer

(B)
(D)

167

give colour layer

milky solution

102. Which compound having zero dipole moment ?

(A) Cis 2-Butene
(C) 2-Methyl 1-Propene
103. In which compound ciral centre is absent ?

(B)
(D)

Tras 2-Butene
1-Butene

(A)

DCH2CH2CH2Cl

(B)

CH 3CH.D.CH 2 Cl

(C)

CH 3CH.Cl.CH 2 D

(D)

CH 3CH 2 CH.D.Cl

104. Which compound is optically active ?

(A) 2,2 dimethyl pentene
(B) 3-Methyl pentene
(C) Butene
(D) 2-Methyl Penten
105. How d and l isomer are differ from eachother ?
(A) On the basis of reactivity with unoptical reactant
(B) On the basis of melting point
(C) On the basis of solubility of unoptical reactant
(D) On the basis of optical rotation of polarised right.
106. Main product of reaction between tertiary butyle chloride and sodium ethoxide
(A) 1-Butene
(B) 2-butene
(C) 2-Methyl Prop. 1-ene
(D) 2 Etoxy 2-Methyl propane
107. Which compound gives only one monochloro product ?
(A) 2-Methyl penten
(B) 3-Methyl pentene
(C) Neopentene
(D) 2, 3 dimethyl pentene
108.

(CH 3 )3 COCl having IUPAC name ?

(A)
(C)

3-chlorobutene
tertiary butile chloride

(B)
(D)

2-chloro, 2-Methyl propane

n-bytyl chloride

109. C3 H 8 + Cl 2 light

C3 H 7 Cl + HCl is which type of rxn.

(A) Addition
(B) Substitution
(C) elimination
(D) Re-arrangement
110. 1, Chloro butane react with Alcoholic KOH produce............
(A) 1-Butenol
(B) 1-Butene
(C) 2-Butene
(D) 2-butenol
111. Which compound contains Antiseptic property ?
(A) Trifloro methane
(B) Triiodo methane
(C) Tetra chloromethane
(D) dichloro methane
112. In presence of which compd. Benzene react with I2 to form Iodobenzene ?
(A) HI
(B) SO 2
(C) H2O
(D) HNO 3

168

113. Give correct reaction for methyl floride

(A)

CH 4 + HF

(B)

CH 3OH + HF

(C)

CH4 + F2

(D)

CH 3 Br + AgF

114. Which compound on liquification SN1 reaction is not possible ?

(A)

CH 2 = CHCH 2 Cl

(B)

C6H5Cl

(C)

C6H5CH(CH3)Cl

(D)

C 6 H 5CH 2 Cl

115. Which compound show optical isomerism ?

H

(A)

HO

(B)

CO2H
H

(C)

CO2H
OH

CO2H

(D)

CO2H
H

Cl

116. Onheating Chloroform with silver powder gives ...........

(A) Ethane
(B) Ethyne
(C) Methane
(D) Eethene
117. Which compound gives more reactivities in SN1 reaction of
(A)

C 6 H 5CH 2 Br

(B)

C 6 H 5C(CH 3 ) (C 6 H 5 ) Br

(C)

C 6 H 5 CH (C 6 H 5 ) Br

(D)

C 6 H 5CH (CH 3 ) Br

118. CH 2 = CH 2 + HCl X + NaI Acetone

Y + NaCl x and y Respectively
(A)
(C)

Iodo ethane, chloroethane

Chloro ethane, iodo ethane

Me
CH2Br

119.

Anhy.AlCL3

(B)
(D)

1, 2 dichloro ethane, Iodo form.

Broimoethane, iodoethane

C;C=?

(A)

CH3

Br

(B)

CH3

(D)

None of these

(C)
CH3

169

120. The number of isomers for the compound with colecular formula C2BrClFI is ...
(A) 3
(B) 4
(C) 6
(D) 5
121. In the presence of peroxide, hydrogen chloride and hydrogen iodide do not give anti Markovnikov
addition to alke nes because.
(A) both are hightly tonic
(B) one is oxidising and other is reducing
(C)
(D)

one of the steps is exothermic in both cases

all the steps are exothermic in both the cases

122. An SN2 reaction at an a symmetric carbon of a compound always gives.

(A) a product with the optical rotation
(B) a single stereomer
(C) a mixture of diastereomers
(D) a product with opposite optical rotation
123. A solution of (+) 2-chloro-2 phenyl ethane in toluene recemises slowly in the presence of small
amount of SbCl5 due to the formation of
(A) carbanion
(B) carbenec
(C) carbocation
(D) Free redical
124. The final product formed by distilling ethyl alcohol with excess of Cl2 and Ca(OH)2 is
(A)

CH 3CHO

(B)

CCl3CHO

(C)

CHCl 3

(D)

(CH 3 )2 O

125. The reaction of CH3CH = CH

OH with HBr gives.

(A)

CH3CH.Br.CH2

OH

(B)

CH3CH2CH.Br

(C)

CH3CH2CH.Br

OH

(D)

CH3 CH.Br.CH2

(B)

Hydrohelognation reaction

126. A new C-C bond formation is possible in

(A) Cannizzaro reaction

Br
Br

(C) Clemmensen reduction

(D) Reimer tiemann reaction
127. The product of reaction of alcoholic silver nitrate with ethyl bromide is
(A) Ethylene
(B) Ethyl nitrite
(C) Nitro ethane
(D) EthylAlcohol
128. Which of the following will have zero dipolemoment ?
(A) 1,1 dichloro ethelene
(B)

cis-1-2 dichloro ethylene

(C) trans. 1,2-dichloro ethelene

(D) none of these
129. Chlorination of Tolnene in the presence of light and heat followed by treatment with aqueous NaOH
gives.
(A)
(C)

O-cresol
Ben zoic Acid

(B)
(D)
170

P-cresol
2, 4 dihydroxy toluene

130. 2-Phenyl 2-chloro propane on treat ment with alcok gives mainly.
(A) 2-phenyl propene
(B) 3-phenylpropane
(C) 1-phenyl propan 2-ol
(D) 1-phenyl propane 3-ol
131. Only two isomeric monochloro derivaties are possible for
(A) n-hexane
(B) 2, 4 dimethyl pentane
(C) benzene
(D) 2, methyl propane
132. The C-H bond distance is longest in
(A)

C2H 2

(B)

C2H 4

(C)

C 2 H 2 Br

(D)

C2H6

133. Chloroform on treatment with alcoholic KOH + aniline gives

(A) phenyl isocyanide
(B) Phenol
(C) Cyanobenzene
(D) None of these
134. The molecular formula of a saturated compound is C2H4Br. The formula permits the existance of
two.
(A) Functional isomers
(B) Position isomers
(C) optical isomers
(D) Cis trans isomers

Answer Key
1. c
2. c
3. d
4. c
5. b
6. d
7. c
8. b
9. c
10. c
11. c
12. d
13. c
14. c
15. b
16. a
17. b

18. c
19. a
20. b
21. b
22. b
23. d
24. b
25. d
26. c
27. b
28. c
29. c
30. b
31. c
32. a
33. b
34. c

35. c
36. d
37. d
38. a
39. b
40. c
41. b
42. c
43. d
44. d
45. a
46. d
47. c
48. a
49. b
50. b
51. b

52. d
53. c
54. d
55. a
56. b
57. b
58. a
59. c
60. d
61. c
62. d
63. d
64. b
65. c
66. b
67. d
68. d

69. b
70. a
71. a
72. a
73. d
74. b
75. d
76. b
77. c
78. a
79. a
80. b
81. d
82. b
83. c
84. c
85. b
171

86. c
87. d
88. a
89. b
90. a
91. d
92. b
93. c
94. b
95. a
96. d
97. c
98. b
99. c
100. c
101. a
102. b

103. a
104. b
105. d
106. c
107. c
108. b
109. c
110. b
111. b
112. d
113. d
114. b
115. b
116. b
117. b
118. c
119. b

120. c
121. c
122. b
123. c
124. c
125. c
126. d
127. c
128. c
129. c
130. a
131. d
132. d
133. a
134. b

Unit-23 - Organic Compounds Containing Oxygen

Important Points
A Organic compounds containing oxygen - I
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Preparation of alcohols:
Monohydric alcohols are prepared by the hydrolysis of alkyl halides with aqueous
alkali, hydration of alkenes, hydrolysis of ester, reduction of (alde hydes, ketones,
acids and acid derivatives). Grignard reagents is also used to prepare monohydric
alcohols.
Physical properties of alcohols:
The boiling points of alcohols are much higher than comperatively same molecular
masses of alkanes, ethers and alkyl halides. This is due to intermo lecular Hbond. For isomeric alcohols, the boiling points are in the order 10 > 20 > 30.
Due to the formation of H-bond between alcohol and H2O modecules,
alcohol with lower number of carbons are soluble in water.
Chemical properties of alcohols:
Alcohols exhibit three types of reactions,
(i) Reaction in which O-H bond cleaves
(ii)Reaction in which C-O bond cleaves
(iii)Reaction in which whole molecule of alcohol participate.
Victor-Meyers test and Lucas reagent are used to distinduish 10 , 20 and 30
alcohols.Oxidation reactions are also used to distiguished between 10, 20 and
30 alcohols.
Preparation of phenol:
Phenol is prepare from cumene, diazonium salt, benzene and coal tar.
Physical properties of phonol:
Phenols have higher boiling point than the corresponding hydrocarbon and
aryl halides. This is due to the presence of intermolecular hydrogen bonding.
Phenols are more acidic than alcohols because phenoxide ion is stabilised by
resonance. The presence of electon withdrawing group like NO2, increases the
acidic strength of phenol and electron donating group like R, decreases the
acidic strength of phenol.
172

6.

7.

Chemical properties of phenol:

Reaction of phenols are mainly of two types,
(i) Reaction involving OH group
(ii) Reaction involving phenyl group
Preparation of ethers:
Ethers are mainly prepared by Williamsons synthesis which involces the
heating of alkyl halides with sodium or potassium alkoxides or phenoxides.
Dehydration of alcohol at 140 c also gives ether..
Chemical properties of ethers:
(i) Reaction involving cleavage of C-O bond with dilute acid or with HX
(ii) Electrophillic substitution reactions occuring in aromatic ring
0

8.

B: Organic compounds containing oxygen - II

1.

Carbonyl compounds:

+
Organic compounds containing carbon-oxygen double bond ( C = O)
O are
C called
C carbonyl
=O
group or carboxy group compounds. In aldehydes, the carbonyl group is attached to one hydrogen
atom and one alkyl (or aryl or hydrogen atom) group, while in ketones it is attached to one alkyl
and one arly group or to two alkyl (or aryl) groups, which may be same or diffrent. If carbonyl
group is attached to one hydroxyl group, the compounds are know as carboxylic acids. In carboxylic
acid compounds, if the hydrogen of hydroxyl group is substituted by alkyl or aryl group the
compounds are known as esters, but if it is substitued by acyl group, the compounds are known as
acid anhydrides. If the carbonyl group is attached to chlorine and to amino group the compounds
are known as acid chlorides and amides respectively. The general formula of these compounds are
expressed as

Aldehyde

Ketone Carboxylic acid

Anhydride

Acid Chloride Amide

2.

Structure and nature of carbonyl group:

Carbonyl carbon atom is sp 2 hybridised and form three s -bonds and one p bond. All the three

s-bond lie in same plane having angle 1200. The p- bond lies both above and below the C-O
s bond. Thus the carbonyl carbon, oxygen atom and two atoms which are directly bonded to the
carbonyl carbon lie in one plane, and is confirmed by electron diffraction and spectroscopic studies.
Due to higher electronegativity of oxygen atom relative to carbon atom the carbonyl group is
polarized and carbonyl carbon becomes electrophile (Lewis acid) and oxygen becomes nucleophile
(Lewis base). Carbonyl group is polar in nature and has dipole moments.Aldehydes and ketones
173

have dipole moments 2.3-2.8 D. The resonance structures are as shown below :

C= O C

+
C =O

3.

Physical properties of aldehydes and ketones:

The polar carbonyl groups have dipole-dipole interaction between opposite ends of the C = O
O C
group dipoles and hence due to weak intermolecular attraction the melting points and boiling points
of aldehydes and ketones are higher than corresponding non-polar compounds.
The order of boiling points is carboxylic acid > alcohol > isomeric ketone > isomeric aldehyde
> ether > hydrocarbon.
Due to hydrogen bonding with water molecules the aldehydes and ketones upto three carbon are
soluble in water.
The aromatic aldehydes and ketones due to presence of larger hydrocarbon parts (like benzene
ring etc.), are insoluble in water.
All adehydes and ketones are fairly soluble in organic solvents like benzene, ether, alcohols,
chloroform etc.
Chemical properties of aldehydes and ketones:
Due to presence of hydrogen atom, the carbonyl group of aldehyde is much more reactive
than ketone.
Aldehydes and ketones undergo nucleophilic addition reaction because the carbonyl carbon atom
is slightly positively charged.
In nucleophilic addition the first step is reversible and also slow, so it is a rate determining step.
The second step is reversible.
Due to steric effect and inductive effect the aldehydes are more reactive than ketones.
Most of the aldehydes and aliphatic methyl ketones, due to less steric hindrance are more reactive.

4.

Aldehydes and ketones react with NaHSO3 and give bisulphite addition product which are usu
ally crystalline solids. On hydrolysis they give original aldehydes and ketones, so this reaction is
useful for separation and purification of aldehydes and ketones.
Addition of HCN and Grignard reagent to the aldehyde and ketone which give a -hydroxy carboxylic
acid and 10 , 20 ,30 alcohols respectively..
Addition of alcohol to aldehyde give hemiacetal and further acetal, while ketone give the same
product.

Nucleophilic addition reaction of aldehydes and ketones with NH 3 and its derivatives ( H 2 N - Z )
are catalysed by acids.
Aldehydes and ketones on reduction give 10 and 20 alcohols respectively..
Aldehydes and ketones can be reduced to hydrocarbon by using different reagent like WolffKishner reduction, Clemmenses reduction, red phosphorus with HI. Ketones on reduction with
magnesium amalgam and water give the product pinacol. Oxidation of aldehydes : Tollens test,
Fehlings test and Benedicts test give the product carboxylic acid. Fehlings test and Benedicts
test are not given by aromatic aldehydes.
Oxidation of ketones by strong oxidizing agents like con. HNO3, KMnO 4/ H 2SO 4,
K2Cr2O7/H2SO4 give mixture of carboxylic acids.
174

+
C =O

Oxidation of aldehydes and ketones containing CH 3CO -group give iodoform test.

5.

6.

Aldol condensation and cross aldol condensation are the reactions given by aldehydes and ketones
having a -hydrogen atom or atoms using dilute alkali as catalyst.
Cannizzaro reaction is given by aldehydes and ketones which do not have an a -hydrogen atom
by using con. NaOH or 50 % NaOH.
Electrophilic substitution reactions of aromatic aldehydes and ketones are nitration, sulphonation
and halogenation.
Preparation of caroxylic acids :
Carboxylic acids are prepared from :
Primary alcohol and aldehyde
Alkyl benzene and alkenes
Nitriles and amides.
Grignard reagents
Acid halide (chloride) and anhydrides
Esters
Acidic nature of carboxylic acids :
Carboxylic acids are stronger acids than phenol and alcohols.
For convenience the strength of an acid is generally indicated by its pK a value rather than its K a
value.

pKa = log Ka

7.

Factors affecting strength of acids are

effect of electron-donating group
effect of electron withdrawing group
attachment of phenyl or vinyl group directly to carbonyl group.
Physical and chemical properties of carboxylic acids :
Carboxylic acid in aqueous solution form intermolecular hydrogen bonding with water molecules.
Carboxylic acids are cyclic dimer in vapour phase or in aprotic solvents.
The reactions of carboxylic acid are
Reactions involving cleavage of O-H bond.
Reactions involving cleavage of C-OH bond
Reaction involving -COOH group
Substitution reaction in hydrocarbon part of carboxylic acid are halogenation and ring substitution
as bromination, nitration and sulphonation.
Carboxylic acids are used in different fields.

175

MCQ
1.

Numbers of isomeric alcohols of molecular formula C5 H12O are

(A) 5

2.

3.

4.

5.

(B) 8

(C) 6

(D) 9

Which of the following will produce only one product on reduction with LiAlH4 ?
(A) CH3COOCH2CH3

(B) CH3CH2OCOCH2CH3

(C) CH3COOCH3

(D) CH3CH2OCOCH2CH2CH3

CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 OH Can be converted to CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 COOH by the following sequence of steps:

(A) PBr3, KCN, H2/{Ni}

(B) HCN, PBr3, H3O+

(C) PBr3, AgCN, H3O+

(D) PBr3, KCN, H3O+

LiAlH 4
H 2 C = CH - COOH
X . What is "X" ?

(A) CH 3CH 2 COOH

(B) CH 3CH 2 CH 2 OH

(C) H 2C = CH - CH 2OH

(D) CH 3CH 2CHO |

P+I
H O
Mg
HCHO
A
B
C
D,
In the following Sequence of reactions, CH 3CH 2OH
ether
2

the compound D is:

6.

(A) propanal

(B) n-butyl alcohol

(C) butanal

(D) n-propyl alcoho

Acid catalysed hydration of alkenes except ethene leads to the formation of

(A) primary alcohal
(B) mixture of primary and secondary alcohols
(C) secondary or tertiary alcohol
(D) mixture of secondary and tertiary alcohols

7.

8.

During dehydration of alcohol to alkenes by heating with Conc H2SO4, the initiation step is:
(A) elimination of water

(B) formation of an ester

(C) formaton of carbocation

(D) protonation of alcohol molecule

which of the following compounds will give positive iodoform test ?

(I) 3- methyl propan-2-ol
(III) I - methyl cyclopentanal
(II) I - phenyl propan-1-ol
(A) I and III

(Iv) 3- phenyl propan-2-ol.

(B) I and IV

(C) II and III

176

(D) II and IV

9.

Which of the following alcohal on heating with conc H2SO4 gives product, which show geometrical
isomerism ?
(A) 2,4- dimethyl pentan-3-ol

B) 2- methyl butan -2-ol

(C) butan-2-ol
(D) all of the above
10. Propan -l-ol and propan-2-ol can be distingaished by
(A) oxidation with alkaline KMnO4 followed by reation with Fehing Solution
(B) oxidation with acidic dichromate followed by reation with Fehling Solution
(C) oxidation by heating with copper followed by reation with Fehling Solution
(D) oxidation with conc H 2SO 4 followed by reaction with Fehling Solution
11.

Which one of the follwing will most readily be dehydrated in acidic condition ?
O

(A)

OH

(B)

(C)

(D)
OH

OH

12.

The best reagent to convert pent - 3 - en-2-ol into pent-3en-2-one is

(A) acidic permanganate

(B) acidic dichromate

(C) chromic anhydride in glacial acetic acid (D) pyridinium chlorochromate

13.

CH 3CH 2 OH can not be prepare by which of the following reaction ?

(A) Hydrolysis of ethyl acetate

(B) Hydroboration of ethene followed by oxidation in basic medium
(C) Reaction of ethyl chloride with alcoholic potassium hydroxide
(D) Reaction of ethylacetate
14.

The most suitable reagent for the conversion of primary alcohol into aldehyde with the same number of
carban is
(A) acidified K2Cr2O7
(B) alkaline KMnO4
(C) acidified KMnO4

15.

Na
P + Br
OH
x
y What is y ?
2

(A)
16.

(D) pyridinium chlorochromate

(B)

(C)

(D)

An organic compound "X" on treatment with PDC in CH 2Cl2 gives compound "Y". Compound "Y",
reacts with I2 and alkali to form yellow precipitate. The compound "X" is
(A) acetone

(B) ethanal

(C) ethanol
177

(D) acetic acid.

17.

How many optically active stereoisomers are possidle for butan -2,3 -diol ?
(A) 1

18.

(B) 2

20.

(D) 4

The correct order of boiling points is for

n- Butyl alcohol

tert - Butyl alcohol

(I)

(III)

iso - Butyl alcohol

Sec- Butyl alcohol

(II)

(IV)

(A) I > II >IV > III

(C) II > III > I > IV
19.

(C) 3

(B) III > IV > II > I

(D) IV > III >II > I

The boiling point of glycerol is more than propanol because of

(A) hydrogen bonding

(B) hybridization

(C) arrangment of molecules

(D) size of molecule

An organic compound X is oxidised by using acidified K 2Cr2 O7 . The product obtained reacts with
phenyl hydrazine but does not give silver mirror test. The possible structure of X is

21.

(A) CH 3 CH 2 OH

(B) CH 3 CO CH 3

(C) ( CH 3 )2 CH OH

(D) CH 3 CHO

( CH3 )3 CMgCl on reaction with D2O produces

(A) ( CD )3 CD

22.

24.

25.

(D) ( CH 3 )3 CD

Lucas test is associated with

(A) alcohols

23.

(B) ( CD3 )3 CH (C) ( CH 3 )3 COD

(B) phenols

(C) aldehydes

(D) carboxylic acids

______________alcohol reacts immediately with anhydrous ZnCl2 + HCl and gives insoluble chloride
(A) Methanol

(B) Ethanol

(C) Isopropyl alcohol

(D) 2 - Methyl propan - 2-ol,

Glycerol is more viscous than ethanol due to

(A) many hydrogen bonds per molecule

(B) high boiling point

(C) high molecular weight

(D) Fajan's rule

4.6 gram ethanol when reacts with sodium metal___________is formed.

(A) 11.2 litre H 2 at STP

(B) 1.12 litre H 2 at STP

(C) 1.12 litre O 2 at STP

(D) 11.2 litre H 2 at STP

178

26.

(i ) B H

2
6
P
(ii ) H O / OH -
2

(A) Both
ku
27.

H O
CH2 ........
Q P and Q respecctively are
3

CH2OH

(
Bk
)u

CH3
OH

(C)

CH2OH

and

C
CH
H32
H3
(D) CHCOH
2OHand
OH and

CH2OH

C2 H 5OH and C6 H 5OH can be distinguished by

(A) Br2 + H 2 O

(B) I2 + NaOH

(C) FeCl3

(D) Both (B) and (C)

28.

In the Lucas test of alcohols, appearnce of cloudiness is due to the formation of

(A) aldehyde
(B) alkyl chloride (C) acid chloride
(D) ketone
29. When ethyl alcohol is treated with cl2 we get
(A) CH 3 CH 2 Cl

(B) CH 2 Cl CH 2 OH

(C) CH Cl2 CH 2 OH

(D) CCl3 CHO

30.

When a compound (Molecular formula C3H8O ) is treated with acidic sodium dichromate we get
compound "X". When"X" is treated with methyl magnesium bromide followed by hydrolysis compound
"y" is formed. The compound y is
(A) isopropyl alcohol
(B) tertiary butyl alcohol
(C) iso butyl alcohol
(D) methyl ethyl ketone
31. Idenfify P,Q and R in the following reactions,
(i) OH

(ii)

COOH
OH

OH

Zn

Q
D

C2 H 5 I
(iii) R

OC 2H 5

(A) Sodium oxide benzene, Sodium phenoxide

(B) Sodalime, benzene, potassium phenoxide
(C) Zn, cyclohexanone, Sodium ethoxide
(D) Sodium, cyclohexanone, potassium benzoate
32. Salicyladehyde and o-nitrophenol are less soluble in water because,
(A) - CHO and - NO2 groups are not polar.
(B) they are aromatic compounds.
(C) intra molecular H-bond is present
(D) their molecular weights are high.
179

33.

The final product of the following reaction is / are

OH

CHCl3
50%KOH

KOH
OH

CH

(A)

OH

(B)
OH

OH

CH2 OH +

(C)

OMe

34.

OH

Given I =

COOK

, III =
OH

OH

The decreasing order of the acidic character is

(A) I >II >III
(B) III > II >I
(C) II > III >I
35.

COOK

CH2 OH +

(D)

NO2

, II =
OH

COOK

(D) II >I >III

An organic compound `X' With molecular formula, C7 H8O is insoluble in aqueous NaHCO3 but

dissolves in NaOH . When treated with bromine water, `X' rapidly gives `Y' ( C7 H5OBr3 ) The
compounds `X' and `Y' respectively, are
(A) benzyl alcohol and 2,4,6 - tribromo-3-methoxy benzene
(B) benzyl alcohol and 2,4,6 - tribromo-3-methyl phenol
(C) o-cresol and 3,4,5 -tribromo-2- methyl phenol
(D) m-cresol and 2,4,6 -tribromo -3- methyl phenol
36. Willamson's Synthesis is used for the preparation of
(A) acid
(B) ester
(C) ether
(D) alcohol
37. P - cresol reacts with chloroform in alkaline medium to give the compound A, which adds hydrogen
cyanide to form the compound B. The latter on acidic hydrolysis gives chiral carboxylic acid. The
structure of the carboxylic acid is
CH3

CH 3

(A)
OH

CH2COOH

(B)
OH
CH3

CH3

(C)

CH(OH)COOH

CH2 COOH

(D)
OH

OH

180

CH(OH)COOH

38.

Which of the following has maximum acidic strength ?

OH

OH

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

NO2

NO2

39.

OH

OH

CH 3

The Structure of the compound that gives a tribromo derivative on treatment with bromive water is
CH3

(A)

(B)

OH
CH3

(C)

CH2 OH

CH3

OH

(D)
OH

40.

(I) Benzene 1,2 - diol (II) Benzene 1,3 -diol (III) Benzene 1,4 -diol (IV) Phenol
The incresing order of boiling points of above mentioned compounds is
(A) I < II <III < IV
(B) I < II < IV < III
(C) IV < I < II < III
(D) IV < II <I < III
41. Phenols are more acidic than alcohols because
(A) phenols are more soluble in polar solvents
(B) phenoxide ion is stabilised by resonance
(C) phonoxide ion do not exhibit resonace
(D) alcohols do not lose H atoms at all
42. The products obtained when benzyl phenyl ether is heated with HI in the mole ratio 1:1 are
1. phenol, 2 benzyl alcohol, 3. benzyl iodide, 4. iodobenzenc
(A) 1 and 3 only
(B) 3 and 4 only (C) 1 and 4 only
(D) 2 and 4 only
43. The product obtained by the reaction of HBr with phenol is

(A)
44.

HO

Br

(A)

N=N

(C)

Br

OH

(B)

Br

(C)
Br

OH

(D) There is no reaction

Br

+
Base
N2 Cl

OH

(B)
(D)

181

OH

45.

Which one of the following is reduced with zinc and hydrochloric to give the corresponding hydrocarbon?
(A) Ethyl acetate
(B) Acetic acid (C) Acetamide
(D) Butan -2-one
46. An organic compound x with molecular formula C5H10O yields phenyl hydrazone and gives a negative
response to the iodoform test and Tollen's test. It produces n-pentane on reduction. The compound could be.
(A) petanal
(B) pentan-2-one (C) pentan-3-one
(D) amyl alcohol
47. Which of the following on heating with aqueous KOH, produces acetaldehyde ?
(A) CH 3CO Cl

(B) CH 3 CH 2 Cl (C) CH 2Cl CH 2 Cl

(D) CH 3 CH Cl2

48.

The formation of cyanohydrin from a ketone is an example of

(A) electrophilic addition
(B) nucleophilic addition
(C) nucleophilic substitution
(D) electrophilic substifution
49. Which of the following is the best method for making iso-propylmethyl ether ?

50.

51.

(A) CH 3 I + ( CH 3 )2 CHO -

(B) CH 3 I + ( CH 3 )2 CHOH

(C) ( CH 3 )2 CHI + CH 3 O -

(D) ( CH 3 )2 CHCl + CH 3 OH

C-O-C angle would be maximum in

(A) CH 3 - O - CH 3

(B) CH 3 - O - C2 H5

(C) C2 H5 - O - C2 H5

(D) ( CH 3 )2 CH - O - CH ( CH 3 )2

Which of the following reactions does not yield an ether ?

(A) Sodium methoxide reacts with dimethyl sulphate
(B) Sodium ethoxide reacts with ethyl bromide
(C) Sodium ethoxide reacts with bromocyclopropane
(D) Ethanol reacts with CH 2 N 2 in presence of HBF4

52.

Which of the following reagent is used to convert Butan-2-one into propnroic acid
(A) NaOH, I
/H+
(B) Fehling Solution
2
(C) Tollen's reagent
(D) NaOH, NaI/H+
53. By which of the following proceducres can ethyl n-propyl ether be obtained ?
H O
HBr
Mg
Na

I
II
III
(A) C2 H5OH
ether
C H Br
2

1.CH O
HBr
Mg
Na
I
II
III
(B) C2 H5OH
ether
C H Br
2.H O
2

140 C
(C) C2 H5OH + H 2SO 4

180 C
I
(D) C2 H5OH + Conc H 2SO 4
CH CH CH Br
3

182

54.

Oxidation of is isopropyl benzene by oxygen in the presence of dilute acid gives___________.

(A) C6H5COOH
(B) C6H5COCH3 (C) C6H5CHO
(D) C6H5OH
55. Cross aldol condensation occurs between
(A) two same aldehydes
(B) two same ketones
(C) two different aldehydes and ketones
(D) two same acids
56. Pentan - 3 - one is not obtainel from
(A) 2,2- dichloro pentane
(B) 3,3- dichloro pentane
(C) pentan -3- ol
(D) pent -2- yne
57.

C2 H 5CHO and ( CH 3 )2 CO be distiguished by testing with

(A) phenyl hydrazine

(B) hydroxyl amine
(C) Fehilng Solution
(D) sodium bisulphide
58. Which of the following has the most acidic hydrogen ?
(A) hexan-3-one
(B) hexan 2,4- dione
(C) hexan 2,5-dione
(D) hexan 2,3-dione
59.

The appropriate reagent for the transformation

(A) Zn - Hg, HCl

60.

61.

(B) H2/Ni

HO

O
CH 3

CH 2 CH 3
HO

(C) NH 2 NH 2 , OH -

(D) NaBH 4

CH 3 - CHO + HCN
A, compound A on hydrolysis gives

(A) CH 3 - CH 2 - COOH

(B) CH 3 - CH 2 - CH 2 - NH 2

(C) CH 3CH 2 - CH 2 COOH

(D) CH 3CH ( OH ) - COOH

What will be the final product "Z" of the following reaction ?

(i) NH
(i) Br / KOH
KMnO / H SO
CH 3CH 2COOH
X
Y
Z
(ii) D
(ii) HNO
3

(A) propan-1-ol
(C) ethanoic acid

(B) propan-1-amine
(D) propanal

62.

A compound, containing only carbon, hydrogen and oxygen, has a molecular weight of 44. On complete
oxidation it is converted in to a compound of molecular weight 60. The original compound is
(A) an aldehyde
(B) an acid
(C) an alcohol
(D) an ether
63. The major organic product formed from the following reaction
O

CH NH
(i)
..... is
3

(ii) LiAlH4
(iii) H2O
183

H CH 3
N
OH

(A)

(C)

O NHCH 3

(B)

H
N CH 3

(D)

N CH 3
H

OH

64.

Which one does not give Cannizaro's reaction ?

(A) benzaldehyde
(B) 2- methyl propanal
(C) p - methoxy benzaldehy de
(D) 2,2- dimethyl propanal

65.

A Compound containing molecular formula C5 H10Cl2 on hydrolysis gives compound cotaining molecular
formula C5 H10O , Which reacts with NH 2OH and also forms iodoformbut does not give fehling test
Original compound is

(A) CH 3

Cl
|
- C - CH 2 - CH 2 - CH 3

(B)

CH 3

Cl
|
- CH 2 - C - CH 2 - CH 3

|
Cl

|
Cl
Cl
|

(C) CH 3 - CH 2 - CH 2 - CH 2 - CH

(D) CH 3 - CH - CH - CH 2 - CH 3

Cl

Cl

Cl

66.

Silver mirror test can be used to distinguish between

(A) ketone and acid
(B) phenol and acid
(C) aldeyhyde and acid
(D) alcohol and phenol
67. The pair of compounds in which both the compounds give positive test with Tollen's reagent is
(A) glucose and sucrose
(B) fructose and sucrose
(C) acetophenone and hexanal
(D) glucose and fructose
68. Wolf Kishner reduction reduces
(A) - COOH group
(B) -C C- - group (C) -O- group
(D) - CHO group

184

69.

70.

OH
OCH - CHO
HOH 2 C - COOH The reaction given is

(A) Aldol condensation

(B) Cannizzaro reaction

(C) Fehling reaction

(D) Tollen's reaction

Cyanohydrin of which of the following, forms lactic acid

(A) CH 3CH 2CHO

71.

(B) III > II > I

74.

(D) CH 3COCH 3

(C) II > III > I

(D) I > III > II

Carboxcylic acids are more acidic than phenol and alcohol because of
(A) intermolecular hydrogen bonding
(C) highly acidic hydrogen

73.

(C) HCHO

O
O
O
||
||
||
CH
C
H
CH
C
- CH 3
ph
C
ph
3
3
The correct order of reactivityof phMgBr with
,
,
( II )
(III)
(I )
(A) I > II > III

72.

(B) CH 3CHO

(B) formation of dimers

(D) resonance stabilization of their conjugate base

When CH 2 = CH - COOH is reduced with LiAlH4, the compound obtained will be

(A) CH 3 - CH 2 - CH 2OH

(B) CH 2 = CH - CH 2OH

(C) CH 3 CO C6 H5

(D) CH 3 - CH 2 - CHO

In a set of the given reactions, acetic acid yielded a product C

C6 H 6
C2 H5 MgBr
CH 3COOH + PCl5
A
B
C Product C Would be
anhy Alcl3
ether

75.

76.

77.

(A) CH3-C(OH)-C6H5

(B) CH3-CH(OH)-C2H 5

(D) CH3COC6H5

(D) CH3CH(OH)C6H5

Among the following acids which has the lowest pka vulue
(A) CH 3COOH

(B) HCOOH

(C) ( CH 3 )2 CH - COOH

(D) CH 3 CH 2 COOH

One of the following named reaction is an example of disproportionation reaction.

Identify it.
(A)Brich reduction

(B)Aldol condensation

(C)Reimer-Tiemann reaction

(D)Cannizzaro reaction

Acetone and acetaldehyde are differentiated by

(A) NaOH +I2

(B) Ag(NH3)2+

(C) HNO2
185

(D) I2

78.

Which is not true about acetophenone?

(A) Reacts to form 2,4-dinitrophenyl hydrazine
(B) Reacts with Tollens reagent to form silver mirror
(C) Reacts with I 2 /NaOH to form iodoform
(D) Reacts with alkaline KMnO4

79.

Which of the following pairs can be distinguidhed by sodium hypoiodite

(A) CH3CHO and CH3COCH3
(B) CH3CH2CHO and CH3COCH3

(C) CH3CH2OH and CH3CH2CH(OH)CH3

80.

CH 3CHO and C6 H 5CH 2CHO can be distiguished chemically by

(A)Bendict test

81.

(D) CH3OH and CH3CH2CHO

(B)Iodoform test (C)Tollens test

(D)Fehling solution test

Ethanal is treated with excess of ethanol in the presence of hydrochloric acid. The product is

O
||
(A) CH 3 - CH 2 - CH 2 - C - CH 3

OH
(B) (CH3)2C OC H
2 5

O
||
(C) CH 3 - CH 2 - CH 2 - C - CH 2 - CH 2 - CH 3

(D) CH 3 C
H

82.

OC2H5
OC2H5

Predict the product in the given reaction

CHO

50% KOH
Cl

(A)

(B)

Cl

OH

OH

COO

CH2OH +

(C)

OH

CH2OH +

Cl

Cl

83.

CH2COO

CH2OH +

COO

CH2OH +

(D)
OH

Cl

OH

The number of aldol reaction(s) that occurs in the given transformation is

CH3CHO + 4HCHO Con. NaOH(aq)

OH
HO

(A) 1

(B) 2

OH
OH

(C) 3
186

(D) 4

84.

Identify the correct statement.

(A)Aldehydes on reduction give secondary alcohols.
(B)Ketones on reduction give primary alcohols.
(C)Ketones reduce Fehlings solution and give cuprous oxide.
(D)Ketones do not react with monohydric alcohol.

85.

Arrange the following compounds in increasing order of the reactivity in nucleophilic

addition reactions
Ethanal (I), Propanal(II), Propanone (III), Butanone (IV)
(A) III < II < I < IV (B) IV < III < II <I (C) II < I < III < IV (D) I < II < III < IV

86.

Ketones reacts with Mg-Hg over water gives

(A)pinacolone

(B)pinacols

(C)alcohols

(D) none of these

(87) In the presence of a dilute base, C6 H 5CHO and CH 3CHO react together to give ______
product.

(A) C6H5CH3

(B) C6H5CH2CH2OH

(C) C6H5CH2OH

(D) C6H5-CH=CH-CHO

H SO

dilute
g
4
A
B. The compound B is ...
(88) CH CH
dil . H 2SO 4
NAOH

(A)

(B)
OH

OH

(C)

(D)
OH

(89)

CH 3

Choose the weakest acid among the following.

(A) F3C COOH

(B) (CH3)2CH COOH

(C) CH3CH2COOH

(90) Among the following compounds, the most acidic is

(A) p-nitrophenol

(B) p-hydroxybenzoic acid

(C) o-hydroxybenzoic acid

(D) p-toluic acids

187

(D) FCH2COOH

ANSWER KEY

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

B
A
D
B
D
B
D
B
C
C
A
A
C
D
B
C
B
A
A
C

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

D
A
D
A
B
C
D
B
D
B
B
C
C
C
D
C
C
A
A
C

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

B
A
D
A
D
C
D
B
A
D
C
A
B
D
C
A
C
B
B
D

188

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80

C
A
C
B
A
C
D
D
B
B
C
D
B
A
B
D
B
B
B
B

81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90

D
C
C
D
B
B
D
A
B
C

Unit-24 Organic Compound Containing Nitrogen

MCQ
1.

Select the IUPAC name of the folloing :

CH3
|
H5C2 N C CH2 CH3
|
|
CH3 C2H5

2.

3.
4.

5.

6.

7.

(A) N - Methyl, N - Ethyl - 3 - Methyl - Pentan - 3 - amine

(B) N - Ethyl, N - Methyl - 3 - Ethyl - 3 - Methyl - propan - 1 - amine
(C) N - Ethyl, N - Methyl - 3 - Methyl - Pentan - 3 - amine
(D) N - Methyl, N - Ethyl - 3 - Methyl - 3 Ethyl - Propan - 1 - amine
Which of the Following reactions does not yield an amine ?
(A)

R - X + NH 3

(C)

H
R - CN + H 2 O

Na

(B)

C2 H5 OH
R - CH = N.OH + [ H ]

(D)

4
R - CONH2

LiAlH

Which of the following amides will not undergo Hofmann bromamide reaction ?
(A) Ethanamide
(B) Propanamide
(C) Benzenamide
(D) Acetanilide
Which of the following represents the poisonous gas which caused Bhopal tragedy in 1984 ?
(A)

CH 3 - N = C = O

(B)

CH 3 - N = C = S

(C)

CH3 - CH = N = S

(D)

CH3 - O - N == S

Choose the proer option for given statement on the basis of physical properties
Statement : (i)
Alkyl isocyanides have bad odours while alkylcyanides have pleasant odours.
Statement : (ii)
Alkyl cynanides are poisonous compounds.
Statement : (iii) The boling points of alkyl cyanides are lower than their isomeric alkyl-isocynides.
Statement : (iv) Acetonitrile is soluble in water but methylcarbylamine is not.
(A) TTTF
(B) TFTF
(C) TFFF
(D) TFFT
Phenyl isocyanide is prepared by which of the Following reaction ?
(A) Hoffmann reaction
(B) Carbylamine reaction
(C) Reimer-Tiemann reaction
(D) Wurtz reaction
What is the end product (B) in the following reaction sequence ?
P2O5
LiAlH 4
Butanamide
A
B
D

(A)
(C)

n - butylamine
Propyl isocyanide

189

(B)
(D)

n - propylcyanide
n - Propylamine

8.

Which of the following Structures represents a nitrolic acid ?

NO 2

(A)

R 2 C = N.OH

(C)

|
R - C = N.OH

(D)

R 2N - N = O

R 2 C - NO 2
(B)
9.

|
NO

Identify the compound "X" in the Following reactions.

CH 3 NO2

Cl2 / NaOH
excess

[]

HNO

CHCl3

(A)

ClCH 2 NO 2

(B)

CH 3Cl

(C)

Cl 2 CH NO 2

(D)

Cl 3CNO 2

10.

Which of the following amines can not be Prepared by Gabriel - Phthalimide reaction ?
(A) Benzylamine
(B) Ethylamine
(C) Aniline
(D) Methylamine

11.

In (CH 3 )3 N the state of hybridization of N-atom and the Spatial rearrangement of methyl groups
around it are respectively.

12.

(A)

SP 3 , Pyramidal

(B)

SP 3 , tetrahedral

(C)

SP 2 , trigonal planar

(D)

SP 3 , trigonal planar

Which of the following Compounds loses optical activity due to nitrogen inversion ?

(A)

CH 3CH 2 CH CH 3
|
NH 2

(C)

CH 3CH2 CH2

(B) CH 3CH 2 N CH 2 CH 3 (D)

|
CH 3CH 2
OH

13.

CH

CH2 CH3
3s

+
N CH 2 CH = CH 2 I
|

CH 3

CH 2 C6 H 5
|

The pKa Values of same bases are given below pick out the weakest base.
(A) 4.40
(B) 4.00
(C) 2.88
(D) 10.68

190

14.

15.

16.

17.

The correct order of increasing basicity in aqueous solution is.

(A)

NH 3 < C 6 H 5 NH 2 < (C 2 H 5 )2 NH < C 2 H 5 NH 2 < (C 2 H 5 )3 N

(B)

C 6 H 5 NH 2 < NH 3 < (C 2 H 5 )3 N < C 2 H 5 NH 2 < (C 2 H 5 )2 NH

(C)

C 6 H 5 NH 2 < NH 3 < C 2 H 5 NH 2 < (C 2 H 5 )3 N < (C 2 H 5 )2 NH

(D) None of the above

The order of basic strength among the Following amines in the Vapour phase (non - aqueous)
Solution is.
(A)

CH 3 NH 2 > (CH 3 )3 N > (CH 3 )2 NH

(B)

(CH 3 )3 N > (CH 3 )2 NH > CH 3 NH 2

(C)

CH 3 NH 2 > (CH 3 )2 NH > (CH 3 )3 N

(D)

(CH 3 )3 N > CH 3 NH 2 > (CH 3 )2 NH

Dye test can be used to distinguish between

(A) Ethylamine and acetamide
(C) Urea and acetamide
Identify 'Z' in the sequence.

(B) Ethylamine and aniline

(D) Methylamine and Ethylamine
+

NaNO2 + HCl
H / H 2O
CuCN / KCN
C6 H 5 NH 2
x
y
z
273 K
Boil

18.

(A)

C 6 H 5CN

(B)

C 6 H 5CONH 2

(C)

C 6 H 5COOH

(D)

C 6 H 5CH 2 NH 2

Which of the following arylamines is most difficult to diazotize ?

(A) O2N
(C) Cl

19.

20.

NH2
NH2

(B) CH3O

NH2

(D) CH3

NH2

Deamination of benzenediazonium chloride can be carried out with

(A)

H 3 PO 3

(B)

H 3 PO 4

(C)

H 3 PO 2

(D)

HPO 3

Which prouduct will be obtained by the hydrolysis of the product obtained by reaction of butane nitrile with Ethyl magnesium bromide ?
(A) Ethyl - n - propyl ether
(B) Ethoxy propane
(C) Ethyl propanoate
(D) Hexan - 3 - One

191

21.

Which of the following daizonium salts when boiled with dil. H 2SO 4 gives the corresponding phenol
most difficult ?
(A) HO3S

22.

23.

N+ N

(C) Br
N+ N
(D) CH3O
N+ N
Arrange the following amines in order of increasing basicity n - pentylamine (I), Sec-pentyl amine
(II), iso - pentylamine (III), tert - pentylamine (IV).
(A) I < II < III < IV
(B) II < III < I < IV
(C) IV < III < II < I
(D) III < IV < I < II
Match the entries of column - I with appro priate entries of column - II and choose the correct
option.
Column - I (Amine)

24.

25.

26.

N+ N

(B) CH3

- Cloumn - II

(A) Benzenamine
- (P)
(B) N - Methyl aniline
- (q)
(C) N, N - di Methylaniline
- (r)
(D) N - Ethyleethanamine
- (s)
(A) A-P, B-q, C-r, D-S
(B)
(C) A-S, B-P, C-q, D-r
(D)
Which of the following statement is correct ?
(A) P - nitroaniline is a stronger base than aniline.
(B) Aniline is a weaker base than O-methoxyanline
(C) P - methoxy aniline is a weaker base than aniline
(D) Aniline is a weaker base than ethylamine
Benzylamine may be preared by.............

( P K a Value)

11.0
5.08
4.30
4.62
A-q, B-p, C-r, D-s
A-S, B-r, C-q, D-P

(A)

LiAlH 4 / ether
C6 H5CONH 2

(B)

LiAlH 4 / ether
C6 H5CN

(C)

(i) KOH ( ii ) C6H5CH2 Br

Phthalimide

( iii ) Aq NaOH D

(D)

All of the above

AC 2 O
Br2
2O
(B) H

(C)
P-toludine (A ) CH
COOH
H+
3

What would be (C) for the reaction.

COCH3
Br

NH2
COCH3
(A)

(B)
CH3

(C)

CH3

NH2
Br
CH3

192

(D)

NHCOCH3
Br
CH3

27.

28.

29.

The correct order of decreasing basic nature for the bases NH 3 , CH 3 NH 2 and (CH 3 ) NH is....
(A)

CH 3 NH 2 > (CH 3 )2 NH > NH 3

(B)

(CH 3 )2 NH > NH 3 > CH 3 NH 2

(C)

CH 3 NH 2 > NH 3 > (CH 3 )2 NH

(D)

NH 3 > CH 3 NH 2 > (CH 3 )2 NH

When a primary amine reacts with chloroform in ethanolic KOH, then the product is............
(A) an isocyanide
(B) an aldehyde
(C) a Cyanide
(D) an alcohol
In the following sequence of reactions, what are suitable for (A) and (B) when (D) is 1 - phenyl
propan - 1 - one.
Hydrolysis
D + Mg(NH2)Br
A + B [ C ]
+ H 2O / H +

30.

31.

32.

(A)

A = C6 H5C N, B = CH3CH 2 MgBr

(B)

A = C6 H5CONH 2 , B = CH3CH 2 MgBr

(C)

A = CH 3CH 2 - C N, B = C6 H5 MgBr

(D) both (a) and (c)

Inter molecular hydrogen bonding is strongest in
(A) Methylamine
(B) Phenol
(C) Methanal
(D) Methanol
Among the following dissociation constant is highest for
(A)

C 6 H 5OH

(B)

CH 3 NH 3+ Cl -

(C)

CH 3 - C CH

(D)

C 6 H 5CH 2 OH

Each question given below contains statement - 1

(Assertion) and Statement - 2 (Reason). Each queastion has 4 choices (a), (b), (c) and (d). out of
which only one is correct choose the correct option as under :
(A) Statement - 1 is True; Statement - 2 is True ;
Statement - 2 is a correct explanation for Statement - 1
(B) Statement - 1 is True; Statement - 2 is True;
Statement - 2 is Not a correct explanation for
Statement - 1
(C) Statement - 1 is True; Statement - 2 is False
(D) Statement - 1 is False; Statement - 2 is True.
Statement - 1
Aniline is less basic than P - toludine.
Statement - 2
P - toludine is more basic than Aniline due to electron donating group - CH 3 .

193

33.

34.

35.

36.

Statement - 1
Aniline on reaction with at NaNO2/HCl 273K following by coupling with b-naphthol gives a dark
red coloured precipitate.
Statement - 2
The colour of the compound formed in the reaction of aniline with NaNO2/HCl at 273K followed
by coupling with b-napthol is due to the extended conjugation.
Statement - 1
Primary aliphatic amine forms highly stable alkyl diazonium salt.
Statement - 2
Benzenediazonium chloride is easily soluble in water while Benzene diazonium fluoroborate is insolubel
in water.
Statement - 1
Aniline is a weaker base than ammonia
Statement - 2
Aniline is resonance stabilized.
Statement - 1
P - nitro anline is a weaker base than p-toludine
Statement - 2
The electron with drawing - NO 2 group in P-nitroaniline makes it a stronger base.

37.

38.

Statement - 1
"Benzonitrile can not be prepared by nucleophilic substitution of benzene".
Statement - 2
" Benzonitrile can be easily prepared via diazonium salt".
Statement - 1
" Carboxylic acids are obtained by hydrolysis of Cyanide compounds in presence of sulphyric acid
and ammonia is liberated."
Statement - 2
" Primary amine is obtained by reduction of cyanide compound in presence of LiAlH4 . "

39.

40.

Statement - 1
"Gabriel Synthesis is used in the preparation of primary alifatic amines."
Statement - 2
"Primary aromatic amine can be prepared by Gabriel synthesis's method."
Statement - 1
" The boiling points of alkyl isocyanides are lower than their isomeric alkyl cyanides."
Statement - 2
"Isocyanide group is polar, so its boiling points is higher than their isomeric alkyl cyanides."

194

41.

42.

An organic compound (A) on reduction gives compound (B) on treatment with CHCl 3 and alcoholic
KOH gives (C) on Catalytic reduction gives N - Methyl aniline. The compound (A) is........
(A) Methylamine
(B) Aniline
(C) Nitrobenzene
(D) Nitro methane
Which is formed when (CH3)4 N OH is heated ?
(A)

CH 3 NH 2

(B)

C 2 H 5 NH 2

(C)

(CH 3 )3 N

(D)

(CH 3 )2 NH

43.

Aniline first react with acetyl chloride producing "A". "A" reacts with nitric acid / sulphuric acid
mixure and produce compound "B", which hydrolyses to compound "C" what is the identity of "C"
?
(A) Acetanilide
(B) P - nitro aniline
(C) P - Nitroacetanilide
(D) Sulphanilic acid

44.

Statement : (1) Sulphonation of aniline with conc. H 2SO 4 at 455 - 475 gives sulphanilic acid

45.

Statement : (2) Sulphanilic acid exists as a zwitterion and is amphoteric in nature.

Statement : (3) Sulphanilic acid has high melting point and is practically insolube in water, acidic
solutions and organic solvents.
Choose the proper option for above statement. (T = True, F = False)
(A) TFT
(B) TFF
(C) FTF
(D) TTT
Which of the following reactant produced Benzanilide when it treated with aniline ?
(A) Acetic anhydride
(B) Benzenamide
(C) Acetyl chloride
(D) Benzoyl choride

CN
46.

H O
+ CH3MgBr Q
P The procut "P" in the above reaction is ...........
OCH3
3

CH

(A)
47.

48.

OH
CH3

COCH3

CHO
(B)

OCH3

(C)

OCH3

OCH3

COOH3

(D)

OCH3

Which of the following is the strongest base in aqueous solution ?

(A) Methylamine
(B) Aniline
(C) Trimethylamine
(D) Dimethylamine
Identify (x) for the following reaction.
( i ) Sn / HCl
x
Benzonitrile
( ii ) NaNO2 / HCl
273 K
( iii ) H 2O

(A)
(C)

Toluene
Benzaldehyde

(B)
(D)
195

Benzyl alcohol
Benzene diazonium chloride

49.

In the following reaction sequence, predict the compound (x) and (y).
NH2

( i ) NaNO2 / HCl

Exless Br2
273 K

x
Y
( ii ) H 3 PO2

CH3

NH2
(A)

Br
Br and CH
3

(B) Br

CH3

(C)

NH2
Br
Br

Br

and

Br

NH2

Br and

(D)

Br

Br
CH3

CH3
NH2
Br
Br

Br

Br

Br

OH

and
CH3

CH3

50.

How many primary amines are possibile with the formula of C 4 H11 N ?

51.

(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
Which of the following is not the correct reaction of aryldiazonium salts ?

52.

(A)

HCl
C6 H 5 N 2+ Cl - + CuCl
C6 H 5 Cl

(B)

D
C6 H 5 N 2 + Cl - + HBF4
C6 H 5 F

(C)

C6 H 5 N 2+ Cl - + H 3 PO 2
C6 H 5 PO 4

(D)

C6 H 5 N 2+ Cl - + SnCl2 / HCl
C6 H 5 NHNH 2

(D)

No. of s and p bonds contains Allyl isocyanide are ____and ____

(A)

9s and 3p

(B)

9s and 9p

(C)

3s and 4p

(D)

5s and 7 p

53.

Identify (A), (B), and (C) for the given reaction.

Ethane nitrile
(A) A = Ethanol, B = Ethanal, C = Ethanoic acid
(B) A = Ethylamine, B = Ethanol, C = Ethanal
(C) A = Ethanamide, B = Ethanol, C = Ethanal
(D) A = Ethanoic acid, B = Ethanol, C = Ethanal

54.

Gas evolved during the reaction of Na-metal on C 2 H 5 NH 2 is :

(A)

55.

Br

N2

(B)

H2

(C)

C2H 2

(D)

CO 2

When primary amine is heated with CS2 in presence of excess of HgCl 2 , it gives isocyanate The
reaction is called :
(A) Hoffmann's bromamide reaction
(B) Perkin's reaction
(C) Hoffmann's mustard oil reaction
(D) Carbylamine reaction
196

56.

Which of the reactions will not give a primary amine ?

(A)

Br2

Acetamide
KOH

(B)

(C)
57.

Methyl isocyanide LiAlH

4
The IUPAC name for

Ethanenitrile LiAlH
4
(D)

Acetamide LiAlH
4

CH3 - CH = CH - CH2 - CH - CH2 COOH

|
NH2

58.

59.
60.

61.

62.

63.

64.

(A) 5 - amino - 2 - heptenoic acid

(B) 3 - amino - hept - 5 - enoic acid
(C) 5 - amino - hex - 2 - ene - carboxylic acid (D) b - amino - 8 - heptenoic acid
The action of nitrous acid on an aliphatic primary amine, gives : _________
(A) alcohol
(B) alkyl nitrite
(C) secondary amine
(D) nitro alkane
How many isomeric amines with formula C3H9N are possible ?
(A) 2
(B) 3
(C) 4
(D) 5
Which one of the following methods is neither meant for the synthesis nor for separation of amines ?
(A) Hinsberg method
(B) Carbyl amine method
(C) Hofmann method
(D) Wurtz reaction
Which of the following is not correct ?
(A) Ethylamine and aniline both have NH2 group.
(B) Ethylamine and aniline both dissolve in HCl.
(C) Ethylamine and aniline both react with HNO2 to give hydroxy compounds.
(D) Ethylamine and aniline both react with CHCl3 and KOH to form unpleasant smell.
Which is most basic ?
(A) Aniline
(B) O-Nitroaniline
(C) p-nitro aniline
(D) m-nitro aniline
Gabriel phthalimide reaction is used for the preparation of
(A) 10 aromatic amine
(B) 10 aliphatic amine
(C) 20 aliphatic amine
(D) 20 aromatic amin
Which is most basic ?
NH2
(A)

65.

CH3

(B)

NH2

NH2

NH2

(C)

CH3

(D)

CH3

Which is most versatile compound in the synthesis of aromatic compounts ?

(A) benzene diazonium chloride
(B) nitro benzene
(C) C6H 5CONH 2
(D) C6H5Cl
197

66.

Identify : C for the following reaction

Br2
AC2O
H + / H 2O
C6H5NH2
A
B
C

NHCONH2

NHCOCH3

(A)

(B)
Br

NH2

OH

(C)

(D)
Br

Br

67.

Name the amide which on reduction gives.

68.

(A) Hexanamide
(B)
(C) Heptanamide
(D)
Identify A, B, C and D in the following reactions :

Br

NH2
Pentanamide
Butanamide

Br2
NaNO2 / HCl
H 3 PO2 / H 2O
Sn / HCl

C
B
Nitrobenzene

D
A
273 K
Excess

(A)

69.

A = aniline, B = 2, 4, 6 - Tribromoniline,
C = 2, 4, 6 - tribromo benzene diazonium chloride
D = 1, 3, 5 - tribromo benzene
(B) A = Benzene, B = 2, 4, 6 tribromo benzene
C = 2, 4, 6 - tri chloro benzene
D = 2, 4, 6 - tri chloro phenol
(C) A = aniline, B = P-bromoaniline, C = P-bromobenzene diazonium chloride.
D = P - bromo phenol
(D) A = aniline, B = p-bromo aniline, C = p-bromobenzene diazonium chloride.
D = Bromo benzene
Identify A, B and D in the following reaction :
CH3CH2CH2NH2

70.

71.

PCl5
Na1C2 H 5OH
KCN
HONO
D
B
C

(A)

[A] = CH 3CHO,

[B] = CH 3Cl,

[D] = CH 3CH 2 NH 2

(B)

[A] = CH 3CH 2OH,

[B] = CH 3CH 2Cl,

[D] = CH 3CH 2CH 2 NH 2

(C)

[ A ] = CH3CH 2CH 2OH,

(D)

[A] = CH 3CHO,

[ B] = CH3CH 2CH 2Cl, [ D] = CH3CH 2CH 2CH 2 NH 2

[B] = CH 3CH 2Cl,

[D] = CH 3CH 2CH 2 NH 2

Out of the following compounds, which is the most basic ?

(A) CH3NH 2
(B) (CH3)2NH
(C) (CH3)3N
(D) CH5NH 2
Aniline on oxidation with Na2Cr2O7 and H2SO4 gives............
(A) benzoic acid
(B) m-amino benzoic acid
(C) p-benzo quinone
(D) schiff's base

198

72.

73.

Hinsberg's reagent is ..................

(A) benzene sulphonyl chloride
(B) benzene sulphonic acid
(C) phenyl isocynide
(D) benzene sulphonamide
Gabrid phthalimide reaction is used for the preparation of ................

(A)
74.
75.
76.

77.

78.

79.

80.

81.

82.

NH2 (B) CH3-NH-CH3

(D) CH3 N CH 3
|
CH3
The number of possible structures of amines (C7H9N) having one benzene ring is..........
(A) 3
(B) 4
(C) 5
(D) 6
Number of primary amines of the formula C4H11N is .................
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 4
(D) 3
The reagents needed to convert is/are : Benzenamide Acetanilide
(A) KOH/Br2, LiAlH4
(B) KOH/Br2, CH3COCl
(C) HONO, Cu2Cl2, (CH3CO)2O
(D) KOH/Br2, Ni/H2, CH3COCl
The compound C5H13N is optically active and reacts with HNO2 to give C5H11OH. The command
is
(A) N-methylbutanamine
(B) 1-amino pentane
(C) 2-Amino pentane
(D) N, N-Dimethyl propanamine
The amine which does not react with Acetyl chloride is
(C)

CH 2.NH2

(A)

CH 3 NH 2

(B)

(CH 3 )2 NH

(C)

(CH 3 )3 N

(D)

None of the above

Among the following, the strongest base is :_______

(A) Aniline
(B)
(C) m-nitro aniline
(D)

P-nitro aniline
Benzyl amine

( CH 3CO )2 O
Ni / H 2
NaCN
Chloro ethane
z Z in the above sequence is...............
x
y

(A)

CH 3CH 2 CH 2 NHCOCH 3

(B)

CH 3CH 2 CH 2 NH 2

(C)

CH 3CH 2 CH 2 CONHCH 3

(D)

CH 3CH 2 CH 2 CONHCOCH 3

Aniline when diazotized in cold and then treated with Aniline gives a coloure product, Its structure
would be.......
(A) CH3

N=N

NH2

(C) H2N

N=N

NH2

(B) H2N
7

(D)

Which of the following is the strongest base ?

(A) 0-methyl aniline
(C) N-methyl aniline

199

(B)
(D)

N=N
N=N

Aniline
Benzylamine

83.

Identity the product in the following sequence :

(i) Diazotisation

3, 4, 5 - Tri bromo aniline

(ii) H3PO 2

84.

85.

(A) 3, 4, 5 - Tribromo benzene

(B) 3, 4, 5 - Tribromo phenol
(C) 1, 2, 3 - Tribromo benzene
(D) 1, 2, 6 - Tribromo phenol
Aromatic nitriles (ArCN) are not prepared by the reaction :
(A) Ar X + KCN
(B) ArN+2Cl + CuCN
(C) ArCONH2 + P2O5
(D) ArCONH2 + SOCl2
The Following sequence of reactions on A gives
CH2CONH2
COOCH3

(A)

( i ) Br2 , KOH

?
( ii ) Heat

O
O

(B)

( C)

NH

86.

Presence of a nitro group in a benzene ring ______

(A) renders the ring basic
(B) deactivates the ring towards nucleophilic substitution
(C) deactiveates the ring towards electrophilic substitution
(D) activates the ring towards electrophilic substitution

87.

The reaction of CHCl 3 and alcoholic KOH with p-toluidine gives.

(A) H3C

88.

(B) H3C

CNO (C) H3C

NC

(D) H3C

O
O

CN

Predict the product :

NHCH3

(A)
89.

NCO

(D)

NH

+ NaNO2 + HCl Product

CH3
|
N NO2

NHCH3
NO
(B)

NHCH 3
+

(C)

OH
|
N CH3

(D)

CH3
|
NN=O

NO
Suggst a structural formula of a compound having molecular C8 H11 N(A ) Which is optically active
dissolves in dil aqueous HCl and releases N 2 with Nitrous acid.
NH2

NH2
(A)

(B)
CH2CH3

90.

NH2

CH3

(C)

CH3

(D)
H3C

CH3

CH CH3
|
NH2

Which is the oxidised product of when benzene diazonium chloride treated with hypo
phyosphrous acid ?
(A)

H 3 PO 4

(B)

H3PO 3

(C)
200

H 4 P2 O 7

(D)

None of this

91.

Identify (F) from the following reaction :

CH3

Re d n

[0]
NaNO2 / HCl
Br2
H 2O , H 3 PO2
Sn / HCl
E

A
B
C
D
KMnO4
Bromination
273- 278 K

NO2
Soda lim e

F
D

92.

(A) Benzene
(C) Bromobenzene
(B) 1,2-dibromobenzene
(D) 1,-2 - dibromobenzoicAcid
Give the IUPAC name of product (A) and (D) respectively.
D

- BF3
+

C 6 H5 N 2 Cl- + HBF4

NaNO2 ( aq )

Cu ,D
- NaBF4
- N2

93.

- N2

Ni / H 2
AC2 O
B
C

D
- CH3COOH

(A) Benzene, Acetanilide

(B) Fluorobenzene, Acetanilide
(C) Toluene, N - acetyl benzenamine
(D) Fluoro benzene, Ethanmide
Which of the poroducts are same in the following reaction ?
Con . HNO /

Reduction

NaNO2 + HCl
3
Zn kkWzh
CuCN / KCN
Ni/3H 2
Con . H 2 SO4
D
C 6H 5OH
A
E
C
273 K
D
B

Con . HNO3 /

( NaOH + CaO )
H / H 2O
Con . H 2 SO4
G

F
H
D

94.

(A) (A) and (G)

(B) (B) and (H)
(C) (C) and (G)
(D) both (a) and (b)
When benzenediazonium chloride react with substance of column-1 it gives coloured product given
in column-II select proper option from the following.
Column - I
Column - II
(A)
(B)

95.

OH / NaOH
OH / NaOH

(C)

NH2 / HCl

(D)

CH3
CH3

/ HCl

(P) P - amino azobenzene

(Q) P - N - N - dimethylamino - azobenzene
(R) P - hydroxy azobenzene
(S) b - Napthyl azobenzene

(A)

A - P, B - Q, C - R , D - S

(C)

A - Q, B - P, C - R , D - S

(B)

A - R , B - S, C - A, D - Q

(D)

A - S, B - Q, C - P, D - R

Which of the following compunds is not prepared by sandmeyer's reaction ?

(A) Chloro benzene (B) Bromobenzene
(C) Benzene nitrile
(D) Iodobenzene
201

96.

97.

Which of the following subsance gives reaction with benzene sulphonyl chloride ?
(A) N, N - Dimethyl ethanamine
(C) Methyl ethylamine
(B) Trimethylamine
(D) Dimethyl ethyl amine
Identify, (A), (B) and (C) for the reaction given :
H 3 PO4

A + H 3 PO3 + HCl
+ H 2O

SnCl 2 + HCl

B + HCl

C6H5N2+Cl

dil . H 2 SO4

C + N 2 + HCl
> 283 K

NH-NH2
(A) A =

,B=

98.

,C=

(B) A =

,B=

NH-NH2
,B=

Cl

OH

(C) A =

NO2

OH

OH

,C=

NH-NH2
,C=

(D) A =

OH

,B=

,C=

Select the IUPAC name of the following :

O
||
C2H5 N S C 6H 5
|
||
C2H5 O

99.

(A) N, N- diethyl benzene sulphonyl amine

(C) N,N- diethyl benzene sulphonamide
Which of the following is least basic ?

(B)
(D)

(A) H2N

(C) H2N

OCH3

(B) H2N

CH3

N, N- deithyl -Phenyl sulphonamide

N,N-diethyl benzene thionyl amine
COOH (D)

100. Which of the following reactions is known as "Balz -Schiemann reaction"?

(A)

C6 H5 N 2+ Cl - + HBF4 C6 H5 N +2 BF4 -

C6 H 5 F

(B)

3 + 3 KOH
C 6 H 5 - NH 2 CHCl

C 6 H 5 - N + C -

(C)

C 6 H 5 - N +2 Cl - Cu
- Powder
C 6 H 5 - X + N 2 + CuCl

(D)

4 NaOH
C 6 H 5CONH 2 Br
2 +

C 6 H 5 - NH 2 + Na 2 CO 3 + 2 NaBr + 2H 2 O

HX

101. Which has highest Kb value? R = CH 3

(A)

R 2 NH

(B)

R 3N

(C)

R - NH 2

(D)

NH 3

202

NH2

CH = CHNO2
102.

Zn / Hg

Product. Here the product is

HCl

COCH3
CH = CH.NO2

CH2CH2NH2

CH = CH.NH2

(A)

(B)

CH2CH3

CH2CH2NO2

(C)

(D)

CH2CH3

CH2CH3

CH2CH3

103. Which of the following statement is true regarding the basicity of the following two primary amines ?
CH2NH2

CH2NH2
I

(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)

II

Both are equally basic because both are 10 amies

I > II because it is an aromatic amine
II > I because it is an aliphatic amine
I < II because of difference in the nature of B-carbon

O
|| ..
+ ..
104. R C CH N N Intermediate + N 2

What is the nature of its intermediate in this reaction ?

(A) Carboniumion
(B)
(C) Carbene
(D)
105. Identify (D) in the given reaction.
( i ) LiAlH
( ii ) PBr3

4
CH 3COOH

[A]

( i ) KCN
( ii ) LiAlH 4

[ B]

Carbanion
Freeradical
-

CHCl3 / OH

[ C]

LiAlH 4

(A)

CH 3CH 2 OH

(B)

CH 3CH 2 CH 2 NH CH 3

(C)

CH 3CH 2 CH 2 NH 2

(D)

CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 COOH

106. Which of the following can undergo Hofmann reaction most easily ?
CONH2

(A)

(B)

(C)

SO3H

(D)
OCH3

107. Which of the following name is correct for CH 2 = CH - CN ?

(A)
(C)

CONH2

CONH2

CONH2

Acrylonitrile
Prop - 2 -ene nitnle

(B)
(D)

203

Vinyl Cyanide
All are correct

NO2

108. Which of the following is the correct IUPAC name of CH 3 NC ?

(A)
(C)

Methyl isocyanide
Methyl carbylamine

(B)
(D)

ethane isonitrile
both (a) and (c)

ANWER KEY

1.c
2.c
3.d
4.a
5.d
6.b
7.a
8.c
9.d
10.C
11.a
12.c
13.c
14.c
15.b 16.b
17.c
18.a
19.c
20.d
21.a
22.c
23.d 24.d
25.d
26.c
27.d
28.a
29.d 30.d 31.b
32.a
33.c
34.d 35.b
36.c
37.b 38.b
39.c
40.a
41.c
42.c
43.b 44.d
45.d
46.c
47.d 48.b
49.b 50.d
51.c
52.a
53.a 54.b 55.b
56.c
57.b
58.a
59.c
60.d
61.c
62.a 63.b 64.d
65.a 66.d
67.a
68.a
69.c
70.b
71.c
72.a
73.c
74.c
75.c
76.b
77.c
78.c
79.d
80a
81.b 82.d
83.c
84.a
85.c
86.c
87.c
88.d
89.d 90.b
91.c
92.d
93.d 94.b 95.d
96.c
97.a
98.c
99.c 100.a
101.a 102.b 103.d 104.c
105.b 106.c 107.d 108.d
204

Hints
8.

HONO
R C NO2
R - CH2NO2
- H 2O
||
Nitro
NOH
Compound

Nitrolic acid
9.

C Cl 3 NO 2 Known as "Chloropicrin" (X)

10.

Primary aromatic amine can not be prepared by this method because nucleophile aryl halide,
does not become favouable anion for phthalimide.

12.

Due to nitrogen inversion 3o - amines with three different alkyl groups undergo racemization
hence lose optical activity i.e, option (C) is correct.

13.

Higher value of K b (or lower value of P K b ) Shows more basicity of amine.

P Ka

Kb = 14

P Kb

= - log Kb

For,
option (C) P K b = 2.88 hence, P K b =14 - 2.88
P Kb

14.

= 11.12

15.

C 6 H 5 NH 2 is weaker than NH 3 and basicity of amines in aqueous sloution is 2 o > 3o > 1o

In non aqueous solvents the base strength increases as the magnitude of + 1 - effect increases,

16.

3 > 2o > 1o
Only aromatic primary amines gives dye test.

18.

Due to strong electron -withdrawing effect of the - NO 2 group, the nucleophilicity of the

- NH 2 is reduced and hence diazotisation becomes difficult.

21.

Aromatic 1o amines containing electron donating groups at O- and P- positions undergo

diazotisation much more readily than aniline while those containing electron with drawing
groups such as - NO 2 ,-SO 3 H,-COOH, etc.are difficult to diazotise.

22.

As the steric hindrance increases from (I ) + (IV ) the basicity decreases, so, increasing order of
basicity becomes IV < III < II < I.

31.

CH 3 NH 3+ Cl - being asalt, undergoes almost complete dissociation, therefore, it has a high dissociation
constant.

NO2
41.
(A)
Nitrobenzene

Re d

NH2

CHCl3/ KOH

(B)

+
NC

(C)

205

H 2 Catalyst

Re d n

NH CH3

N - methylaniline

42.

D
[ (CH 3 )3
(CH 3 )4 . N. OH

NH2
43.

N ] + CH 3OH

NHCOC6H5

CH3COCl
HCl

Aniline

HNO3 +
Conc.H2SO4

288 K

Acetanilide
NH2

NH 2

+
NO2
p - Nitro
aniline

NH2
45.

NHCOCH3
NO2

NHCOCH3
+

o - Nitroace
tanilide

NO2
p - Nitroace
tanilide

H+ / H2 O

NO2

CH3COOH

o - Nitro
aniline

NHCOC6H5

C6H5COCl
HCl

Aniline

Benzanilide

50.

Four (n - butylamine, isobutylamine, sec-butylamine, ter-butylamine)

52.

CH 2 = CH - CH 2 - N + C - (allyl isocyanide)

54.

2C 2 H 5 NH 2 + 2 Na 2C 2 H 5 NHNa + H 2

55.

CH 3CH 2 NH 2 + CS2 + H g Cl 2 CH 3CH 2 NCS + H gS + 2HCl

It is known as Hoffmann's mustard oil reaction.

56.

CH 3 NC on reduction will give a secondary amine.

58.

R - NH 2 + HNO 2 R - OH + N 2 + H 2 O

59.

Aliphatic amine

Alcohol

(i)

( ii )

CH 3CH 2 CH 2 NH 2

Propan -1-amine
(iv)

CH3 - CH - CH3
|
NH 2

Propan - 2 - amine

( iii )

C2 H5 - NH - CH3

N-mthyl ethanamine

(CH 3 )3 N
N, N - dimethyl Methanamine

62.

- NO 2 ,group is electron with drawing group.

73.

Gabriel phthalimide reaction is used for the preparation of primary aliphatic amines only.
206

74.

NH2
CH3

NH2
CH3

(i)

75.

(ii)

NH2

CH3
(iii)

NHCH3

CH2NH2

(iv)

(v)

CH3 CH2 CH CH3 ,

|
NH2

CH 3CH 2CH 2CH 2NH 2,

CH3
|
CH3 C CH3 ,
|
NH2

CH3 CH2 CH2 NH 2

|
CH3
(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

77.
It has chiral carbon
So, it is optically active.
78.

3o - amines do not react with acetyl chloride because they do not have replaceable H atom.
79. Benzylamine is stranger base because the lone pair on N atom is not de localised over the benzene
ring.
88. Secondary aliphatic and aromatic amines react with nitrous acid to form N - nitroso amine.
102. Amalgamated Zn and HCl reduces carbonyl group to methylene group without affecting double
bond.

- Co - - CH 2 -

So, (b) option is correct

- NO 2 - NH 2
CH2NH2

103.
II

b-Carbon
3
SP hybridisation

O
|| ..
+ ..
104. R C CH N N

CH2NH2
b-Carbon
2
SP hybridisation

N2

O
|| ..

R C CH
Carbene

106. - OCH 3 is more electron - releasing hence when the migrating aryl group has - OCH 3 in the para
position, its migrated is accelerated.

207

Unit-25 - POLYMER

IMPORTANT POINTS
INTRODUCTION
Polymer : Polymer (poly = many ; meros = parts) : is defined a material which is made by linking
together a large number of small recurring units called monomers. For example, polythene
(CH2 CH2 )n is formed by linking together a large number of ethene (C2H4) molecules.

Difference between Polymer and Macromolecule. Both polymer and macromolecules are
very big molecules. In a polymer there must be repeating units. But in a macromolecule, the
repeating unit may or may not be present. For example, polyethene containing the repeating unit
CH2 CH2 - , is regararded as both a polymer and a macromolecule. But chlorophyll having
formula C55H72O5N4Mg does not have any repeating unit and hence it is known as a macromolecule
but not a polymer.

CIASSIFICATION OF POLYMERS
(i) Cassification Based on Source
Natural and Synthetic polymers. The polymers found in nature are known as natural polymers
which control the life process in plants and animals and known as biopolymers, e.g., starch,
cellulose, proteins and nucleic acids. The polymers which are made in the laboratories are
known as synthetic polymers e.g., polythene, nylon, dacron etc.
Semi-synthetic polymers. Semi synthetic polymers are chemically modifiend naturally occurring
polymers. e.g., semi synthetic cellulose diacetate fibers are obtained by acetylation of nautural
celllose whith acetic anhydride in persence of sulphuric acid. An explosive cellulose nitrate
obtained obtained on nitration of cellulose is another example of semi-synthetic polymer Vulcanised
rubber used for making rubber tyres is also a semi-synthetic polymer.
(ii) Classification based on Polymerisation reaction

Polymerisation. I is the union of two or more of smaller molecules of similar or different type with
or without elimination of a small molecule like water, HCl etc., resulting in the formation of a new
C C bond.

The number of repeating units (n) which link together to forma molecule is known as the degree of
polymerisation.
(iii) Classification Based on Mode of Polymerisation

(a) Chain growth and step growth polymers

Chain growth polymers. These polymers are formed by successive addition of monomer units to
the growing chain having a reaction intermediate (free radical, carbocation or carbanions) at one end
of the chain. Chain growth polymers are formed by a process which involves chain reactions and
the process is called chain gorwth polymerisation.

Step growth polymers. These polymers are formed through a series of independent steps (reactions).
Each step involves the condensation (bond fromation) between two bifunctional units (monomers)
leading to the formation of a dimer, trimer, tetramer etc. Since the polymer is formed in a stepwise
manner, the process is called step growth polymerisation.
208

Some important differences between chain growht and step growth polymerisaion are given
below :
Sr. Chain growth polymerisation
Step growth polymerisation
No.
(i) Addution polymerisation.
Condensation polymerisation.
(ii) Monomers add to growing chain.
Monomers add in steps to from dimers, timers.
(iii) Takes place through chain reactions
Takes place through condensation reaction
in the presence of initiators.
(iv) Fast reaction
Slow reaction.
(b) Homopolymer and copolymer
Homopolyme. If a polymer is made up of identical monomers, it is a called a homopolymer (......M-M-M-M.......). For example, polythene, polyvinyl chloride and neoprene.
Copolymers. If a polymer is made of monomers of different chemical structures, it is caled a
copolymer (...... M1 M2 M1 M2 .......). For example Buna-S, butyl rubber and nitrile
rubber.
Copolymerisation is the polymerisation of two or more different monomer species resulting in high
molecular mass compounds called copolymerisation.
(c) Addition and condensation polymers
Addition Polymerisation. In this process, the simple monomers are joined together without loss of
molecules like H2O, NH3, etc. Polythene is one example.
Condensation Polymerisation. In this process, the simple monomers are combined together whith
the loss of simple molecules like H2O, NH3, etc., e.g., nylon.
Some important differences between Additon and Condensation polymers are given below :
Sr. Addition polymers
Condensation polymers
No.
1. Formed by addition reaction.
Formed by condensation process with elimination
of small molecule like H2O.
2. Mol. mass is whole number multiple
Mol. Mass is not whole number multiple of
of Monomer.
the monomer units.
3. Generally involve one monomer Unit
Involve more than one monomer unit.
4. Monomers are unsaturated molecules. Monomer units must have two active functional groups.
5. They are generally chain growth
They are generally step growth polymers.
polymers.
(iv) Classification Based on Structure
Linear Polymers. In these polymers there are straight chains of polymer molecules. For example,
nylon and polyester. Linear polymers possess high melting points and high density.
Branched Chain Polymers. In these polymers there are braches along the chains of polymer
molecules. For example, amylopectin. Branched chain polymers possess low melting point and low
density.
Cross Linked polymers. In these polymers the linear chains are joinded together by a suitable
cross link and as a result a three dimentional network structure is formed. For example, polystyrene
butadiene polymer and urea formaldehyde polymer. The cross linking the mechanical strength also
increases.
209

(v) Cassification Based on Molecular Forces.

Elastomers are polymers which possess elastic properties in excess of 300 percent. The elastic
property arises from the fact that in a elastomer the monomer units are nct linked in a straight chain
but are arranged in the form of a coil and hence it can be stretched like a spring. When the
deforming stress is released, the chains go back to their original coiled state. For example, natural
rubber, styrene butadiene rubber. Elastomers are cross linked to some extent. However, extensive
cross-linking reduces the elastic property.
Fibres are polymers in which the chains are held by intermolecular forces e.g., hydrogen bonding
or dipole-dipole interactions. For example, nylon and polyacrylonitrile.
Thermosetting polymers are polymers which harden irreversibly on application of sufficient heat.
For example bakelite, urea-formaldehyde and melamine-formaldehyde.
Thermoplastic are polymers which soften on heating and harden on cooling reversibly. For example,
polyvinyl chloride, polythene, teflon and polystyrene.
Plastics possess plasticity but no elasticity but rubbers possess elasticity and no plasticity.
Plasticity is the property to get deformed on application of force and elasticity is the property to
regain the original shape when the deforming force is removed.
Some important differences between thermosetting and thermoplastic polymers are given
below :
Sr. Addition polymers
Condensation polymers
No.
(1) Formed by condensation
Formed by addition polymerisation
polymerisation.
(2) Once hardened, they cannot be
Soften on heating and harden on cooling reversibly.
remelted.
On prolonged heating they are charred.
(3) Cannot be reshaped and reused on
Can be softened, reshaped and reused.
heating (retain their structure and shape).
(4) Possess three dimensional network
Possess linear structure with negligble cross links
structure containing cross links.
(5) These are strong, hard and more brittle. These polymers are weak, soft and less brittle
(6)
These polymers can be reclaimed
(7) These polymers cannot be reclaimed.
These polymers are soluble in certain orgnic
These are insoluble in common orgnic
solvents
solvents.
PROPERTIES OF POLYMRE SUBSTANCE
The properties of polymer substances depend upon (i) the structure of the macro molecules contained
in them and (ii) Their avenger molecular mass.
Larger the number of molecules with higher molecular mass contained in it, the greater will be its
density, melting point, hardness. Smaller the number of molecules with lower molecular mass contained
in it, lower will be its density, melting point, hardness etc.
The properties with high degree of polymerisation called high degree polymers (HDP) and the
polymers with low degree of polymerisation are called low degree polymers (LDP). Hard and
210

durable materials are made from high degree polymers while lower degree polymers are used to
obtain soft and cheaper materials.
Modification in properties of polymer substances
The properties of the polymer substances can be modified to make them more useful by adding
certain substances to them. For example ;
(i) Inorganic substance like TiO2, BaSO4, CaCO3, SiO2, are added to the polymers to abrasion.
These additives are called fillers.
(ii) Organic substances like tricresyl phosphate, glyeryl phthalate, tertiary butyl phthalate, oleic acid
are added to some polymers to introduce softness. These additives are called plasticizers.
(iii) Organic substances like phenol, cresol, and quinol and carbon black are added to check the
effect of sun light on the polymers and to avoid their decomposition. There additives are called.
antiocidants.
Characteristics of polymer substances
(i) They are light in weight and many types of material can be made out of them.
(ii) They are not affected by atmosphere and moisture unlike wood, metal, leather, cotton clothes.
(iii) They are insulators and possess heat resisting property.
(iv) They are no affected by the germs and most of the chemicals.
(v) Their properties can be easily modified to meet the requirement.
(vi) Their raw materials are easily and cheaply available.

GENRAL METHODS OF POLYMERISATION

They are obtained either by addition polymerisation or by condensation polymerisation.
(i) Addition polymerisation. Addition polymerisation involves the combination of a large number
of monomers of one or two types having one or more double bonds. Through chemical bond
formation this type of polymerisation is carried out by the formation of reactive intermediates
such as free radical or carbocation/carbanion with monomers like ethene, propene, styrene, 1,
3-butadiene, isobutylene, vinyl chloride, vinyl nitrile etc.
When a large number of two types of different monomers carrying double bonds add on
alternatively with each other, the reaction is called copolymerisation. Styrene butadiene rubber
alternatively with each other, the reaction is called copolymerisation. Styrene butadiene rubber
(SBR) obtained from styrene and butadiene monomers is copolymer.
(a) Free redical addition polymerisation. Various types of unsturated compounds such as alkeness
or dienes and their derivatives undergo polymerisation via free radical reactive intermediates.
Free redical generated by primary initiator like tertiary butyl peroxide at proper temperature
and pressure. The free radical joins the double bond of monomer ethene forming a new free
radical. This new free radical joins many other molecules one by one forming everytime bigger
and bigger and bigger chain type new free radical. Finally depending upon the reaction conditions,
two bigger long chain type of free radicals join each other to form a polymer molecule.

211

M.C.Q.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)

(6)

(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)

(12)
(13)
(14)

(15)
(16)
(17)

A high molecular weight molecule built from a large number of simple molecules is called a
(A) Monomer
(B) Isomer
(C) Polymer
(D) Tautomer.
A high molicular wieht molicule which does not contain repeating structural units is called a
(A) Polymer
(B) Macromolecule
(C) Both (A) and (B) (D) None of the above
The simple molecules from which a polymer is made are called
(A) Monomers
(B) Metamers
(C) Rotamers
(D) Eantiomers.
Which of the following is not a biopolymer ?
(A) Proteins
(B) Nucleic
(C) Cellulose
(D) Neoprene.
What is not true about polymers ?
(A) Polymers do not carry any charge
(B) Polymers hgave hig viscosity
(C) Polymers scatter light
(D) Polymers have low molecular weights.
On the bases of the mode of their formation the polymers can be classified
(A) as addition polymers only
(B) as condensation polymers only
(C) as copolymers
(D) Both as addition and condensation polymers
Natural rubber is a polymer of
(A) Butadiene
(B) Ethyne
(C) Styrene
(D) Isoprene
Terylene is a condensation polymer of ethylene glycol and
(A) Benzoic acid
(B) Phthalic acid
(C) Sakucylic acid
(D) Terephthalic acid.
Which one of the following is not an example of chain growth polymer ?
(A) Neopreme
(B) Buna-S
(C) PMMA
(D) Glyptal.
Which of the following is a synthetic polymer ?
(A) Starch
(B) Silk
(C) Protein
(D) Polystyrene.
Homopolymers are made from
(A) Only one type of monomers
(B) Two different of monomers
(C) Three different types of monomers
(D) Several different types of monomers.
Amongst the following, a homopolymer is
(A) PMMA
(B) Bakelite
(C) Glyptal
(D) Dacron
Which of the following is a copolymer.
(A) Buna-S
(B) PAN
(C) Polythene
(D) PTFE
Which of the following is a linear polymer ?
(A) Nylon
(B) Bakelite
(C) Alkyd resin
(D) Melamine-formaldehyde polymer.
Amongst the following, the branched chain polymer is
(A) PVC
(B) Polyester
(C) Low density polythene (D) Nylon-66
A copolymer of acrylonitrile and 1, 3-butadine is called.
(A) Buna-N
(B) Polystyrene
(C) Neoprene
(D) Buna-S.
Which of the following is wrong ?
(A) PMMA is called plexiglass
(B) PTFE is called teflon
(C) SBR is natural rubber
(D) LDPE is called low density polythene.
212

(18)

(19)

(20)
(21)
(21)
(22)
(23)

(24)

(25)

(26)

(27)

(28)

(29)
(30)

Which of the following statement/s is /are correct?

(A) Vinyon is a copolymer of vinyl chloride and vinyl acetae
(B) Saran is a copolymer of vinyl chloride and vinydiene chloride
(C) Butyl rubber in a copolymer of isobutylidene and isoprene
(D) All are correct
Mark the correct statement about thiokol rubber
(A) It is a synthetic polysulphide rubber
(B) It is obtained by condensation of ethylene chloride with sodium tetrasulphide
(C) It is resistant to oils and abrasion
(D) All are correct
Which of the following is an addition ( chain growth) polymer?
(A) Nylon-66
(B) Polyester
(C) PVC
(D) Glyptal
Which of the following is not an addition polymer?
(A)Polystyrene
(B) PVC
(C) Polypropylene
(D) Nylon
An example of addition copolymer is
(A) Polythene
(B) Butyl rubber
(C) Neoprene
(D) Natural rubber
Which of the following is an addition homopolymer?
(A) ploythene
(B) Teflon
(C) PVC
(D) All the three above
Which of the following sets cotain only addition homopolymer?
(A) Polythenem natural rubber, cellulose
(B) Starch, nylon, polyester
(C) Teflon, bakelite, orlon
(D) Necoprene, PVC, polythene
Which of the following is not a condensation (step growth) polymer?
(A) Melamine-formaldehyde resin
(B) Bakelite
(C) Polythene
(D) Polyester
An example of a condensation homopolymer is
(A) Bakelite
(B) Melamine-formaldehyde resin
(C) Alkyd resin
(D) perlon or Nylon-6
A polymer formed by coordination polymerization is
(A) Low density polythene
(B) High density polythene
(C) Nylon-6
(D) Dacron
Low density polythene is prepared by
(A) Free radical polymerization
(B) Cationic polymerization
(C) Anionic polymerization
(D) Zeigler-Natta polymerization
The best eay to prepare polyisobutylene is
(A) Coordination polymerization
(B) Free radical polymerization
(C) Cationic Polymerization
(D) Anionic polymerization
Natural rubber is a polymer of
(A) Ethylene
(B) Vibyl chloride
(C) Phenol
(D) Isoprene
Isoprene is
(A) 1,3-butadiene
(B) 2-methyl-1,3-butadiene
(C) 2-mithoxy-1,3-butadiene
(D) 2-chloro-1,3-butadiene
213

(31)
(32)

(33)
(34)
(35)
(36)

(37)

(38)

(39)
(40)

(41)

(42)
(43)

(44)
(45)

Natural rubber is
(A) Polyvinyl chloride (B) cis-Polyisoprene (C) trans- Polyisoprene (D) Polychloropene
Gutta percha is
(A) trans- Polyisoprene
(B) a synthetic polymer
(C) a very hard material
(D) All statement are correct
Natural silk is a
(A) Polypeptide
(B) polysaccharide
(C) polychloropene
(D) polyacrylonitrile
artificial silk is a
(A) Polypeptide
(B) polysaccharide
(C) polythene
(D) Polyvinyl Chloride
Which of the followin is not a polyamide?
(A) Wool
(B) Leather
(C) Nylon
(D) Natural rubber
Among the following polymer, the strongest intermolecular forces of attraction are present in
(A) Elastomers
(B) Fibres
(C) Thermoplastics
(D) Thermosetting polymers
Among the following the weakest interparticle forces of attraction present in
(A) Thermosetting polymers
(B) Thermoplastics polymers
(C) Fibers
(D) Elastomers
Thermoplastics are
(A) Linear polymers
(B) Soften or melt on heating
(C) Molten polymer can be moulded in desired shape
(D) All the correct
Which of the following is not a thermosetting polymer?
(A) Alkyd resin
(B) Bakelite
(C) Melmac
(D) SBR
Which of the following can be remelted time and again without producing any change
(A) Thermosetting polymers
(B) Thermoplastics polymers
(C) Bakelite
(D) Melamine-formaldehyde polymer
The tensile strength, elasticity and resistance to abrasion can be increased by a process called
........
(A) Diazotisation
(B) Vulcanization
(C) Isomerization
(D) Polymerization
The process of vulcanization was introduced by
(A) Charles goodyear (B) Kolbe
(C) Wohler
(D) Zeigler
Vulcanized rubber resists ........
(A) Wear and tear due to friction
(B) Cryogenic temperature
(C) High temperature
(D) Action of acids
The polymer obtained by condensation of sevacic acid and hexamethylenediamine is called .........
(A) Nylon-66
(B) Nylon-6
(C) Nylon-610
(D) Decron
The liner chains in nylon are held together by
(A) H-bonds
(B) Covalent
(C) Ionic bonds
214

(D) van der waals forces

(46)

(47)

(48)
(49)
(50)
(51)
(52)
(53)
(54)
(55)

(56)
(57)
(58)
(59)

(60)
(61)
(62)

Caprolactam needed for manufacture of nylon-6 is obtained by beckmann rearrangement of

...........
(A) Benzophenone oxime
(B) Acetophenone oxime
(C) Cyclohexanone oxime
(D) Cyclopentanone oxime
The repeating structural unit in neoprene is
(A) Chloroprene
(B) Chloropicrin
(C) Chloroethene
(D) Chlorotrifluoroethylene
Chloroprene is obtained by addition of HCL to
(A) Acetylene
(B) Vinylacetylene
(C) Divinylacetylene
(D) Phenylacetylene
To make PVC a flexible plastic, the additive used is called
(A) Filler
(B) Antionxidant
(C) Stabilizer
(D) Plasticizer
A polymer of prop-2-enenitrile is called
(A) Saran
(B) Orlon
(C) Dacron
(D) Teflon
Starch is the condenstion polymer of
(A) -Glucose
(B) -Glucose
(C) -Fructose
(D) -Fructose
Repeating disaccharide unit of starch is
(A) Lactose
(B) Sucrose
(C) Maltose
(D) Cellobiose
The repeating disaccharide unit of cellulose is
(A) cellobiose
(B) Maltose
(C) Lactose
(D) Sucrose
A polymer which has bette light transmission properties tha even glass is
(A) Perspex
(B) Bakelite
(C) Buna-S
(D) Poly(ethyl acrylate)
The polymer used in manufacture of electrical goods such as switches ,plugs etc. is
(A) Polythene
(B) Bakelite
(C) Melamine-formaldehyde resin
(D) Neoprene
The polymer used for coating electrical wires, cables etc. is
(A) Natural rubber
(B) Neoprene
(C) Nitrile rubber
(D) PVC
A polymer which is commonly used as a packing material
(A) Polythene
(B) Polypropylene
(C) PVC
(D) Bakelite
A synthetic rubber which is resistant to the action of oils, gasoline and other solvents is
(A) Buna-S
(B) Polyisoprene
(C) Neoprene
(D) Polystyrene
The abbreviation Pdi refers to
(A) Name of the polumer
(B) Poly dispersity index
(C) Plancks disposal index
(D) Polydiagonal index
PDI for natural polymers is generally close to
(A) Zero
(B) 100
(C) 1
(D) 10
Nylon-66 is made by using
(A) Phenol
(B) Benzaldehyde
(C) Adipic acid
(D) Succinic acid
The process involving heating of rubber with sulphur is called
(A) Galvanisation
(B) Vulcanization
(C) Bessemerisatiom
215

(D) Sulphonation

(63)
(64)

(65)

(66)
(67)
(68)
(69)
(70)
(71)
(72)

(73)

(74)
(75)

(78)
(79)
(80)
(81)

Terylene is made by polymerization of terephthalic acid with

(A) Ethylene glycol
(B) Phenol
(C) Ethanol
(D) Catechol
Teflon, styron and neoprene are all
(A) copolymers
(B) Condensation polymers
(C) homopolymers
(D) monomers
Interparticle forces present in Nylon-66 are
(A) van der waals
(B) Hydrogen bonding
(C) Dipole-dipole interactions
(D) None of the above
Soft drinks and baby feeding bottles are generally made up of
(A) polyester
(B) polyurethane
(C) Polyurea
(D) Polyamide
Polymer used in bullet proof glass is
(A) PMMA
(B) Lexan
(C) Nomex
(D) Kevlar
Which of the following is a constituent of nylon?
(A) Adipic acid
(B) Styrene
(C) Teflon
(D) None of these
Caprolactam polymerises to give
(A) Terylene
(B) Teflon
(C) Glyptal
(D) Nylon-6
Which of the following is a polyamide molecule?
(A) Terylene
(B) Rayon
(C) Nylon-6
(D) Polystrene
A condensation polymer among the following is
(A) Dacron
(B) PVC
(C) Polystyrene
(D) Teflon
The catayst used for the polymerrization of olefins is
(A) Ziegler-natta catalyst
(B) Wilkinsons catalyst
(C) Pd- catalyst
(D) Zeises salt complex
Cellulose acetate is a
(A) natural polymer
(B) semisynthetic polymer
(C) synthetic polymer
(D) plasticier
Teflon is a polymer of
(A) tetrafluoroethylene (B) tetraiodoethylene (C) tetrabromoethylene (D) tetrachloroethylene
Natural rubber is which type of polymer?
(A) condensation of polymer
(B) addition polymer
(C) co-ordination polymer
(D) none of these
Which is a protein?
(A) Nylon
(B) Rayon
(C) Natural silk
(D) Terylene
Natural rubber is a polymer of
(A) Isoprene
(B) Styrene
(C) Ethylene
(D) Butadiene
Which of the following is not an example of addition polymer?
(A) Polystyrene
(B) Polyethylene
(C) Polypropylene
(D) Dacron
Buna-S is obtained by the copolymerisation of butadiene and
(A) chloroprene
(B) styrene
(C) acrylonitrile
(D) adipic acid
216

(82)
(83)

(84)
(85)
(86)
(87)
(88)
(89)
(90)

(91)
(92)
(93)

(94)
(95)
(96)
(97)
(98)
(99)

Melmac is a polymer of melamine and

(A) glycerol
(B) formaldehyde
(C) cyclohexne
(D) caprolactum
Which of the following is a condensarion polymer?
(A) Polystyrene
(B) PAN
(C) Neprene
(D) Polyethleneglycol terephthalate
Which of the following is a natural polymer?
(A) Bakelite
(B) Cellulose
(C) PVC
(D) Nylon
The monomer unit of PVC is
(A) Vinyl chloride
(B) ethylene
(C) chloroprene
(D) acrylonitrile
Which one is a synthetic polymer?
(A) Starch
(B) Silk
(C) Protein
(D) Neoprene
Natural rubber is
(A) polyisoprene
(B) polyvinyl chloride (C) polychloroprene
(D) polyfluoroethylene
Which interparticle forces between linear chains in Nylon-66 are
(A) H-bonds
(B) covalent bonds
(C) Dacron
(D) Glyptal
Which of the following is common example of fibres?
(A) Bakelite
(B) Buna-S
(C) Nylon-66
(D) PVC
The weakest interparticle forces are present in
(A) Thermosettin polymers
(B) Thermoplastic polymers
(C) Fibres
(D) elastomers
Which of the following is an example of co-polymer?
(A) Buna-s
(B) PAN
(C) Polythene
(D) PTFE
Which of the following represents the example of homopolymer?
(A) PMMA
(B) Bakelite
(C) Glyptal
(D) Nylon-66
Polyacrylonitrile is an example of
(A) addition polymer
(B) condensation polymer
(C) natural polymer
(D) none of the above
Caprolactum is used to prepare which of the following polymer
(A) Nylon-66
(B) Malamine
(C) Nylon-6
(D) PMMA
Artificial silk is
(A) nylon-6
(B) rayon
(C) nylon-66
(D) none of these
Natural silk is a
(A) polypeptide
(B) polyacrylate
(C) polyester
(D) polysaccharide
The process of vulcanization of rubber was introduced by
(A) Zeigler
(B) MRF
(C) Charles goodyear (D) Wohler
A polymer of prop-2-2enenitrile is called
(A) Saran
(B) Orlon
(C) Dacron
(D) Tetron
copolymer is
(A) Nylon-6
(B) Nylon-66
(C) PMMA
(D) Dacron
217

(100) Ebonite is
(A) Natural rubber
(C) Higly vulcanized rubber

(B) Synthetic rubber

(D) polypropene

ANSWER KEY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

C
B
A
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
A
A
A
A
C
A
C
D
D
C
D
D
D
C
D

26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

B
A
C
D
B
D
D
A
B
D
B
D
D
D
B
B
A
A
C
A
C
A
B
D
B

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75

218

A
C
A
A
B
D
A
C
B
C
C
B
A
C
B
D
B
A
D
C
A
A
B
A
B

76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100

B
D
C
A
D
B
B
D
B
A
D
A
A
C
D
A
A
A
A
B
A
C
B
C
C

UNIT - 26 - BIOMOLECULE
M.C.Q.
1)

is a biomolecule.
(A) protein

2)

(B) enzyme
(B) nucleic acid
(B) 1:1

15)

(C) tetrasaccharide

(D) polysaccharide

(B) 6,2

(C) 5,1

(D) 4,1

(B) soluble

(C) more soluble

(D) soluble in more alcohol

(B) levoratatory

(C) (-)

(D) ail of above

(B) C2

(C) C3

(D) C4

(B) C2

(C) C3

(D) C4

(B) +52.50

(C) +66.50

(D) 1120

whats the name of phenomenon when rotation of sucrose solution reversed ?

(A) conversion

14)

(B) Trisaccharide

what is the specific rotation of aqueous Solution of sucrose ? [before hydrolysis]

(A) +19

13)

(D) melitriose

which carbon is anomeric carbon in cyclic structure of fructose ?

(A) Cl

12)

(C) fructose

which carbon is anomeric carbon in cyclic structure of glucose?

(A) Cl

11)

(B) dextrin

When rotation of an optically active organic compound is measured as anticlockwise then if is

know as
(A) lewrotation

10)

(D) none of above

solubility of glucose in alcohol is

(A) not soluble

9)

(C) oligosaccharide

Cyclic configuration for glucose is called Glucopyranose , because its cyclic chain contains
__________carbons & __________oxygens.
(A) 6,1

8)

(D) no certain ratio

general formula for________ carbohydrate is Cn H 2n-6 O n-3

(A) Disaccharide

7)

(C) 1:2

which carbohydrate isnt soluble in water and tasteless ?

(A) lactose

6)

(D) carbohydrate

which carbohydrate isnt soluble in water and tasteless ?

(A) monosaccharide (B) trisaccharide

5)

(C) formic acid

what is the proportion of hydrogen and oxygen in molecule of all member of carbohydrate ?
(A) 2:1

4)

(D) all of above

is not a biomolecule.
(A) vitamin

3)

(C) lipid

(B) inversion

(C) diversion

(D) reversion

which optical rotation has been obtained by aqueous solution of sucrose mixture , which is
produced before hydrolysis of and after hydrolysis of sucrose ?
(A) Dextrorotatory , levorotatory

(B) levorotatory , Dextrorotatory

(C) levorotatory , levorotatory

(D) Dextrorotatory , Dextrorotatory

two monosaccharide units of sucrose are linked by which carbon chain ?

(A) Cl-O-Cl

(B) C2-O-C2

(C) C1-O-C6
219

(D) C1-O-C2

16)

In sucrose a-D-(+)-glucose and b-D-(-)- Glucose are linked by________ chain

(A) glycolipid

17)

(C) C 1-O-C 3

(D) C1-O-C 4

(B) maltose

(C) fructose

(D) all of above

(B)16,173,74

(C) 16,74,173

(D) 173,74,16

(B) maltose

(C) lactose

(D) A & C

(B) maltose

(C) lactose

(D)A&B

(B) sucrose

(C) A&B

(D) none

(B) lactose

(C) A&B

(D) none

(B) maltose

(C) lactose

(D) all of above

(B) maltose

(C) lactose

(D) all of above

(B) maltose

(C)A&B

(D) none

(B) maltose

(C) lactose

(D) B&C

what is the specific rotation of aqueous solution of mixture , which is produced after hydrolysis of sucrose ?
(A) -200

33)

(B) C1-O-C 2

which sugar is dextrorotatory and doesnt indicate mutarotation ?

(A) sucrose

32)

(D) all of above

which sugar is dextrorotatory and indicates mutarotation ?

(A) sucrose

31)

(C) maltose

which sugar is hydrolyzed by emulsine enzyme ?

(A) sucrose

30)

(B) fructose

which sugar doesnt reduce fehlings Solution ?

(A) sucrose

29)

(D) arneto

which sugar reduces fehlings solution and makes phenyl hydrazone with phenyl hygrazine ?
(A) maltose

28)

(C) caramel

by hydrolysis of which substance, we obtain one molecules of glucose ?

(A) lactose

27)

(B) elitem

by hydrolysis of which substance, we obtain two molecules of glucose?

(A) sucrose

26)

(D) lactose

which substance is produced before obtaining alcohol from the compound containing starch ?
(A) sucrose

25)

(C) fructose

what are the sweetness index of fructose , glucose and lactose respectively
(A) 74,173,16

24)

(B) glucose

which is reducing sugar?

(A) lactose

23)

(D) A&B both

two monosaccharide units of maltose are linked by which carbon chain ?

(A) C l-O-C l

22)

(C) sucrose

which substance is soluble in alcohol ?

(A) glucose

21)

(B) fructose

which substance is produced by heating sucrose at 486 K temperature ?

(A) sucralose

20)

(D) phosphosidic

which is chosen as standard for Sweetness of sugar?

(A) sucrose

19)

(C) phospholipid

which is non-reducing sugar?

(A) glucose

18)

(B) glycosidic

(B) -92

(C) +52.50

(D) +66.50

The specific rotation in inverted sugar during hydrolysis due to specific rotation of glucose solution
is_______.(the mixture of glucose and fructose obtained at the end of hydrolysis is called inverted sugar )
(A) -200

(B) -920

(C) +52.50
220

(D) +66.5

34)

The specific rotation in inverted sugar during hydrolysis due to specific rotation of fructose solution
is_________ .(the mixture of glucose and fructose obtained at the end of hydrolysis is called
inverted sugar)
(A) -20

35)

39)

(B) starch

(B)sucrose

(C)maltose

(D) lactose

(B) sucrose

(C) maltose

(D) glucose

which substance in animal body can be Converted in glucose and also gives energy when
required ?
(B) glycogen

49)

(D) starch

(B) lilen

(C) rayon

(D) acetate fibre

(C) antibodies

(D) all of above

protein is/are_________
(B) hormones

what are the names of scientist, who had obtained many amino acid from hydrolysis of protein ?
(C) Emil Fischer

(D) all of above

which amino acid is known as C-terminal residue in alanylglycylphenylalanine ?

(B) glycine

(C) phenyl alanine

(D) none

(C)upto 20000

(D) upto 1 Crore

(C) upto 10000

(D) >10000

molecular mass of polypeptid is_________

(B) upto 10000

molecular mass of protein _________

(A) upto 1000

48)

(C) cellulose

_____________ is not a cellulose .

(A) 100
47)

(D) nuclic acid

which is not a sugar ?

(A) alanine
46)

(C) protein

which sugar is not present in vegetable ?

(A) Haworth & Hirst (B) Tollens & Tanret

45)

(D)C nH2nO n

(D) alcoholic potassium hydroxide

(A) enzyme
44)

(C)C n+1H 2nO

(C) ammoniacal cupric hydroxide

(A) nylon fibre

43)

(B)C n+2H2nO n

(B)chloroform

(A) sucrose
42)

(D)A&C

(A)water

(A) starch
41)

(C) cellulose

in which solvent, cellulose is soluble ?

(A)glucose
40)

(B)sucrose

___________ is the main component of cell walls of plants.

(A) cellulose

38)

(D) +66.5

general formula for polysaccharide is

(A) (C6H10O5)n

37)

(C) +52.5

example of polysaccharide is
(A)starch

36)

(B) -92

(B) upto 5000

the polypeptide chains run parallel and are held together by _______bonds.
(A) disulphide

(B) covalent

(C) co-ordination-covalent bond

(D) none

By which bond the polypeptide chains are held together in fibrous protein ?
(A) hydrogen bond (B) covalent bond

(C) disulphide bond

221

(D) A&C

50)

which protein is insoluble in water,which is present in muscle ?

(A) myosin

51)

(B) 48

(C) 60

(B) change in pH

55)

56)

(D) none

which is the reason of denaturation of protein ?

(C) adding concentrate alkali

(D) all

in certain clynical chemistry tests removal of all protein materials , which chemical is added to
sample ?
(A) trichloro acetic acid

(B) bezoic acid

(C) ethanoic acid

(D) benzene sulphonic acid

which is called as coenzyme ?

(A) protein chain

(B) inorganic component as cofactor

(C) organic component as co-factor

(D) apoenzyme

Which of the following ions may be co-factor ?

(A) Zn2+, Cu2+

57)

(D) 72

(C) increase in temperature

(A) organic solvent (B) detergent

54)

(D) insulin

which isnt true reason of denaturation of protein ?

(A) detergent

53)

(C) keratin

in a-helix shaped protein , polypeptide chain is coild in helix shape approximate_______ amino
acids are included per turn of helix
(A) 3.6

52)

(B) albumin

(B) C4+, Si4+

(C) CI, Br

(D) PO43 ,S042

which of the following is true ?

(A) Coenzyme + Apoenzyme Enzyme
(Active)

(Active)

(Active)

(B) Coenzyme + Apoenzyme Enzyme

(Active)

(inactive)

(Active)

(C) Coenzyme + Apoenzyme Enzyme

(inactive)

(Active)

(Active)

(D) Coenzyme + Apoenzyme Enzyme

(inactive)
58)

(C) emulsin

(D) lipase

(B) A

(C) C

(D) B

haemorrhage disease caused by deficiency of___________vitamin

(A) Calciferol

61)

(B) invertaze

fat soluble vitamin is

(A) H

60)

(B) phylloquinone

(C) Tocopherol

(D) retinol

which vitamin isnt synthesizes from vegetable ?

(A) Cyanocobalamine

62)

(Active)

sucrose is hydrolyzed by__________enzyme

(A) zymase

59)

(inactive)

(B) pyridoxine

(C)thiamine

(D) Tocopherol

(C) B6

(D) all

which vitamins source is yeast?

(A) B1

(B) H

222

63)

64)

65)

which disease caused by deficiency of vitamin E ?

(A) Sterility

(B) skin disease

(C) bone deformation in children

(D) paralysis

which substance isnt formed by complete hydrolysis of nucleic acid ?

(A) hexos sugar

(B) phosphoric acid

(C) hetrocyclic bases which contains nitrogen element

(D) pentose sugar

purine base is
(A) G

66)

(C) C

(D) U

(C) U

(D)C

(B) G
(B)T
(B) C2

(B)C2

(B) Cl, C3

74)

76)

(C)C4

(C) C3, C5

(D) C5,C5

(C) twisted rope

(D) all

(A) luis & pouling

(B) HC crick & JDWatson

(C) howarth & hirst

(D) tallence & tenrate

by which bond , base of one nucleotide and base of another nucleotide are joined together ?
(C) coordination covalent bond (D) ionic

which pairs of bases are true for linkage between two chain of polynucleiotide ?
(A) adenine-Thymine

(B) adenine- guranine

(C) guanine-thymine

(D) adenine-cytosine

how many hydrogen bonds between base G and Base C are present in structure of DNA ?
(A) 1

77)

(C)C3

who proposed that structure of DNA is double helix ?

(A) hydrogen bond (B) covalent bond

75)

(C) C4

structure of DNA is look alike _________

(A) spiral straircase (B) double helix

73)

(C) C3

two nucleosides are joined together by phosphodiester linkage, this linkage is formed between
___________ of one sugar and ________ of other sugar.
(A) Cl ,C1

72)

(D) All

unit formed by attachment of which carbon of nucleoside to phosphate ion is known as

nucleotide ?
(A) Cl

71)

(C) U

a unit formed by attachment of a base to_________ position of sugar is known as nucleoside

(A) Cl

70)

(B) T

which base isnt present in RNA ?

(A) G

69)

(D) U

which base isnt present in DNA ?

(A) A

68)

(C) T

pyrimidine base is
(A) C

67)

(B) C

(B) 2

(C) 3

(D) no certain number

if a person bleeds by his gingiva , so what would you suggest to eat to prevent the disease ?
(A) vegetable oil

(B) citrus fruits

(C) cheese

223

(D) milk

78)

which subgroup isnt possible for vitamin ?

(A)B1

79)

(D) viatamine

(B) fructose

(C) maltose

(D) all

(B) lactose

(C) maltose

(D) none

(B) fructose

(C) galactose

(D) all

molecularmassof_________ sugar is 342 gm/mol

(A) cellobios

84)

(C) vitmin

molecularmass of_________ carbohydrate is 180 gm/mol

(A) glucose

83)

(B) vitamine

whichsugarisntindicatingmutarotation?
(A) sucrose

82)

(D) B12

which sugar indicates mutarotation ?

(A) glucose

81)

(C) B6

_________ term is familiar for vitamin nowdays

(A) vitamin

80)

(B) B4

(B) maltose

(C) A&B

(D)none

Glucose is known as glucopyranose because

(A) cyclicstructure of glucose contains 6 memberring
(B) cyclicstructure of glucose contains 5 carbon atoms and one oxygen atoms
(C) glucose is aldohexose
(D) glucose is ketohexose

85)

one base present in central part of DNA, its joined to another base with 3 hydrogen bond, so
what is that base ?
(A)A

86)

(C)T

(D) U

one pyrimidine base present in central part of DNA, itsjoinedtoanotherbase with 2 hydrogen
bond, so what is that base ?
(A) A

87)

(B) G

(B) G

(C) C

(D) T

which reaction isntgiven by glucose ?

(A) glucose is oxidized by tollens reagent
(B) glucose gives violet color with skiffs reagent
(C) Fehlingssolution is reduced by glucose
(D) glucose gives addition product with sodium bisulphite

88)

the crystal of glucose obtained from which solvent are dissolved in water and the specific rotation
of this freshly prepared solution of glucose is +112 ?
(A) ethyle alcohol

89)

(C) pyridine

(D) A & B

mutarotation for aqueous solution of glucose is_________

(A)+19

90)

(B) aceticacid
(B) +52.5

(C) +112

(D) +119

which type of carbon is called anomeric carbon in cyclic structure of glucose ?

(A) its joined with aldehyde group in open chain structure
(B) its carbonyl carbon in open chain structure of glucose
(C) its joined with carboxylic group in open chain structure
(D) none
224

91)

if the solution of glucose shows a specific rotation of +52.5 then mixture of a - D+ glucose ___%
and [a - D + glucose_______ %
(A) 25,75

92)

(C) aldohexos

(D) ketohexose

(B) sucrose

(C) maltose

(D) lactose

(B) 20,80

(C) 30,70

(D) 80,20

(B) C1-O-C 5

(C) C l-O-C 6

(D) C2-O-C 4

(B) C1-0-C4

(C) C1-0-C3

(D) C1-0-C6

cellulose consist of long chain of__________

(A) a-D+glucose

99)

(B) ketopentose

in structure of amylose a-D+glucose units are joined by__________linkage.

(A)Cl-0-C2

98)

(D) ketohexose

in structure of amylopectin a-D+glucose units are joined by C1-0-C4linkage, but some

a-D+ glucose units are joined by __________ linkage
(A) C l-O-C 2

97)

(C) aldohexos

starch is mixture of amylose______% and amylopectin of______%

(A) 10,90

96)

(B) ketopentose

which substance is insoluble in water?

(A) starch

95)

(D) 33,67

fructose is known______
(A) aldopentose

94)

(C)64,36

glucose known as______

(A) aldopentose

93)

(B) 36,64

(B) a-D+fructose

(C) b-D+ glucose

(D) b-D-glucose

in cellulose 2 monosaccharide molecule are joined by________linkage

(A) C l-O-C 2

(B) C l-O-C 3

(C) C l-O-C 4

(D) C l-O-C 6

100) structure of all a-aminoacid posses ______aminogroup.

(A) primary

(B) secondary

(C) tertiary

(D) A&B

101) proline amino acid contains_________amino group

(A) primary

(B) secondary

(C) tertiary

(D) A&B

(C)methionine

(D)all

102) essential amino acid is

(A) valine

(B)histidine

103) some amino acids are known as none essential aminoacid because
(A) they are not necessaryfor normal body reaction
(B) they are synthesized in body
(C) instead of those another amino acid are obtained through diet
(D) they cause disease in body
104) amino acid contains
(A) aminogroup

(B) amide group

(C) carboxyl group

(D) A&C

105) in dry solid form the amino acid exists as dipolar molecule in which carboxyl group is present as
carboxylate ion & amino group is present as amonium ion this dipolar ion is also known
as_______ ion
(A) twitterion

(B) zwitterion

(C) carboxeminium
225

(D) all

106) in electric field the pH value at which amino acid doesnt migrate towards any electrode is
called______
(A) neutral point

(B) amphotericpoint

(C) isoelectricpoint

(D) all

107) by which method a mixture of amino acid can be separated

(A) breedingArc

(B) electrophoresis

(C) chromatography

(D) B&C

108) which bond is formed to reaction between amino group of 1-amino acid and carboxyl group of
another amino acid
(A) esterbond

(B) amide bond

(C) peptide bond

(D) B&C

109) three different amino acids joined in different sequence to form different types of tri-peptide
(A)23

(B)33

(C)6

(D) 3

110) which ofthe followingsentence is true or false ? (symbol fortrue isT, and forfalse its F)
(i)

group attached to Cl in cyclicstructure of glucose acts as reducingagent group, this glucose

is one monosaccharide unit of sucrose

(ii)

group attached to Cl in cyclicstructure of glucose acts as reducing agent group, this glucose
is one monosaccharide unit of maltose

(iii)

in maltose two monosaccharide units are joined to each other

(iv)

group attached to C4 in cyclicstructure of galactose acts as reducing agent group

(A) FFTF

(B) FTTF

(C) TFFT

(D)TTTT

(B) amiloze

(C) amilo pectine

(D) B&C

(C) fructose

(D) A&B

111) starch is mixture of

(A) zymez

112) cellulose consist of long chain of

(A) a-D+glucose

(B) b-D+glucose

113) Answer, whether the following statements are true of false, & select properchoice !
(i)

Tyrosine got its name because of its sweet taste

(ii)

glycine got its name because it was first obtained from cheese

(iii)

glutamic is acidic amino acid

(iv)

arginine is basicaminoacid

(v)

alanine is neutral amino acid

(vi)

glycin isnt neutral amino acid

whethergiven statements are true or false

(a) (i, ii, iii) -true

(b) (i, ii, vi) -false

(c) (iii, iv, v)-true

Multiple choice(A) a-F,b-T,c-T,d-F

(B) a-T,b-T,c-T,d-F

(C) a-F,b-T,c-F,d-T

(D) a-F,b-T,c-T,d-T

226

(d) (ii)-false,(ii,iv)-true

114) Amino acid is given in Column-1 & its nature is given in Column-ll so match the following
Column 1

Column II

i. lysine

a. acidic

ii. glysine

b. basic

iii. arginine

c. nutral

iv. alanine
(A) i-b,ii-c,iii-b,iv-c (B) i-b,ii-a,iii-b,iv-c

(C) i-a,ii-a,iii-b,iv-c

(D) i-c,ii-b,iii-a,iv-b

115) Match section 1 & 2

SECTION I

SECTION II

i. N-terminal residu

a.

aminogroup written at right side in peptide chain

ii. C-terminal residue

b.

carboxyl group written at leftside in peptide chain

c.

aminogroup written at leftside in peptide chain

d.

carboxyl group written at rightside in peptide chain

(A) i-a,ii-b

(B) i-c,ii-d

(C) i-b,ii-c

(D) i-b, ii-a

116) carbohydrate given in column I and its example given in column II, select proper choice
SECTION I

SECTION II

i. monosaccharide

a.

raffinose

ii. disaccharide

b.

fructose

iii. trisaccharide

c.

stachyose

iv. tetrasaccharide

d.

glycogene

v. polysaccharide

e.

cellobiose

(A) i-b,ii-e,iii-a,iv-d,v-c

(B) i-b,ii-e,iii-a,iv-c,v-d

(C) i-b,ii-d,iii-a,iv-e,v-c

(D) i-a,ii-b,iii-c,iv-d,v-e

117) chemical reactions are given in section I and chain or group present in structure of glucose are
given in section II. Match Section-I with Section-II
Section-I

Section-II

i.

glucose forms oxime with

hydroxyl amine

a. OHC-C-C-C-C-C chain is present

ii.

glucose is oxidized by nitric acid and

give saccharic acid

b. carbonyl group is present

iii. glucose is oxidized by bromine water

and givegluconicacid

c. OHC-C(OH)-C(OH)-C(OH)-C(OH)-CH2OH
chain is present

iv. glucose forms penta-acitile glucose

with aceticenhydride in presence of
pyridine

d. OHC-C-C-C-C-CH2OH chain is present

(A) i-b,ii-d,iii-a,iv-c (B) i-a,ii-b,iii-c,iv-d

(C) i-d,ii-biii-a,iv-c
227

(D) i-b,ii-a,iii-d,iv-c

118) the observered angle of rotation of 6.25 g of sucrose in 25 ml of aqueous solution in a polarimeter
tube 15 cm long is +66.50 what is the specific rotation of solution of sucrose?
(A) 13.30

(B) 66.50

(C) 24.90

(D) 26.60

119) the observered angle of rotation of 20g of sucrose in 40 ml of aqueous solution in a polarimeter
tube 30cm long is +28.5, what is the specific rotation of solution of glucose ?
(A) 19

(B) 52.5

(C) 57

(D) 112

120) which of the followingsentence istrue or false ?

(symbol fortrue isT, and forfalse it's F)
i.

in maltose anomericcarbon of two monosaccharide units are involved in formation of

glycosidicbond

ii.

in sucrose anomericcarbon of one monosaccharide unit is involved in formation of

glycosidicbond

iii.

in lactose anomericcarbon of one monosaccharide unit is involved in formation of

glycosidicbond

(A) FFT

(B) TTF

(C)TFT

(D) FTT

121) structure of protein given in column I, Shape & example of protein is given in Column II & its
bond isgiven in Column III, so match following,
COLUMN I

COLUMN II

COLUMN III

i.

primary structure

a. b- platinated

P. hydrogen bond

ii.

secondary structure

b. myoglobin

Q.disulphide bond

iii. tertiary structure

c. insulin

R. ionicbond

iv. quaternary structure

d. hemoglobin

S. vanderwalls force

(A) i-c-Q, ii-a-P, iii-b-R, iv-d-S

(B) i-c-Q. ii-a-P- iii-b-P,QR,S, iv-d-P,QR

(C) i-b-P, ii-a-S, iii-c-Q iv-d-QR

(D) i-b-P,QR, ii-d-R, iii-a-Q iv-c-P,S

122) which effects are show in denaturation Of protein ?

i.

protein forming insoluble form

ii. interference with the hydrophobic interaction in protein

iii. interference with the hydrophilic interaction in protein
iv. protein maintain their biological activity
v. protein loss their biological activity
vi. hydrogen bond is increase to adding concentrate acid in protein
(A) (ii,iv,v)

(B) (i,ii,iv)

(C) (i,iii,v)
228

(D) (i,ii,iv,vi)

123) solubility of vitamin & sources are given in column-1 and vitamin isgiven in column II
COLUMN - I

COULMN II

i.

a. vitamin-A

fat soluble vitamin

ii. watersoluble vitamin

b. vitamin-B

iii. both fat & watersoluble vitamin

c. vitamin-C

iv. synthezisesfrom carotene in human body

d. vitamin-D

v. synthezises in skin with the help of sunlight

e. vitamin-E

vi. formed by microorganism in intestine

f.

vitamin- H

g. vitamin-K
(A) (i-b,c) (ii-a,d,e,g) (iii-f) (iv-a) (v-d) (vi-g)

(B) (i-a,d,e,g) (ii-b,c) (iii-f) (iv-a) (v-d) (vi-b,g)

(C) (i-b,a) (ii-c,d,e,g) (iii-f) (iv-c) (v-a,d) (vi-e,g) (D) (i-f) (ii-a,d,e,g) (iii-d)(iv-d) (v-b,c) (vi-a)
124) Symbol of vitamin isgiven in column I, chemical name of vitamin isgiven in column II & disease
caused by their deficiency given in Column III, so match the correct answers
COLUMN I

COLUMN II

COLUMN III

i.

vitamin B6

a. ascorbic acid

p. bleeding in gingiva

ii.

vitamin A

b. pyridoxine

q. hair losses

iii. vitamin C

c. riboflavin

r. xerophthalmia

iv. vitamin H

d. retinol

s. convulsions

e. calciferol

t. beri-beri

f.

biotin

u. pernicious anemia

(A) (i-c,t) (ii-d,r) (iii-a,p) (iv-f,u)

(B) (i-e,q) (ii-a,u) (iii-bs,) (iv-f,t)

(C) (i-b,s) (ii-d,r) (iii-e,p) (iv-c,s)

(D) (i-bys) (ii-d,r) (iii-a,p) (iv-f,q)

125) which of thefollowingsentence istrue or false ?

(symbol for true is T and for false is F)
i.

message forthe synthesis of a specific protein is present in DNA

ii.

cytosine base is derivatives of pyrimidine

iii.

b-D ribose sugar present in DNA

iv.

DNA is the exclusively responsible for maintaining the identity of different species of
organism upto 100 years

(A) TTFT

(B) FTFF

(C) FTFT
229

(D) FFFF

126) OH CH2OH

H
H

CH2OH

H
O

OH

H
OH

O H

OH

OH
OH

Structure P

Structure Q

Structure R is formed by Joining structure P and Q, so give the namesof P, Q, R

(A) P = a - D + glucose, Q = b - D + galectose R = a + lactose
(B) P = b - D + galectose, Q = a - D + glucose R = a + lactose
(C) P = a - D + glucose, Q = a - D + galectose R = a + lactose
(D) P = b - D + galectose, Q = b - D + glucose & b - D + glucose ?
127) what are a - D+glucose & b - D + glucose?
(A) epimer

(B)anomer

(C) enantiomer

(D) confirmer

128) which statement is appropriate for anomer of glucose ?

(A) they are isomers of glucose which contain different structure with C1 & C4
(B)

theyare isomers of glucose which contain different structure with Cl

(C) they are enantiomers of glucose

(D) they are mixture of D-glucose&L- glucose
129) from which carbon of sugar, hetrocyclic base and phosphate ester are joined in both DNA
& RNA ?
(A) base of sugarwith C5 & phosphate of sugar with C2
(B)

base of sugarwith C2 & phosphate of sugar with C5

(C) base of sugarwith C5 & phosphate of sugarwith Cl

(D) base of sugarwith Cl & phosphate of sugarwith C5
130) which purine bases are joined in DNA ?
(A) cytosine & adenine
(B)

cytosine & guanine

(C) adenine &guanine

(D) adenine &thymine
131) which pyrimidine bases are joined in DNA ?
(A) cytosine & adenine

(B) cytosine & guanine

(C) cytosine & uracil

(D) cytosine & thymine

230

132) which statement is true of false for following structure of sugar?

CH2OH
H
OH

HOH2C

OH

OH CH2OH
H
OH
H

OH H

H
OH

OH

CH2OH

H
O

CH 2OH

OH

H
OH

OH

P is reducing sugar & q is non reducing sugar

ii.

P is non-reducing sugar & q is reducing sugar

iii.

in p and q, glycosidic bond respectively are b & b

iv.

in p and q, glycosidic bond respectively are b & a

v.

p is structure of (+) sucrose

vi.

q is structure of b (+) maltose

133)

(B) FTTFTF

(C) TFFTFT

H
HO

OH
H

H
OH

HO

H
OH

Given Structure of carbohydrate is

(A) Ketohexos

(B) aldohexos

(C) b-furanose

(D) b-pyranose
231

'P'

OH

i.

(A) FTFFTF

'Q'

(D) TFFTTT

134) P is responsible for heredity & P is formed by Qand R. So give the name for P, Q and R.
(A) P = chromozomes Q = protein R = nucleicacid
(B)

P = chromozomes Q = petrocine R = nucleic acid

(C) P = nucleicacid Q= chromozomes R = chromozomes

(D) p = DNA Q = sugar R = adenine
135) Scientists names are given in Column I, their contribution & researches in science is given in
Column II, match the correct answer
COLUMN I

COLUMN II

i.

Haworth & Hirst

a. proposed a double helix structure of DNA

ii.

Emil Fischer

b. suggested that reaction between amino group of one aminoacid

and carboxyl group of anotheraminoacid losses watermolecules
and forms amide

iii.

Watson & crick

c. suggested that glucose molecule may contain pyranose ring

d. determined the configuration of almost all aldopentose and
aldohexose.
e. mechanism of enzyme can be explained by the lock& key model

(A) i-c, ii-d,e, iii-b

(B) i-b, ii-d,e, iii-a

(C) i-c, ii-b,d , iii-a

(D) i-a, ii-b,d,e, iii-c

ANSWER KEY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

D
C
D
D
B
C
C
A
D
A
B
C
B
A
D
B
A
A
C
B

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

D
D
D
B
B
C
C
A
C
B
A
A
C
B
D
A
A
C
D
A

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

B
A
D
C
D
B
D
A
D
A
A
D
D
A
C
A
D
B
B
B

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80

A
D
A
A
A
D
D
B
A
D
C
D
B
A
A
C
B
B
A
D

232

81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100

A
D
C
B
B
D
B
D
B
B
B
C
D
A
B
C
B
C
C
A

101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120

B
D
B
D
B
C
D
D
C
B
D
B
D
A
B
B
A
C
A
A

121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135

B
C
B
D
B
B
B
B
D
B
D
B
B
A
C

UNIT : 27 CHEMISTRY IN EVERY DAY LIFE

M.C.Q.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Which of the following is not a broad spectrum antibiotic

[A] Tetracycline
[B] Chloromycetin
[C] Penicillin
[D] None of these
2-Acetoxy benzoic acid is used as an
[A]Antimalarial
[B] Antidepressant
[C] Antiseptic
[D] Antipyretic
Which of the following is used as an antibiotic
[A] Ciprofloxacin
[B] Paracetamol
[C] Ibuprofen
[D] Tocopherol
When salicyclic acid is treated with acetic anhydride we get
[A] Aspirin
[B] Paracetamol
[C] Salol
[D]chloramphenicol
Amoxillin is semi-synthetic modification of
[A]Penicillin
[B] Streptomycin
[C] Tetracycline [D]Chloroampheniol
Which of the following is an antidiabatic drug
[A] Insulin
[B] Penicillin
[C] Chloroquine [D] Aspirin
Which of these is a hypnotic
[A] Metaldehyde
[B] Acetaldehyde
[C] Paraldehyde[D] orthoaldehyde
The correct structure of the drug paracetamol is

(A)

(B)

(D)

CONH2

[B] Methyl acetate

12.

COCH3

[C] Methyl salicylate

[D] Ethyl benzoate

The use of chemicals for treatment of diseases is called as

[A] Homoeotherapy

11.

Cl

An ester used as medicine is

[A] Ethyl acetate

10.

(C)

NHCOCH3

CONH2
9.

Cl

OH

OH

[B] Isothermotherapy [C] Angiotherapy

O
O C CH3
The following compound is used as
COOH
[A]An anti-inflammatory compound

[B] Analgesic

[C] Hypnotic

[D] Antiseptic

[D] Chemotherapy

Arsenic drugs are mainly used in the treatment of

[A] Jaundice

[B] Typhoid

[C] Syphilis
233

[D] Cholera

13.

An antipyretic is
[A] Quinine

14.

16.

[D] 5-chloro-3, 4-dimethylphenol

Which of the following is an insecticide

22.

[B] Antipyretic

[C] Sedative

[D] Psychedelic

[B] Monouretic

[C] Diuretic

[D] Triuretic

[B] LSD

[C] DDT

[D] TNT

[B] Acts on a specific antigen

[C] Acts on different antigens

[D] Acts on both the antigens and antibodies

Which of the following is not a narcotic[B] Brown Sugar

[C] Diclofenac

[D] Morphine

Which of the following medicine is required for malaria[B] Penicillin

[C] Chloroquine

[D] Paracetamol

[C] Antipyretic

[D] Anaesthetic.

[C] Pethidine

[D Bithional

Streptomycin is an example of
[B] Analgesic

Which of the following is not a narcotic drug[B] Heroin

Chloroxylenol is an important component of

[B] Antibiotics

[C] Dettol

[D] Pain killing ointments

Which of the following is an antidepressants[A] Chloroxylenol

28.

[D] Birthionol

[A] Kills the antibodies

[A] Soap
27.

[C] Norethindron

An antibiotic with a broad spectrum

[A] Opium
26.

[B] Paludrin

An example of a psychedelic agent is

[A] Antibiotic
25.

[D] Aspirin

A medicine which promotes the secretion of urine is called

[A] Aspirin
24.

[C] BHC

Aspirin is

[A] Codeine
23.

[B] TNT

Which of the following drugs is an antifertility drug

[A] DNA
21.

[D] Sulphadiazine

[C] 4-chloro-2, 5-dimethylphenol

[A] Uretic
20.

[C] Mescaline

[B] 3-chloro-4, 5-dimethylphenol

[A] Antibiotic
19.

[B] Phenelzine

[A] 4-chloro-3, 5-dimethylphenol

[A] Sulphaguanidine
18.

[D] Piperazine

Antiseptic chloroxylenol is

[A] Bakelite
17.

[C] Luminal

The drug used as an antidepressant is

[A] Luminol

15.

[B] Paracetamol

[B] Bithional

[C] Cocaine

[D] Penicillin G

[C] Paracetamol

[D] Ampicillin

Which one is a broad spectrum antibiotic[A]Chloremphenicol

[B] Penicillin
234

29.

The drug used for treatment of typhoid is

[A] Chloromycetin

30.

32.

[D] P- Aminobenzenzoic acid

Which of the following can bring down the body temperature-

[D] Antipyretic.

[B] Luminal

[C] Phenol

[D] Tincture iodine

[B] Antiseptic

[C] Analgesic

[D] Insecticide.

[B] Aspirin

[C] Penicillin

[D] Insulin.

[B] Locktic site

[C] reactive site

[D] allostic site

[B] Lansoprazole

[C] Lysol

[D] Al[(OH)3

[C] Naproxin

[D] Diclofenac sodium

[C] Terpineol

[D] Chloroform

Which drug is not analgesic?

[B] Ibuprofen

Which of the following is antipyretic?

[B] Tarcey

What is the drug called which binds to receptor site and stop communication process of cell?
[B] Agonists

[C] pigonists

[D] logistic

Which of the following is a non-narcotic analgesic?

[A] ofloxacin

44.

[C] Antiseptic

Which drug is not for acidity?

[A] Antagonists
43.

[B] Sedative

Drug which do not bind to the active site but bind to a different site?What is such site called ?

[A] Ranitidine
42.

[C] Chloremphenicol [D] Streptomycin.

A substance which can act both as an analgesic and antipyretic is

[A] Equanil
41.

[B] Penicillin

Morphine is used then as an

[A] Omeprazole
40.

[D] Quinine

Which of the following is a hypnotic drug-

[A] In active site

39.

[C] Penicillin

Vernol, a barbituric drug is used as a-

[A] Quinine
38.

[B] Chloroquine

Which of the following can be used as an bacteriocidal ?

[A] Antipyretic
37.

[D] Vitamin

[C] Sulphanilamide

[A] Catechol
36.

[C] Hormone
[B] Sulphanilic acid

[A] Anaesthetic
35.

[B] Antipyretic

[A] Benzene sulphonic acid

[A] Paracetamol
34.

[D] Quinine

Sulpha drugs are derivatives of

[A] Aspirin
33.

[C] Paracetamol

Halinin is an
[A] Antibiotic

31.

[B] Novalgin

[B] meprombamate

[C] amytal

[D] Aspirin

Which of the following substances may be used as antiseptic as well as disinfectant?

[A] Formaldehyde

[B] Chlorine

[C] KMnO4
235

[D] Phenol

45.

Which of the following analgesics is not habit-forming?

[A] Morphine

46.

[B] Aspirin

[C] Codein

[D] Heroin

Which of the following statements is not correct?

[A] Antipyretics are substances which are used to reduce the body temperature
[B] Analgesics are substance which are used to relieve pain
[C] Antiseptics and disinfectants can be used for the same purposes
[D] Antiseptics can be safely applied on living beings whereas disinfectants are not safe to apply.

47.

Which of the following is commonly used as disinfectant?

[A] Acriflavin

48.

[D] Phenol

Which is used as a disinfectants drugs?

[A] Paracetamol

49.

[B] Mercurochrome [C] Tincture of iodine

[B] Soframycin

[C] Lysol

[D] Streptomycin

Dettol is a mixture of
[A] Chloroxylenol and terpeneol in a suitable solvent
[B] formaldehyde and phenol in the solvent water
[C] tincture of iodine and chloroform
[D] KMnO4 and iodoform

50.

Which of the following is a general anaesthetics?

[A] Procaine

51.

[C] liquid nitrous oxide

[D] morphine

[B] Dysentery

[C] Tuberculosis

[D] Diphtheria

[B] Dysentery

[C] Malaria

[D] Syphilis

[B] Pneumonia

[C] Diphtheria

[D] Malaria

[B] Dysentery

[C] Smallpox

[D] Syphilis

[C] Diphtheria

[D] Influenza

[C] sulphanilamide

[D] para-aminosalicyclic acid

Which of the following is viruses born disease?

[A] Pneumonia

58.

[B] divinyl ether

Which of the following diseases is not caused by protozoas?

[A] Malaria

57.

[D] Xylocaine

Which of the following diseases is caused by protozoas?

[A] Tuberculosis

56.

[C] Procaine

Which of the following diseases is caused by bacteria?

[A] Tuberculosis

55.

[B] Cocaine

Which of the following diseases is not caused by bacteria?

[A] Pneumonia

54.

[D] Xylocaine

The anaesthetic which is administered by injection is

[A] diethyl ether

53.

[C] Nitrous oxide

Which of the following is not a local anaesthetic ?

[A] Diethyl ether

52.

[B] Cocainc

[B] Malaria

The drug used to cure tuberculosis is

[A] quinine

[B] piperazine
236

59.

60.

The drug used for the treatment of throat infection is

[A] quinine

[B] piperazine

[C] sulpha drug like sulphanilamide

[D] isonicotin hydrazide

Which of the following is not tranquilizer?

[A] Luminal

61.

[B] Veronal

[C] Reserpine

[D] Piperazine

Which of the following is not true for reserpine?

[A] Reserpine is an alkaloid
[B] Reserpine is also known as serpasil
[C] Reserpine is obtained from the plant Raowolfia serpentina
[D] Reserpine is not a tranquilizer.

62.

Which of the following is used for lowering blood pressure?

[A] Reserpine

63.

[D] Streptomycin

[B] Chloramphenicol [C] Tetracycline

[D] Streptomycin

[B] Penicillin [C] Sulpha drugs

[D] Chloramphenicol

The substance used in the birth control pills is

[A] tetracycline

67.

[B] Chloramphenicol [C]Tetracycline

Which of the following is not regarded as antibiotics in true sense?

[A] Tetracycline

66.

[D] Cocaine

Which of the following antibiotics is used to cure tuberculosis?

[A] Penicillin

65.

[C] Diethyl ether

Which of the following antibiotics is used to cure typhoid?

[A] Penicillin

64.

[B] Morphine

[B] sulphadiazine [C] mifepriston

[D] piperazine

The structure of aspirin is

[A]

OCOCH3
COOH

NHCOCH3

[B]

CH3

[C]

Cl

[D]

CH3

OH
OH

68.

The structure of paracetamol is

[A]

OCOCH3
COOH

NHCOCH3

OC2 H5

[B]

[C]

CH3
Cl

[D]
OH

OH

NHCOCH3

237

CH3

69.

Which of the following structures is not correct?

OCOCH3

H2C

COOH

NH

[B] Piperazine HN

[A] Aspirin

H2 C

[C] Isonicotin hydrazide N

71.

NHCOCH3

A 16 years old boy came to the doctor with main complaints of frequent sneezing, watering from nose
and eyes, intense, itching in eyes. and cold. He has past history of allergy to dost. The doctor
prescribes most probably which of the drugs.
[A] Norediindrone
[B] Lansoprazole
The structure given below is known as
O
H2C

[C] Reserpine

NH2

[A] Penicilline F

COOH
H

[D] Penicillin K

[D] Ampicillin

[B] Saccharin

[C] Sucralose

[D] Alitame

Which compound is used as a preservative in foods?

[A] Salt of sorbic acid

74.

[B] Penicillin G

Which synthetic sweetener is 160 times more sweeter than sugar?

[A] Aspartame

73.

[D] Chlorpheniramine

CH3
CH3

N
O

72.

CH2

NHNH2

[D] Paracetamol C2 H5 O
70.

CH2

[B] Citric acid

[C] Ascorbic acid

[D] Saccharin

Choose the correct statement.

[A] Saccharin is 650 times sweeter than sugar

[B] Alitame is 2000 times sweeter than sugar

[C] Sucralose is 1600 times sweeter than sugar [D] Aspartame is 550 times sweeter than sugar
75.

Which compound is antioxident?

[A] BHA

76.

[B] DDB

[C] ABS

[D] CFRP

[C] Tetrazine

[D] Alitame

Which is not edible colour from the following?

[A] Carotene

[B] Caramel
238

77.

Which of the following substances is added to soap to make it antiseptic?

[A] Iodine

78.

83.

[C] Sodium acetate [D] Sodium benzoate

[C] COO

[D] CH3[CH216

Detergents......the surface tension of water[B] Increases

[C] Keeps constant [D]Slightly increases

Cetyl tri methyl ammonium chloride is which type of detergent ?

[A] Anionic

82.

[B] Calcium stearate

[B] H+

[A] Reduces
81.

[D] Cl2

The polar head of sodium stearate is[A] Na+

80.

[C] Bithional

Soap is[A]Sodium stearate

79.

[B] KMnO4

[B] Cationic

[C] Non-ionic

[D] Biosoft

Structurally biodegradable detergent should contain

[A] Normal alkyl chain

[B] Branched alkyl chain

[C] Phenyl side chain

[D] Cyclohexyl side chain

Which of the following detergent is used as germicide?

[A] Cetyl trimethyl ammonium chlorie

[B] p-do decylbenzene sulphonate

[C] sodium lauryl alko sulphonate

[D] Butylated hydroxy toluene.

ANSWER KEY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

C
D
A
A
A
A
C
B
C
D
B
C
B
B
A

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

C
C
B
C
B
C
C
C
A
D
C
C
A
A
A

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45

C
A
B
B
B
C
B
A
C
A
A
A
D
D
B

239

46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

C
D
C
A
C
A
D
B
A
D
C
D
D
C
D

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75

D
A
B
D
C
C
A
B
D
D
B
A
A
B
A

76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83

D
C
A
C
A
B
B
A

Unit - 28 - CHEMESTRY PRACTICAL

Important Points
Chemical analysis : Analytical chemistry deals with qualitative and quantitative analysis of substances.
Qualitative analysis : A salt consists of two parts known as radicals. The positively charged part of a salt
(cation) which has been derived from a base is termed as basic radical and the negatively charged part of salt
(anion) which has been derived from an acid is termed as acidic radical. In qualitative inorganic analysis, the
given compound is analysed for the basic and acid radicals (i.e., the cations and the anions), that it contains. For
example zinc blende is analysed for the Zn 2+ and S 2- ions that it contains.
Systematic Procedure for Qualitative Analysis of Inorganic Salts
It involves the following steps : (1) Preliminary tests (2) Wet tests for acid radicals and (3) Wet tests for
basic radicals.
(1)

Peliminary Test

(i)

Physical examination : It involves the study of colour, smell, density etc.

Colour
Black
Blue
Orange

Salt
Oxides : MnO2 , FeO, CuO, Co 3 O4 , Ni2O3
Sulphides : Ag 2 S, CuS, Cu2 S, FeS, CoS, NiS , PbS, HgS , Bi2 S3 (blackish brown)
Hydrated CuSO4 , anhydrous CoSO4
KO2 ,

some dichromate (K 2 Cr2 O7 ), Sb2 S3 , ferricyanides

Green

Nickel salts, hydrated ferrous salts, potassium permanganate KMnO4 ) , some

copper (II) salts

Brownish
yellow
Dark brown

SnS

Pale brown

MnCO3

PbO2 , Ag 2 O, CdO, Fe 2 O3 , CuCrO4 , FeCl 3

Light pink
Reddish pink
Red

Hydrated manganese salts

Hydrated cobalt (II) salts

Yellow

CdS, PbI 2 , AgBr , AgI ,

(but yellow in aq. solution)

HgI2 , Pb 3O4

chromates

(ii)

Flame test :
Characteristic flame colour : Certain metals and their salts impart specific colours to Bunsen burner
flame.
(a) Pb imparts pale greenish colour to the flame.
(b) Cu and Cu salts impart blue or green colour to the flame.
(c) Ba and its salts impart apple green colour to the flame.
(d) Ca imparts brick red colour to the flame.

(iii)

Borax bead test :

The transparent glassy bead ( NaBO2 + B2 O3 ) when heated with inorganic salt and the colour produced
gives some idea of cation present in it.

241

(iv)

Colour of bead in oxidising flame

Colour of bead in reducing flame

Basic radical present

Greenish when hot, blue in cold.

Red and opaque

Cu

Yellow when hot

Green

Fe

Brown in cold

Grey or black or opaque

Ni

Charcoal cavity test

(a) Compound fused in cavity directly

Nature and colour of bead
Cation
Pb
Yellow, soft bead which marks on paper
ZnO
White yellow when hot
Grey metallic particles attracted by magnet Fe, Ni, CO
2+

(2)

Wet tests for acid radicals :

Salt or mixture is treated with dil. H 2 SO4 and also with conc. separately and by observing the types of
gases evolved. Confirmatory tests of anions are performed.
Observations with Dilute H2SO4
Observations
Brisk effervescence
with evolution of
colourless and
odourless gas.

Acid Radical

Confirmatory test
Gas turns lime water milky but milkyness disappears on
passing gas inexcess,

(carbonate)

Brown fumes

Add KI and starch solution blue colour

(Nitrite)

(colourless);

Smell of rotten eggs

smell) on
heating

(sulphide)

;
(brown)

starch ?? ? blue colour

Gas turn lead acetate paper black
Sodium carbonate extract
+ sodium nitroprusside
purple colour,

Observations with concentrated H2SO 4

Observation
Colourless pungent gas
giving white fumes
with aq. NH 4OH
Reddish brown fumes

Violet pungent vapours

turning starch paper
blue.
Brown pungent fum es
intensified by the
addition of Cu - turnigs.

Acid Radical

Confiramatory Test
Add MnO2 in the same test tube and heat-pale green Cl 2 gas
S.E.+ HNO 3 + AgNO3 solution white ppt. soluble in aq. NH 3
Chromyl chloride test
Add Mn2 O and heat yellowish brown Br 2 gas
S.E.+ HNO 3 + AgNO3 solution pale yellow ppt. partially
soluble aq. NH 3
(vi) Layer test
(vii) S.E.+ HNO 3 + AgNO3 yellow ppt. insoluble in aq. NH 3
(viii) Layer test

(i)
(chloride)
(ii)
(iii)
Br (bromide) (iv)
(v)
Cl -

I-

(iodide)

NO -3

(nitrate)

(ix) Ring test

242

Reactions
Chloride :
(i)

KCl + conc.H 2SO4 KHSO4 + HCl

HCl + NH 3 NH 4 Cl

( white fumes)

D
4 HCl + MnO2
MnCl2 + Cl 2 + 2H 2O

(ii)

KCl + AgNO3 AgCl + KNO3

white ppt.

AgCl + aq. 2 NH 3 [ Ag( NH 3 )2 ] Cl

soluble

(iii)

Chromyl- chloride test :

heat
reddish brown vapours of chromyl-chloride
Chloride + K 2Cr2O7 (solid) + conc. H 2SO4

Pass these vapours into NaOH, when yellow Na2CrO4 solution is formed. On adding
CH 3COOH and (CH 3COO)2 Pb, yellow ppt. of lead chromate (PbCrO4 ) is formed.
Bromide :
(CrO2Cl 2 ).

(iv)

D
KBr + conc. H 2 SO4
KHSO4 + H

(v)

NaBr + AgNO 3 AgBr + NaNO 3

D
; 4 HBr + MnO2
Br2 + 2H 2 O + MnBr2

pale yellow ppt.

AgBr + aq. 2 NH 3 [ Ag( NH 3 ) 2 ]Br

partially soluble

(vi)

shake
Layer Test : S.E. + Cl 2 water + CHCl 3
yellowish orange colour in layer or can be taken
instead of CHCl 3 );

2 NaBr + Cl 2 2 NaCl +

Br2
orange yellow
(soluble in CHCl 3 )

In case of I - , violet colour of I 2 in CHCl 3 layer,, 2 NaI + Cl 2 2 NaCl + I 2 (violet)

Iodide :
(vii)

D
KI + conc. H 2 SO4
KHSO4 + HI

2HI + H 2 SO4
I 2 + 2H 2 O + SO 2

Nitrate :
NaNO 3 + H 2 SO4 NaHSO4 + HNO3

4 HNO3 4 NO 2 + O 2 2H 2 O
brown fumes

Cu + 4 HNO3
Cu ( NO3 ) 2 + 2 NO 2 + 2H 2 O

(viii) Ring test : To water extract (all NO 3- are water soluble) add freshly prepared FeSO4 solution and
then conc. H 2 SO4 carefully by the side of the test- tube. A dark brown ring of [Fe (H 2 O)5 NO] 2+ SO42at the interface between the two liquids is formed.
2 NaNO 3 + H 2 SO4 2 NaHSO4 + 2HNO3

2HNO3 + 6 Fe SO4 + 3 H 2SO4 3 Fe 2 (SO4 )3 + 2 NO + 4 H 2O

[Fe (H 2 O)6 ] SO4 + NO [Fe(H 2 O)5 NO] 2+ SO42- + H 2 O

243

Specific test in solution

(i)

Sulphate : S.E. add dil. (to decompose CO32- until reaction ceases). Add BaCl 2 solution. White ppt.
insoluble in conc. HNO 3 ,

(ii)

BaCl 2 + NaSO 4 BaSO4 + 2 NaCl

white ppt.

Borate : lgnite the mixture containing borate, conc. H 2 SO4 . And ethanol in a china-dish with a
burning splinter green edged flame of ethyl borate.
2 Na3 BO3 + 3 H 2SO4 2H 3 BO3 + 3 Na2SO4
(conc.)

D
H 3 BO3 + 3C 2 H 5 OH
(C 2 H 5 O) 3 B + 3 H 2 O
ethanol

(iii)

burns with green flame

(volatile)

In presence of Cu 2+ , perform this test in a test tube since salts are not volatile.
S.E. + HNO3 + ammonium molybdate solution. Heat, yellow crystalline ppt. confirms
D
Na3 PO4 + 12( NH 4 )2 MoO4 + 24 HNO3

(iv)

( NH 4 )3 PO4 . 12MoO3 + 21NH 4 NO3 + 3 NaNO3 + 12H 2O

yellow ppt.

Arsenic also gives this test. Hence presence of phosphate should also be checked after group II.
Fluoride : Sand +salt (F ) + conc. H2SO4; heat and bring a water wetted rod in contact with
vapours at the mouth of the test tube. A white deposit on the rod shows the presence to F .
D
NaF + H 2 SO 4
NaHSO 4 + HF
D
SiO2 + 4 HF
SiF4 + 2H 2 O

3SiF4 4 H 2 O
2H 2 SiF6 + H 4 SiO4
white

(3)

Wet tests for basic radicals :

Analysis of Basic Radicals

Group
I

II

Basic radicals
Ag + , Hg 22+ (I), Pb 2+

Cu 2+ , Cd 2+ , Pb 2 + ,
Hg

2+

(II), Bi 3+ , As 3+,

Sb3 + , Sn 2+

Group
reagent
dil HCl

Ppt. as

Explanation

Chloride

K SP values of chlorides are low, hence

(AgCl, Hg 2Cl 2 , PbCl 2 )

gas in
presence of
dil. HCl
H 2S

Sulphides
(CuS, As 2 S3 etc.)

precipitated. Others have higher K SP

values hence not precipitated.
K SP values of sulphides are low hence
precipitated by low [S2 - ] ion. HCl
(with common
H + ion) decreases
ionization of H 2 S which gives low
[S 2- ] . Hence II group is precipitated.

III

Al 3+ , Cr 3 + , Fe 3+

NH 4 OH in
presence of

Hydroxide,
etc.

Al(OH) 3

NH 4 Cl

IV

Zn 2+ , Ni 2 + , Mn 2+ , Co 2+

in

H 2S

Sulphides ( ZnS etc.)

ammonical
medium

Others with higher

K SP values not
precipitated.
K SP values of Al(OH)3 etc. are low.
(with common
decreases ionization of
NH 4 Cl

NH 4+

ion)

NH 4 OH

giving low [OH - ] . Hence group III is

precipitated.
K SP values of sulphides of group IV
are high hence precipitation takes place
[S 2 - ] . Basic medium
in higher
increases ionization of H 2 S increasing
[S 2- ] hence precipitation of group IV.

Ca 2 + , Ba 2+ , Sr 2+

( NH 4 )2 CO 3 +
NH 4 Cl

Carbonates ( CaCO 3
etc.)

244
VI

Mg 2 + , ( Na + , K + also

included)
0

NH 4+

that of group VI (Mg 2+ ) hence

precipitation before Mg 2+ .

NH 4 OH
White ppt.
+ Na 2 HPO 4 (MgHPO 4 )

K SP values of carbonate are les s than

Tested independently from original

Group
V

VI

Basic radicals

Group
reagent

Ppt. as

Explanation

Ca 2 + , Ba 2+ , Sr 2+

( NH 4 )2 CO 3 +
NH 4 Cl

Carbonates ( CaCO 3
etc.)

K SP values of carbonate are les s than

Mg 2 + , ( Na + , K + also

included)
0
(Zero)

that of group VI (Mg 2+ ) hence

precipitation before Mg 2+ .

NH 4 OH
White ppt.
+ Na 2 HPO 4 (MgHPO 4 )

NH 4+

Tested independently from original

solution.

Chemical reactions involved in the tests of basic radicals

Group I : When dil. HCl is added to original solution, insoluble chlorides of lead, silver mercurous
mercury are precipitated.
Pb( NH 3 ) 2 + 2HCl PbCl 2 + 2HNO3 ;
AgNO 3 + HCl AgCl + HNO3
Hg( NO 3 ) 2 + 2HCl HgCl 2 + 2HNO3

Pb2+ (lead)
(i)

PbCl 2 is soluble in hot water and on cooling white crystals are again formed.

(ii)

The solution of PbCl 2 gives a yellow precipitate with potassium chromate solution which is insoluble
in acetic acid but soluble in sodium hydroxide.
PbCl 2 + K 2 CrO 4 PbCrO 4 + 2KCl
yellow ppt.

PbCrO4 + 4 NaOH Na 2 PbO 2 + Na 2 CrO4 + 2H 2 O

(iii)

The solution of PbCl 2 forms a yellow precipitate with potassium iodide solution.
PbCl 2 + 2KI PbI 2 + 2KCl
Yellow ppt.

(iv)

White precipitate of lead sulphate is formed with dilute H 2 SO4 .

The precipitate is soluble in ammonium acetate, PbCl 2 + H 2 SO4 PbSO4 + 2HCl ;
PbSO4 + 2CH 3 COONH 4 Pb(CH 3 COO) 2 + ( NH 4 ) 2 SO4

Group II : When hydrogen sulphide is passed in acidified solution, the radicals of second group are
precipitated as sulphides. The precipitate is treated with yellow ammonium sulphide. The sulphides of IIB
are first oxidised to higher sulphides which then dissolve to form thio-compounds.
Ag 2 S3 + 2( NH 4 ) 2 S 2 2( NH 4 ) 2 S + As 2 S5
Sb 2 S3 + 2( NH 4 ) 2 S 2 2( NH 4 ) 2 S + Sb 2 S5
SnS + ( NH 4 ) 2 S 2 ( NH 4 ) 2 S + SnS2

245

As 2S5 + 3( NH 4 )S 2( NH 4 )3 AsS4
Ammonium
thioarsenate

Sb2 S5 + 3( NH 4 )2 S 2( NH 4 )2 SbS4
Ammonium
thioantimonate

SnS2 + ( NH 4 )2 S ( NH 4 )2 SnS3
Ammonium
thiostannate

All the three are soluble.

In case, the precipitate does not dissolve in yellow ammonium sulphide, it may be either HgS or PbS or
Bi2 S3 or CuS or CdS. The precipitate is heated with dilute HNO3 . Except , all other sulphides of are
soluble.
3 PbS + 8 HNO3 3 Pb( NO3 )2 + 2 NO + 3S + 4 H 2O
Bi2 S3 + 8 HNO3 2Bi( NO3 )3 + 2 NO + 3S + 4 H 2O
3CuS + 8 HNO3 3Cu( NO3 )2 + 2 NO + 3S + 4 H 2O 3CdS + 8 HNO3 3Cd( NO3 )2 + 2 NO + 3S + 4 H 2O

Pb2+ (lead)
In case the sulphide dissolves in dilute HNO3 , a small part of the solution is taken. Dilute H 2 SO4 is added.
If lead is present, a white precipitate of lead sulphate appears, Pb( NO3 )2 + H 2 SO4 PbSO4 + 2HNO3
(White ppt.)

In absence of lead, the remaining solution is made alkaline by the addition of excess of NH 4 OH. Bismuth
forms a white precipitat of Bi(OH )3 , copper forms a deep blue coloured solution while cadmium forms a
colourless soluble complex,
Bi( NO3 )3 + 3 NH 4 OH
Bi(OH )3 + 3 NH 4 NO3
White ppt.
Cu( NO3 )2 + 4 NH 4 OH [Cu( NH 3 )4 ] ( NO3 )2 + 4 H 2O;
Tetrammine cupric nitrate
(deep blue solution)
Cd( NO3 )2 + 4 NH 4 OH
[Cd ( NH 3 )4 ]( NO3 )2 + 4 H 2 O
Tetrammine cadmium nitrate
(colourless solution)

Cu2+ (copper) :
Blue coloured solution is acidified with acetic acid. When potassium ferrocyanide is added a chocolate
coloured precipitate is formed,
Cu( NH 3 )4 ( NO3 )2 + 4 CH 3 COOH
Cu( NO3 )2 + 4 CH 4 COONH 4

2Cu( NO3 )2 + K 4 [Fe(CN )6 ] Cu2 [Fe(CN )6 + 4 KNO3

Chocolate ppt.

246

Group III : Hydroxides are precipitated on addition of excess of ammonium hydroxide in presence of
ammonium chloride.
AlCl3 + 3 NH 4 OH Al(OH )3 + 3 NH 4 Cl
Gelatinous ppt.

CrCl 3 + 3 NH 4 OH
Cr(OH )3 + 3 NH 4 Cl
Green ppt.

FeCl 3 + 3 NH 4 OH
Fe(OH )3 + 3 NH 4 Cl
Brownish red ppt.

Fe3+ (iron) : The brownish red precipitate dissolves in dilute HCl. The solution is divided into two parts.
Part I :
K 4 [Fe(CN )6 ]

solution is added which forms deep blue solution or precipitate.

Fe(OH )3 + 3 HCl FeCl 3 + 3 H 2O

4 FeCl 3 + 3 K 4 [Fe(CN )6 ] Fe 4 [Fe(CN )6 ]3 + 12KCl
Prussian blue

Part II :
Addition of potassium thiocyanate solution gives a blood red colouration.
FeCl 3 + 3 KCNS Fe(CNS)3 + 3 KCl
Blood red colour

Al (aluminium) :
3+

The gelatinous precipitate dissolves in NaOH ,

Al(OH )3 + NaOH NaAlO2 + 2H 2 O

Soluble

The solution is boiled with ammonium chloride when Al(OH )3 is again formed.
NaAlO2 + NH 4 Cl + H 2 O
Al(OH )3 + NaCl + NH 3

Group IV : On passing H 2 S through the filtrate of the third group, sulphides of fourth group are precipitated.
NiS and CoS are black and insoluble in concentrated HCl while MnS (buff coloured), ZnS (colourless) are
soluble in conc. HCl.
Zn2+ (zinc) : The sulphide dissolves in HCl. ZnS + 2HCl ZnCl 2 + H 2 S
When the solution is treated with NaOH, first a white precipitate appears which dissolves in excess of NaOH
ZnCl 2 + 2 NaOH
Zn(OH )2 + 2 NaCl

Zn(OH )2 + 2 NaOH Na 2 ZnO2 + 2H 2O

White ppt.

(Soluble)

On passing H 2 S , white precipitate of zinc sulphide is formed

Na2 ZnO2 + H 2 S ZnS + 2 NaOH

Mn2+ (manganese) : Manganese sulphide dissolves in HCl

MnS + 2HCl MnCl 2 + H 2 S

White ppt.

On heating the solution with NaOH and Br2 -water, manganese dissolve gets precipitated.
MnCl 2 + 2 NaOH
Mn(OH )2 + 2 NaCl

Mn(OH )2 + O
MnO2 H 2O

The precipitate is treated with excess of nitric acid and PbO2 or Pb3O4 (red lead). The contents are
heated. The formation of permanganic acid imparts pink colour to the supernatant liquid.
2MnO2 + 4 HNO3 2Mn( NO3 )2 +2H 2O + O2
2Mn( NO3 )2 + 5 Pb3 O4 + 26 HNO3

2HMnO4 + 15 Pb (NO3 )2 + 12 H 2 O
Permanganic acid (pink)

The above test fails in presence of HCl.

247

Ni2+ (nickel) and Co2+ (cobalt)

The black precipitate is dissolved in aqua- regia.
3 NiS + 6 HCl + 2HNO3
2 NiCl 2 + 2 NO + 3S + 2H 2O

3CoS + 6 HCl + 2HNO3

3CoCl 2 + 2 NO + 3S + 4 H 2O

The solution is evaporated to dryness and residue extracted with dilute HCl. It is divided into three parts.
Part I : Add NH 4 OH (excess) and dimethyl glyoxime. A rosy red precipitate appears, if nickel is present,
CH 3 - C = NOH
NiCl 2 + 2
|
+ 2 NH 4 OH
CH 3 - C = NOH

OH
|
CH 3 - C = N
|

O
Ni

CH 3 - C = N

N = C - CH 3
|
+ 2 NH 4 Cl + 2H 2 O
N = C - CH 3

OH

Part II : Add CH 3COOH in excess and KNO2 . The appearance of yellow precipite confirms the presence
of cobalt.
KNO2 + CH 3 COOH CH 3 COOK + HNO2
CoCl 2 + 2KNO2 Co( NO2 )2 + 2KCl
Co( NO2 )2 + 2HNO2 Co( NO2 )3 + NO + H 2O
Co( NO2 )3 + 3 KNO2 K 3 [Co( NO2 )6 ]

Part III : Solution containing either nickel or cobalt is treated with NaHCO3 and bromine water. Appearance
of apple green colour is observed, the solution is heated when black precipited is formed, which shows the
presence of nickel, CoCl 2 + 2 NaHCO3 Co(HCO3 )2 + 2 NaCl
Co(HCO3 )2 + 4 NaHCO3 Na4 Co(CO3 )3 + 3 H 2O + 3CO2
Br2 + H 2 O 2HBr + O

2 Na4 Co(CO3 )3 + H 2O + O 2 Na3 Co(CO3 )3 + 2 NaOH

sod. cobalti carbonate
(Green colouration)

NiCl 2 + 2 NaHCO3
NiCO3 + 2 NaCl + H 2O + CO2
2 NiCO3 + [O] Ni2 O3 + 2CO2
(Black)

248

M.C.Q.
1.

In borax bead test, which of the following compound is formed [CBSE PMT 2002]
(a) Meta borate

2.

(b) CuI

(c) NaCl

(d) MgCl2

(b) Strontium

(c) Calcium

(d) Magnesium

(b) Ni 2+

(c) Co 2+

(d) Mn 2+

(b) SO3

(c) NO

(d) NO2

Which one of the following salt give green coloured flame when the salt is tested by Pt wire
(a) Barium salt

8.

(d) Manganese

When concentrated H2SO4 is added to dry KNO3, brown fumes evolve. These fumes are
[CPMT 1988; IIT 1987]
(a) SO2

7.

(c) Lead

Which gives violet coloured bead in borax bead test [BHU 1988; MP PET 1997]
(a) Fe2+

6.

(b) Nickel

The alkaline earth metal that imparts apple green colour to the bunsen flame when introduced in
it in the form of its chloride is [EAMCET 1979]
(a) Barium

5.

(d) Ortho borate

Which of the following is coloured compound? [BCECE 2005]

(a) CuF2

4.

(c) Double oxide

The metal that does not give the borax-bead test is [MP PMT 1999]
(a) Chromium

3.

(b) Tetra borate

(b) Calcium salt

(c) Borate

(d) Lead salt

Sodium sulphite on heating with dilute HCl liberates a gas which [NCERT 1972]
(a) Turns lead acetate paper black
(b) Turns acidified potassium dichromate paper green
(c) Burns with a blue flame
(d) Smells like vinegar

9.

Starch-iodide paper is used for the test of

(a) Iodine

10.

(b) BaCl2

(c) pbCl2

(d) Cu(NO3)2

(b) SO2 and steam

(c) NH3 and HCl

(d) NH3 and N2O

Blue borax bead is obtained with [MADT Bihar 1982; MP PET 1995]
(a) Zn

13.

(d) Reducing agent

Two gases when mixed give white dense fumes, the gases are
(a) NH3 and SO2

12.

(c) Oxidising agent

Which of the following salt gives white precipitate with solution and dil. solution and gives green
flame test
(a) CuCl2

11.

(b) Iodide ion

(b) Cobalt

(c) Chromium

(d) Fe

Which of the following imparts green colour to the burner flame [DCE 2004]
(a) B(OMe)3

(b) Na(OMe)

(c) Al(OPr)3
250

(d) Sn(OH)2

14.

A colourless gas with the smell of rotten fish is [AFMC 2005]

(a) H2S

15.
16.

17.

18.
19.

20.

21.

22.
23.
24.
25.

(b) PH3

(c) SO2

(d) None of these

MnO2 and H2SO4 added to NaCl, the greenish yellow gas liberated is [Orissa JEE 2005]
(a) Cl2
(b) NH3
(c) N2
(d) H2
Which of the following statement(s) is(are) correct when a mixture of NaCl and K2Cr2O7 is
gently warmed with conc H2SO4. [IIT 1998; CPMT 1988; AMU 1984; MP PMT 2002]
(a) A deep red vapour is evolved
(b) The vapour when passed into NaOH solution gives a yellow solution of Na2Cr2O7
(c) Chlorine gas is evolved
(d) Chromyl chloride is formed
Which of the following combines with Fe (II) ions to form a brown complex [AIIMS 1982, 87;
AFMC 1988; CBSE PMT 2000; Pb. PMT 2000; MP PET 2000, 01]
(a) N2O
(b) NO
(c) N2O3
(d) N2O5
Which of the following will not produce a precipitate with AgNO3 solution [MP PMT 1990]

(a) F
(b) Br
(c) CO32
(d) PO43
Which of the following gives black precipitate when H2S gas is passed through its solution
[CPMT 1974]
(a) Acidic AgNO3
(b) Mg(NO3)2
(c) Ammonical BaCl2 (d) Copper nitrate
A salt gives violet vapours when treated with conc. H2SO4. It contains [DPMT 1981; CPMT
1971]

(a) Cl
(b) I
(c) Br
(d) NO3
When water is added to a salt solution containing chloroform, chloroform layer turns violet. Salt
contains [CPMT 1982]

(a) Cl
(b) I
(c) NO3
(d) S2
Phosphate radical with ammonium molybdate gives precipitate of which colour
(a) Violet
(b) Pink
(c) Canary yellow
(d) Green
Which compound is soluble in NH4OH [AFMC 1987]
(a) PbCl2
(b) PbSO4
(c) AgCl
(d) CaCO3
Nitrates of all the metals are [DPMT 1983, 89]
(a) Coloured
(b) Unstable
(c) Soluble in water
(d) Insoluble in water
Nitrate is confirmed by ring test. The brown colour of the ring is due to the formation of
[EAMCET 1979; AFMC 1981, 88, 90; RPET 1999; MP PMT 2000; MP PET 2002; CPMT 2004]

26.

27.

(a) Ferrous nitrite

(b) FeSO4NO
(c) FeSO2NO2
(d) Ferrous nitrate
Aqueous solution of a salt when treated with AgNO3 solution gives a white precipitate, which
dissolves in NH4OH. Radical present in the salt is

(a) Cl
(b) Br
(c) I
(d) NO3
When CO2 is passed into lime water it turns milky. When excess of CO2 is passed, milkyness
disappears because
(a) Reaction is reversed
(b) Water soluble Ca(HCO3)2 is formed
(c) Vaporisable calcium derivative is formed (d) None of these
251

28.
29.

A mixture when heated with conc. H2SO4 with MnO2 brown fumes are formed due to

(a) Br
(b) NO3
(c) Cl
(d) I
In the test of sulphate radical, the white precipitate of sulphate is soluble in
(a) Conc. HCl
(b) Conc. H2SO4
(c) Conc. HNO3
(d) None of these

30.

Which reagent is used to remove SO42 and Cl [Pb. PMT 2002]

31.

(a) BaSO4
(b) NaOH
(c) Pb(NO3)2
(d) KOH
........ is formed when potassium iodide is heated with conc. H2SO4 [CPMT 1971]
(a) HI

32.

33.

35.

(c) HIO3

(d) KIO3

Chromyl chloride test is performed for the confirmation of the presence of the following in a
mixture [CPMT 1990; KCET 1992; RPET 1999]
(a) Sulphate
(b) Chromium
(c) Chloride
(d) Chromium and chloride
A solution of a salt in dilute sulphuric acid imparts deep blue colour with starch iodine solution
it confirms the presence of which of the following [MP PET 2003; NCERT 1974; CPMT 1977]
(a) NO2

34.

(b) I2

(b) I

(c) NO3

Ammonia reacts with excess of chlorine to form [DPMT 2000]

(a) N2 and HCl
(b) NH4Cl and NCl3 (c) NCl3 and HCl

(d) CH3 COO

(d) N2 and NH4Cl

Which of the following anions would decolourise acidified KMnO4 solution

(a) SO42

(b) S2

(c) NO3

(d) CH3 COO

36.

The gas which is absorbed by ferrous sulphate solution giving blackish brown colour is
[AMU 1999]
(a) NO
(b) CO
(c) N2
(d) NH2

37.

Which one of the following anions is not easily removed from aqueous solutions by precipitation
[IIT 1995]

38.

(a) Cl
(b) NO3
(c) CO32
Na2CO3 cannot be used to identify [BVP 2004]
(a) CO32

(b) SO32

(c) S2

(d) SO42

(d) SO42

39.

The number of hydroxide ions, produced by one molecule of sodium carbonate (Na2CO3) on
hydrolysis is [Pb. CET 2002]
(a) 2
(b) 1
(c) 3
(d) 4

40.

By passing KMnO4 gas in acidified H2S solution, we get

[MP PET 1997]

(a) K2S

(d) MnO2

(b) S

(c) K2SO3

41.

Which of the following doesnt give a ppt. with silver nitrate solution. [J & K 2005]
(a) Ethyl bromide
(b) Sodium bromide (c)Calcium chloride
(d) Sodium chloride

42.

Which sulphide is soluble in (NH4)2 CO3

43.

(a) SnS
(b) AS2S3
(c) Sb2S3
(d) CdS
When acetic acid and K4[Fe(CN)6] is added to a copper salt, a chocolate precipitate is obtained
of the compound
(a) Copper cyanide

(b) Copper ferrocyanide

(c) Basic copper sulphate

(d) Basic copper cyanide

252

44.

45.
46.
47.
48.

49.

A precipitate of the following would be obtained when HCl is added to a solution of stannous
sulphide (SnS) in yellow ammonium sulphide [CPMT 1977; NCERT 1974]
(a) SnS
(b) SnS2
(c) Sn2S3
(d) (NH4)2 SnS3
The compound insoluble in acetic acid is [CPMT 1989]
(a) Calcium oxide
(b) Calcium carbonate (c) Calcium oxalate
(d) Calcium hydroxide
Which of the following give white precipitate when HCl is added to its aqueous solution
(a) Hg+
(b) Mg++
(c) Zn++
(d) Cd++
Reagent used in the qualitative analysis of IVth group is
(a) HCl
(b) H2S (alkaline)
(c) (NH4)2S
(d) None of these
Which of the following pairs would be expected to form precipitate when solution are mixed
[NCERT 1984]
(a) K+, SO42

(b) Na+, S2

(a) Ca2+

(b) Ca2+, Sr+2

(c) Ag+, NO3

(d) Al3+, OH

Addition of solution of oxalate to an aqueous solution of mixture of Ba2+, Sr2+ yLku Ca2+ and will
precipitate [MP PMT 1985]
(c) Ba2+, Sr+2

(d) All the three

50.

Distinguishing reagent between silver and lead salts is [MADT Bihar 1984]
(a) H2S gas
(b) Hot dilute HCl solution
(c) NH4Cl(S) + NH4OH(aq) (solid) + solution (d) NH4Cl(S) (solid) + (NH4)2 CO3(aq) solution

51.

The ion that cannot be precipitated by both HCl and H2S is [IIT 1982; CPMT 1989]

52.
53.
54.

55.

56.

57.

58.

(a) Pb2+
(b) Cu2+
(c) Ag+
(d) Sn2+
Pb(CH3COO)2 gives.colour with H2S [DPMT 2000]
(a) Orange
(b) Red
(c) Black
(d) White
2+
3+
Fe
ion can be distinguished by Fe ion by [DPMT 2000]
(a) NH4SCN
(b) AgNO3
(c) BaCl2
(d) None of these
Which of the following change the colour of the aqueous solution of FeCl3 [Roorkee Qualifying
1998]
(a) K4[Fe(CN)6]
(b) H2S
(c) NH4CNS
(d) KCNS
Which of the following mixture is chromic acid [Pb. PMT 2000]
(a) K2Cr2O7 and HCl
(b) K2SO4 conc. H2SO4
(c) K2Cr2O7 and conc. H2SO4
(d) H2SO4 and HCl

If Na+ ion and S2 ion is larger than Cl ion, which of the following will be least soluble in water
[AMU (Engg.) 1999]
(a) MgS
(b) NaCl
(c) Na2S
(d) MgCl2
Lead sulphate is soluble [MP PET 1999]
(a) In conc. nitric acid
(b) In conc. hydrochloric acid
(c) In a solution of ammonium acetate
(d) In water
When H2S gas is passed through the HCl containing aqueous solutions of CuCl2, HgCl2, BiCl3
and CoCl2, which does not precipitate out [MP PMT 2002]
(a) CuS
(b) HgS
(c) Bi2S3(d) CoS
253

59.

60.
61.

62.
63.

64.

65.

66.

67.

68.

69.
70.
71.
72.
73.

Group reagent for analytic group IV is [Kurukshetra CET 2002]

(a) NH4Cl + NH4OH
(b) NH4Cl + NH4OH + H2S
(c) NH4OH + (NH4)2CO3
(d) HCl + H2S
When H2S is passed through Hg2S we get [AIEEE 2002]
(a) HgS
(b) HgS + Hg2S
(c) Hg2S + Hg
(d) Hg2S
[X] + H2SO4 [Y] a colourless gas with irritating smell
[Y] + K2Cr2O7 + H2SO4 green solution
[X] and [Y] is [IIT-JEE (Screening) 2003]

(a) SO32 , SO2

(b) Cl , HCl
(c) S 2, H2S
(d) CO32 , CO2
Concentrated sodium hydroxide can separate a mixture of [MP PMT 2000]
(a) Zn2+ and Pb2+
(b) Al3+ and Zn3+
(c) Cr3+ and Fe3+
(d) Al3+ and Cr3+
What product is formed by mixing the solution of K4[Fe(CN)6] with the solution of FeCl3
[Roorkee 1989]
(a) Ferro-ferricyanide (b) Ferric-ferrocyanide (c) Ferri-ferricyanide (d) None of these
When H2S is passed through a mixture containing Cu+2, Ni+2, Zn+2 in acidic solution then ion will
precipitate [RPMT 2002]
(a) Cu+2, Ni+2
(b) Ni+2
(c) Cu+2, Zn+2
(d) Cu+2
Ferric ion forms a prussian blue coloured ppt. due to [CPMT 1980; BHU 1980; MP PET 1995;
Kurukshetra CEE 1998; RPET 1999; MP PMT 2001]
(a) K4[Fe(CN)6]
(b) Fe4[Fe(CN)6]
(c) KMnO4
(d) Fe(OH)3
A 0.3 M HCl solution contains the following ions Hg2+, Cd2+, Sr2+, Fe2+ yLku Cu2+. The addition
of H2S to above solution will precipitate [CPMT 1973]
(a) Cd, Cu and Hg (b) Cd, Fe and Sr
(c) Hg, Cu and Fe
(d) Cu, Sr and Fe
Which of the following gives a ppt. with Pb(NO3)2 but not with Ba(NO3)2 [CPMT 1979; MP
PET 1997]
(a) NaCl
(b) Sodium acetate
(c) Sodium nitrate
(d) Sodium hydrogen phosphate
In the group III radicals, in place of NH4Cl which of the following can be used [AIIMS 1980,
82; MP PMT 1985]
(a) NH4NO3
(b) (NH4)2 SO4
(c) (NH4)2
(d) NaCl
Which compound does not dissolve in hot dilute HNO3 [IIT 1996]
(a) HgS
(b) PbS
(c) CuS
(d) CdS
Which of the following sulphate is insoluble in water [MNR 1995]
(a) CuSO4
(b) CdSO4
(c) PbSO4
(d) BaSO4
Mark the compound which turns black with NH4OH [AFMC 1981; MP PMT 1995]
(a) Lead chloride
(b) Mercurous chloride (c) Mercuric chloride (d) Silver chloride
Colour of cobalt chloride solution is [AFMC 1981]
(a) Pink
(b) Black
(c) Colourless
(d) Green
Nesslers reagent is used to detect [CPMT 1989; AIIMS 1997; MP PET 1999]

(a) CrO42
(b) PO43
(c) MnO4
(d) NH4+
254

74.

75.
76.

77.
78.
79.

80.
81.

82.

83.
84.

85.

Fe(OH)3 can be separated from Al(OH)3 by addition of [BHU 1981]

(a) Dil. HCl
(b) NaCl solution
(c) NaOH solution
(d) NH4Cl and NH4OH
The reagents NH4Cl and aqueous NH3 will precipitate [IIT 1991]
(a) Ca2+
(b) Al3+
(c) Mg2+
(d) Zn2+
Addition of SnCl2 to HgCl2 gives ppt [BVP 2003]
(a) White turning to red
(b) White turning to gray
(c) Black turning to white
(d) None of these
Heamoglobin is a complex of [CPMT 2003]
(a) Fe3+
(b) Fe2+
(c) Fe4+
(d) Cu2+
In Nesslers reagent for the detection of ammonia the active species is [Kerala (Med.) 2003]

(a) Hg2Cl2
(b) Hg2+
(c) Hg2I2
(d) HgI42
Which one of the following sulphides is only completely precipitated when the acidic solution is
made dilute [MP PET 2000]
(a) HgS
(b) PbS
(c) CdS
(d) CuS
A reagent used to test the presence of ion is [KCET 1998]
(a) H2S
(b) NH4CNS
(c) K4[Fe(CN)6]
(d) K3[Fe(CN)6]
The following four solutions are kept in separate beakers and copper metal is put in each of them.
Which solution will become blue after some time [MP PMT 2003]
(a) AgNO3 solution
(b) Zn(NO3)2 solution (c) Ba(NO3)2 solution (d) NaNO3 solution
In qualitative analysis, in order to detect second group basic radical, H2S gas is passed in the
presence of dilute HCl to [KCET 2004]
(a) Increase in dissociation of H2S
(b) Decrease the dissociation of salt solution
(c) Decrease the dissociation of H2S
(d) Increase the dissociation of salt solution
Sodium nitroprusside when added to an alkaline solution of sulphide ions produce a [AFMC 2005]
(a) Red colouration
(b) Blue colouration
(c) Purple colouration (d) Brown colouration
If 20 ml of 0.25 N strong acid and 30 ml of 0.2 N of strong base are mixed, then the resulting
solution is [KCET 2002]
(a) 0.25 N basic
(b) 0.2 N acidic
(c) 0.25 N acidic
(d) 0.2 N basic
10 ml of 10 M H2SO4 is mixed to 100 ml 1M NaOH solution. The resultant solution will be
[NCERT 1971]

86.
87.

88.

(a) Acidic
(b) Neutral
(c) Weakly alkaline
(d) Strongly alkaline
The equivalent weight of KMnO4 in alkaline medium will be [MP PMT 2001]
(a) 31.60
(b) 52.66
(c) 79.00
(d) 158.00
Phenolphthalein is most suitable indicator for the titration of
[MP PMT 2000]
(a) CH3COOH and NH4OH
(b) CH3COOH and NaOH
(c) HCl and NH4OH
(d) H2CO3 and NH4OH
20 ml of a N solution of KMnO4 just reacts with 20 ml of a solution of oxalic acid. The weight
of oxalic acid crystals in 1N of the solution is [JIPMER 1999]
(a) 31.5 g
(b) 126 g
(c) 63 g
(d) 6.3 g
255

ANSWERS KEY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

a
c
a
d
d
d
a
b
a
b
c
b
a
b
a

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

a,b,d
b
d
a
b
b
c
c
c
b
a
b
a
d
c

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45

b
c
a
c
b
a
b
a
a
b
a
b
b
b
c

46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

256

a
b
d
d
b
b
c
a
a
c
a
a
d
b
c

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75

c
c
b
d
b
a
a
a
a
d
b
a
d
c
b

76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

b
b
d
c
d
a
c
c
d
a
d
d
c

NOTES

257

NOTES

258

NOTES

259

NOTES

260

NOTES

261

NOTES

262

NOTES

263

NOTES

264

NOTES

265

NOTES

266

NOTES

267

NOTES

268